ML20093D335
| ML20093D335 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Catawba  |
| Issue date: | 03/11/1980 |
| From: | Bennett C DUKE POWER CO. |
| To: | |
| Shared Package | |
| ML20093D318 | List: |
| References | |
| CNS-1205.04-1, NUDOCS 8410110207 | |
| Download: ML20093D335 (272) | |
Text
{{#Wiki_filter:.
-1 VERIFICATIO!! 0F SPECIFICATIO!!
' Station and Unit Number: Catawba Nuclear Station I&2 Title of Specification: Nuclear Safety Related Diaphragm Valves s
Specification Number: CNS-1205.04 Revision: Addendum No. 3
.This document speci fi es items related to nuclear safety. In accordance with established procedures, its quality has been assured. Signatures certify that "the above specification was originated, checked, approved and inspected (or waived) as noted belcw:
Prepared By: O. O. wh Date: ,.S. /J-8d Checked By: ~_ , y Date: 3 -/3 - W Approved By: /[ ~ Date: 8- /./' /0 ( inspection tlaived By- M Date: 1 /.7 - O { ELECTRICAL HECHArilCAL )( CIVIL Ins;iection Vaived For: Inspected By: //h Date: ,f-/ 7- fC Inspected By: Date: QUALITY ASSURANCE C. d. hM_ Date: 3 - /p - po
~
************************************a*****************************************
(FOR ASME CODE ITEMS), Mechanical & Nuclear Division Date: .I- M " Design Engineering Department This is to certify that the above specification has been reviewed by me, the undersigned, and is correct, complete, and in compliance with 1977 Edition in-cluding the . Summer Addendum of ASME Code, Section lil, Paragraph NA-3250 1978' ' -- SIGNATURE: __ (SEAL) Wsh f@
' \ .
/
- 4,* *\ HAHE: R. E. Miller
(' " ~" " d, b
. Registered Professional Engineer 8410110207 841011 t P
PDR ADOCK 05000413 PDR 3Eh Form 301.2/Rev 2 ,
~
i :. d
- ~ z j
$PECIFICATION NO. CNS-1205.04-1
.?
~ Addandum No. 3
.Date: March 11, 1980
(
' _ DUKE POWER COMPANY Catawba Nuclear Station LUnits IL& 2
' Nuclear Safety-Related Diaphragm Valves r-Reference Paragraph 4.5.1.1:
Revise to; read, "ASME Boller and Pressure Vessel Code, Section 111,
- Nuclear Power' Plant Components (dated July,1977 with all addenda mandatory through Winter, 1978). The use of.non-mandatory addenda may be. negotiated at the Owner's option. . Code case special rulings shall not be used except.where written approval is granted by the Owner."
, Reference Paragraph 5.2':
Revise to read,." Standard identification Tag and EMO Orientation",
. dated January 24, 1974."
Reference Paragraph 5.18: Revise to read, " Duke' Power Company Valve List Description, Revision
'B."
CDB/sf~ 4..
;I-b
VERIFICATION OF SPECIFICATION Station and Unit Number: Catawba Nuclear Station Units 1 & 2 Title of Specification: Nuclear Safety Related Diaphraam Valves Specification Number: CNS-1205.04-1 Revision: #2 This document speci fies items related to nuclear safety. In accordance with
' established procedures, its quality has been assured. Signatures certify that
'the above specification was originated, checked, approved and inspected (or waived) as noted below:
Prepared By: dM m Date: 4-(/-#d Checked By: [ Date: Y-/d-fo Approved By: Date: 4- // -[0 t inspection t!aived By:_ Date: 4 ~// MO { Inspection Vaived For: m ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL [ CIVit inspected By: / i (G - Date: I! / W) a v & Inspected By: Date: QUALITY ASSURANCE h0A.e [ /de,p Date: 4- 1/-10 (FOR ASME CODE ITEMS), -
~
Mechanical & Nuclear Division Date: 4 Y YO Design Engineering Depa rtment This is to certify that the above specification has been reviewed by re, the undersigned, and is correct, complete, and in compliance wi th 1977 Edition in-ciuding the Summer Addendum. of ASME Code, Section li t , Paragraph NA-3250-(SEAL) / SIGNATURE: _ c
/y -
/
1 -
+ .
# 3
]*i ega,w ,
i', NAME: R. E. Miller Registered Professional Engineer k- $// j (#[d ~p %]b
, g@ ,,gy' go, South Carolina #4237 l .- f uast *?_
Form 301.2/Rev 2 ,
SPECIFICAT10N-CNS-1205.04-1 Addendum # 2
-~
Date: _ November 20, 1979' Page 2 of 2- [ Reference Paragraph 14.3: Revise to read,."A. seat. leakage test shall be performed in accordance with
=
MSS-SP-61. No seat leakage (0%) will be permitted. B,I-directional valves
-shall be tested in both directions. Uni-directional valves shall be tested, t
in the designated-direction of flow only." Reference ' Paragraph 14.5:
^
-1 Delete from' specification.
Reference 4.5.1.9: Add,;"ASME Code: Case- 1335-10, Nuclea'r-Valves Section 111, Division 1, Classes ~1, 2, and 3 Use of ASME material SA-194 nuts with bolts and r; studs of:ASME materials other-than SA-193."
-CDB/rb
_k
N)- SPECIFICATION 110 CNS-1205.04-1
/
,q .- . . . -- . . . . . .
/- DATE Fe$ruarv 10 1975 DUKE POWER COMPANY CATAWBA NUCLEAR STATION
.. . UNIT i r, 2
Title:
Nuclear Safety Related Diaphraam Valves
.REV'IS1011 LOG I.Qgeember 18. 1978 6 .. -
2 November 20, 1979 "7 3 March 11. 1980 8
-4 . . - 9 .. .
5 .10
~'
Form 301.1/Rev. 2 sa
u ~ SPECIFICATION NO CNS -120'5. 04'- l DATE Febr'ary 10, 1975 DUKE POWER COMPANY s Catawba Nuclear STATION UNIT 1&2 Nuclear Safety Related Diaphragm Valves {' .
^
. REVISION l.0G December 18, l_978 .
2 ' November 20. 1979. f 3 8 k 9-5 10 Form 301.1/Rev. 2 e
ta s . U . SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 i
~'
Addsndum # 2 Date: November 20, 1979
- 4
'- DUKE POWER COMPANY -
CATAWBA NUCLEAR STATION Units 162 Nuclear Safety Related Diaphragm Valves
~
Reference Paragraph 4.5.1.1:
- l
~
Revise to read, "ASME Boller and Pressure Vessel Code, Section ill, Nuclear
, : Power Plant Components (dated July,1977 with all addenda through S'ummer, 1978). - The use of other addenda may be negotiated at the Owner's option.
Code case,special rulings shall not be used except where written approval is granted.by the Owner." Reference-Paragraph 8.1.17: Revise.to' read, "All valve items designated on Duke valve lists as ' CONTAINMENT ISOLATION REQUIRING TESTING _PER CNS-1205.04-l' shall have seat leakage tests
,f? performed in accordance with Paragraph 14.3 Maximum allowable seat leakage
( shall be zero (0)l cubic centimeters per minute per inch of nominal seat diameter at test' pressure."
. Reference Paragraph 8.1.27:
Add,- " Valve sizes greater than two inches (2")' and up through four inches (4") shall be radiographed a minimum distance from the final weld end equivalent to the design'section thickness of the weld in accordance with Paragraph NC-2571 (b) of the ASME Code, Section 111, Subsection NC. The 70% quality fact'or allowed by Paragraph NC-2571 (c)- will not be used." ' Reference Paragraph.8.3.9: Revise to read, " Bolts and studs shall be SA-193, Grade 88 or SA453, Grade 660. Nut material shall be SA-194,. Grade.8. Similar materials may be allowable l if . approved -in writing by Dwner in advance of incorporation by Contractor."
- Refehence Paragraph' 10.2.1:
Revise to read, " Original mill test reports from material suppliers for all
- pressure boundary or: pressure retaining materials on all Duke Class B and C
'T valves."
.f t..
. - . . , ~ .- .. -.- .. .. .. ., _ . _. .,_ .
I SPECIFICATIObbO: CNS-1205.04-1
~ '
DATE February 10, 1975 " . r R *
~
? . .
DUKE POVER COMPA!;Y j l
)~
CATAWBA NUCLEAR STAT 10:1 j UtilT 1&2 Ti tle: Nuclear Saf6ty Related Diaphragm Valves ( .
~ -
REVIS10tl LOG ,
~
December 18, 1978 6 1 2 7 .
- 8 3
4 9 10 5 ( , Form 301.1/Rev. 2 -
smlE - Y- . I i - 1 (( VERIFICATION OF SPECIFICATION
; Station and Unit Number: Catawba Nuclear Station Units I & 2 Title of Specification: Nuclear Safety Related Diaphragm Valves i
l File Numbar: CNS-1205.04-1
.i i
! Revision: Addendum #1 .
i This docurent- speci fies items related to nuclear safety. In accordance with established procedures, its quality has been assured. Signatures certify that the above specification was originated, checked, approved and inspected (or waived) as noted below: Prepared By: [O fm Date: /.f6 /9 Checked By: d Date: /-/.S -77 Approved By: /w Date: / -/t- 7 2 Inspection V ived By: Date: /- /8-79 1 Inspection Vaived For: ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL Y CIVll Inspected By: ,- M Date: /*8d'7[ 3 Inspected By: Date: l QUALITY ASSURANCE b D'a t e : \M $ i WW A WWWWWWWWWW WWW WWWWW W W W W WWftWWWWW WWWW WW W1 WWWWWWWWWWh*WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWeWWWW j (FOR ASME CODE ITEMS) t'
! Mechanical & Nuclear Division Date: /- / S " /
l Design Engineering Departtrent i-This is to certify that the above speci fication has been reviewed by re, the j undersigned, and is correct , co plete, and in co oliance with 1977 Edition in-cluding tne Summer Addenden of AS 'E Code, Section iII, Paragraph NA-3250
] _s (SEAL) > .
SIGNATURE : C
, ,, -4 .a g '
f,/* [#f
- R\ 41 NAME: R. E. Miller
; m:ciu Y --
i.
~
, lg Regis terec P rotess ional Engineer
\b. e,% # t South Carolina /A237 fg, ,s3' LIGh' Form 301.2/Rev 2
- ..-~.--
~
SPECIFICATION CSN-1205.04-1 Addendum #1 - Date: December 18, 1978 ( DUKE POWER COMPANY CATAWBA NUCLEAR STATION Units 1 & 2 ASME'Section III Diaphragm Valves ~ Reference' Specification title: Revise to read, " Nuclear Safety Related Diaphragm Valves". Reference Paragraph 4.1: Revise to read, "This specification covers the design, fabrication, testing, quality assurance requirements and delivery of both ASME Section
-III, Class 2 and Class 3 (Duke Classes B and C, respectively) diaphragm valves, Duke Class F diaphragm valves, and required operators, all
'important to the nuclear safety of Catawba Nuclear Station, Units 1 & 2."
Reference Paragraph 4.4: Revise to read, "The attached ' General Conditions of Contract', Form 01126-1-8, revised December 1,1977 shall form a part of this specification." Reference Paragraph 4.5.1.1: Revise to read, "ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, Nuclear Power Plant Components (dated July,1977, with all addenda that are mandatory on the purchase order. date). The use of non-mandatory addenda may be negotiated at the Owner's option. Code case special rulings shall not be used except where written approval is granted by the Owner."
' Reference Paragraph 4.5.1.3:
Revise to read,."ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, Welder Qualification (1977 Edition and all addenda in effect up to and including date of purchase order). Reference Paragraph '4.5.1.4: Revise to read, " Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded, ANSI B16.11-1973." Reference Paragraph 4.5.1.5: Revise to read, " Power Piping, ANSI B31.1-1977." Reference Paragraph 4.5.1.6: Revise to read, " Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, ANSI B16.5-1968." h
l I SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 Addendum #1 Date: December 18, 1978 Page 2 of 21 i Reference Paragraph 4.5.1.8: Add, " Steel Butt-Welding End Valves, ANSI B16.34-1973." Reference Paragraph 4.5.1.9: Add, "ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code, Section V, Nondestructive Examination,1977 Edition and all addenda in effect up to and including date of purchase order." Reference Paragraph 4.5.2.2: Revise to read, "IEEE 117-1974, Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulating Materials for Random - Wound Electric Machinery." Reference Paragraph 4.5.2.3: Revise to read, "IEEE 344-1975, Seismic Qualification for Class 1-Electrical Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations." Reference Paragraph 4.5.2.5: Revise to read, "IEEE 323-1974, Standard for Qualifying Class 1 Electrical Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations." Reference Paragraph 4.5.2.6: Delete from specification. Reference Paragraph 5.1: Revise to read, " Drawing Requirements, revised September 21, 1977." Reference Paragraph 5.2: Revise to read, " Standard Identification Tag and Ehc *ientation, dated January 15, 1977." Reference Paragraph 5.4: Revise to read, "' Representative Valve List, Diaphragm Valves', lists CN-150-30 and CN-150-32. " Reference Paragraph 5.5: Add, " Duke Power Company Spare Parts and Instructions, Form SP-1, dated January 25, 1978." L
l SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 Addendum #1 - Date: December 18, 1978 Page 3 of 21 Reference Paragraph 5.8: Revise to read, " General Conditions of Contract, Equipment and Systems, Form Number 001126-1-8, revised December 1,1977." Reference Paragraph 5.10: Revise to read, " Packaging and Shipping Requirements, Form 301.4, Revision 1." Reference Paragraph 5.11: Revise to read, " Duke Power Company Nuclear Coating Specification 5005-I, dated May 1,1976. (Applicable for valve coatings inside Containment)." Reference Paragraph 5.12: Revise to read, " Duke Power Company Shop Coating Specification, 4003-I, dated June 1, 1976. (Applicable for valve coatings outside of ' Containment)." Reference Paragraph 5.13: ( Revise to read, " Duke Power Company Standard Coating Specification, CN-000-I-1, dated November Containment." 1, 1975 for Rotork Operators inside Reference Paragraph 5.14: Delete from specification. Reference Paragraph 5.16: Add, " Duke Power Company, All Stations, Instruction Manual Requirements for Mechanical Equipment, dated 10-28-77." Reference Paragraph 5.17: Add, " Duke Power Company - Quality Assurance Department Supplier Quality Assurance Certification, Form 930.1A." Reference Paragraph 5.18: Add, " Duke Power Company Valve List Description, dated Feb. 14, 1978, Revision 1." Reference Paragraph 8.1.1: Revise tabulation to read,
SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 Addendum 01 Date: December 18, 1978 Page 4 of 21 Duke Valve Principal Designed for Class Design Criteria Seismic Loading B ASME Section III, Class 2 (1977) Yes C ASME Section III, Class 3 (1977) Yes F ANSI B31.1 Yes Reference Paragraph 8.1.3: Revise to read, " Materials of construction for Duke Class 8 and C valves
.shall be as outlined in Paragraph 8.3 and as allowed by ASME Section III.
Duke Class F valves' materials of construction shall be as outlined in
-Paragraph 8.3 and ANSI B31.1-1977."
Reference Paragraph 8.1.4: Revise to read, "All valves located inside containment (noted on valve list by an asterisk after the item number) shall be suitable for high temperature service. Normal ambient conditions inside containment will be 110 F and 100% relative humidity; however, all active valves located inside containment must be capable of operation for a period of at least 30 minutes during which ambient conditions may reach 250 F and 100 percent steam saturation. ( All passive valves located inside containment must be able to seal and maintain their pressure boundaries for periods when containment ambient conditions reach 250 F and 100 percent steam saturation. Also, passive valves with fail-open or fail-close operators must operate to their failed position under the same ambient conditions." Reference Paragraph 8.1.13: Revise to read, "All valves located outside containment and all passive valves located inside containment shall be capable of withstanding an i integrated radiation dose of 1 x 106 rads without leakage or loss of l function and tight shut ability. All active valves located inside containment shall be capable of withstanding an integrated radiation dose of 2 x 108 rads without leakage or loss of function and tight shut ability.
-All valves on the valve lists shall be passive unless indicated as being active.
Reference Paragraph 8.1.17: Add, "All valve items designated on Duke valve lists as ' CONTAINMENT ISOLATION R" QUIRING TESTING PER CNS1205.04-l' shall have seat leakage tests performed at 15 psig of air pressure. Maximum allowable seat leakage shall be zero (0) cubic centimeters per minute per inch of nominal seat diameter at both 15 psig air pressure and valve design pressure." k l .
s SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 ' Addendum #1- / - Date: December 18,-1978
@s ' " ".
l[ Page 5 of 21 ( l Reference Paragraph 8.1.18. a at Add, " Valves are to be designed so as to allow periodic, fi' eld replacement *
* !. I , of diaphragms and stem seals." 37
~
Reference Paragraph'8.1.19: Add, ~ " Bonnets 'shall be provided[ with V-notch vent plugs for checking
. diaphragm integrity while under pressure."
Reference Paragraph 8.1.20: ' [ Add, "All' valves shall be equippea with travel stops to prevent damage to w. diaphragm from over travel in closing operation." , Reference Paragraoh 8.1.21: And, yAll . valves are to be designed so as to provide adequate support to. .
-diaphragm to prevent diaphragm ballooning on high line pressure, line g oressure surges, or during system hydrotest."
in -i 3
,s Refererice Par.agraph 8.1.22: ,
s
,f Add, '" Valves shall be capable of withstanding system hydrostatic test
. 'i, 4 pressures ecJal to 1.5 - times design pressure without loss 'of; structural
,;W f integrity or functional operability." r<
.c .,,'
. Reference Paragiaph 8.1.23: i w s
^
.. A'do, "All valves not considering limitations on power' operators shall be
~ designed such that 'they 'may be applied in accordance with any of listed pressure' and temperature rating combinations, or-interpolated conditions-gi.ven :in design code for the primary pressure rating 'of valve. Exceptions to above requirement. are acceptable when limited by non-metallic materials and approved by Owner. . Valves shall be capable of safe. proper and continuous operation ' u'nder .the full range of pressure and tet.perature conditions without undue strain, corrosion, deterioration, leakage. or other a'dverse effectso ' n function er structural integrity."
Reference Paragraph 8.1.24: g Add, "For all ' manually operated valves, nameplate shal1 be stamped with a X 3 pressure class rating in lieu of specified design conditons." , '
-Reference Paragraph 8.1.25: ,-
/
W ' Add, "In order to minimize dynamic effects of heavy power operated valves . g, on Owner's piping, design of ' *.alve(operator assembly shall include provisions for a designated secondary support point meeting these jhm requirements: , .-f _.y f Yl a . - - - - -
SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1
+
Addendum #1
.Date: December 18, 1978 Page 6 of 21 8.1.25.1 -Support point shall be capable of accommodating a bracket, lug, flange, or other member (supplied by Contractor)
- suitable for connecting to a support structure supplied by the Owner. As an alternate, member may be an integral part of valve / operator assembly.
8.1.25.2 Lupport point shall be~ as close as practical to center-of- ' gravity of operator. Typical locations would be operator center plane or operator top. 8.1.25.3 Support point and attaching member shall be capable of
. restraining the mass of the operator under accelerations defined by Attachment 5.3.
8.1.25.4 It is Owner's intention to use this external support design only for those valves which, in line-support mode, cause stress problems in piping which cannot be resolved by other
.,; 'means. Owner will be responsible for confirming that this support scheme is less severe in terms of effects on valve / operator assembly thun line-supported scheme for which Contractor has qualified valve. In no case shall Contractor's analysis under Attachment 5.6 take credit for secondary support of the operator."
Reference Paragraph 8.1.26: Add, " Valves and operators'shall be capable of performing their intended w - function with valve and operator oriented at any angle."
. Reference Paragraph 8.2.4:
Revise to read, " Air operators shall be the diaphragm type with removable bolted top works or Owner approved equal. Operator shall be designed to move the valve diaphragm-to any position from fully open to fully closed within a specified time span when 70 psig to 80 psig air is supplied. Air operators shall be capable of withstanding without damage or loss of function a maximum operating air pressure of 140 psig." Reference Paragraph 8.2.5: t
- Revise to read, "All ASME Section III, Class 2 and Class 3 (Duke Classes B and C) and Duke Class F valves shall have the capability for having a set of position. limit switches mounted directly on the valve and actuated by the 4 valve ' stem. These limit switches, when required on electric motor operated valves, shall be in addition to and physically, mechanically, and electrically separate from, 'and independent of, the switches in the operator. After award of order, the Owner will indicate on the valve list those valves requiring the extra stem mounted limit switch package.
(
- - - , , , - ,,-w c-, , -v-,- -w-,
' SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1
~ ~
Add:ndum #1 - Date: December 18, 1978 Page 7 of 21 -
~(
The stem mounted switches, when required on valves designated on the valve lists. for outside Containment service, shall be Namco Controls type EA 170-302 or Owner approved equal. Limit switches when required on valves ' designated on the valve lists as active or for inside Containment service, shall be'Namco Control type EA 180-302 or Owner approved equal.
.Where the Namco equipment is used, the valve shall have two limit switch assemblies, each having DPDT electrical switch contacts. One switch
-assembly shall be actuated at the fully open valve position; the other
-shall be actuated at the fully closed position."
Reference Paragraph 8.2.6: Revise to read, " Air pressure reducing valves, solenoid valves, and filters shall be supplied by Owner." Reference Paragraph 8.2.8: Revise to read, "All EM0's and air operators located outside the Containment and all- EM0's and air operators used to operate passive valves inside the Containment shall be capable of withstanding an integrated radiation dosage' of 1 x 108 rads without loss of function or integrity. All operators used to operate active valves located inside the Containment f shall be capable of withstanding an integrated radiation dose of 2 x 108 A rads without loss of function or integrity. All operators are used to operate passive valves unless indicated on the valve list as being active. Operators located in the Containment are indicated by an asterisk adjacent
~
to' the valve item number on the valve list." Reference. Paragraph 8.2.9: Revise to read, " Electric motor valve operators and associated stem mounted
. limit switches applied on all active valves and all valves in containment (so identified on valve lists) must have successfully met and passed IEEE Standard 382-1972, Trial-Use Guide for the Type Test of Class 1 Electrical Valve Operators for Nuclear Power Generating Stat Ens. The seismic qualification and certification shall be in compliance with IEEE 382-1972 and IEEE 344-1975 and Attachment 5.6."
The following IEEE standards are invoked by IEEE 382-1972, and are
~
applicable to in-containment electric motor operators. IEEE 112A-1964, Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators IEEE 117-1974, Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulating Materials for Random-Wound Electric Machinery IEEE 323-1974, Standard for Qualifying Class 1 Electrical Equipment for (.
~
Nuclear Power Generating Stations.
e SP6CIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 ( Addandum #1 Data: December 18, 1978 4 Page 8 of 21 b IEEE 344-1975, Seismic Qualification for Class 1 Electrical Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations."
- Reference Paragraph 8.2.10:
Revise to read, " Electric motor valve operators and associated stem mounted limit switch applied outside containment must have successfully met and passed the following IEEE standards identified in Paragraph 8.2.9: IEEE 112A-1964 IEEE 117-1974 IEEE 344-1975 In addition these electric motor operators and limit switches must meet the Tseismic design requirements imposed in Attachment 5.6." Reference Paragraph 8.2.11: Revise to read, " Documented results shall be required for the applicable qualification test (s) necesssry to meet the IEEE standards referenced in Paragraph 8.2.9 and Paragraph 8.2.10, as applicable. The performance test documentation shall demonstrate- that the equipment meets the specified
. performance requirements. ' ~ (See Paragraph 10.4. )"
Reference Paragraph 8.2.14: Revise to read, " Operators and topworks located inside containment (noted on valve lists by an asterisk after the item number) shall be suitable for high temperature service. Normal ambient conditions inside containment will be 110 F and 100% relative humidity; however, . all active valve operators located inside containment must be capable of operation for a period of at least 30 minutes during which ambient conditions may reach 250 F and 100 percent steam saturation. All passive valve operators located inside containment must be able to seal and maintain their integrity for periods when containment ' ambient conditions reach 250*F and 100 percent steam saturation. Also, passive valve operators with fail-open or fail-close modes must operate to their failed position under the same ambient conditions." Reference Paragraph 8.2.16: Add, "All operators shall be designed to operate against flow rates, differential pressure, specified leak rate, and within time span shown on valve list. Differential pressure equals design pressure given. Sizing of operators shall consider no special lubricants to reduce frictional coefficients of seating surfaces, stems, gearing, or any other part." ib
-v , ~ , - . . , - - .- - , . , , , , nw ,
SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 Add:ndum #1
- Date: December 18, 1978 Page 9 of 21 h
' Reference Paragraph 8.2.17:
Add, "HandwheAl 'or chainwheel operator rim pull shall not exceed 80 lbs.
'(Push / Pull -
required input force) at center line of handwheel or chainwheel rim when sized to open or close against design pressure given on valve list. Handwheels or chainwheels equipped with impact devices are acceptable, however, limitation of rim _ pull is applicable. Unusually large o_r oversized handwheels or chainwheels will not be considered or accepted by_0wner. 8.2.17.1 When rim pull exceeds above criteria, manual gear operators shall'be furnished. Each operator shall have gearing totally enclosed. Doerators shall be designed to produce a torque sufficient to open or close valve against design conditions shown on valve list, however, limitation of rim pull of 80 lbs. mentioned herein is applicable. 8.2.17.2 All valves are to close by a clockwise rotation of handwheel as viewed from operator end of _ handwheel shaft. 8.2.17.3 All valves requiring chainwheel operators shall be provided with chainwheel only. ~ All chain will be supplied by Owner to fit
' Contractor's chainwheel."
Re'ference Paragraph 8.2.18: Add, " Electric motor operators shall be furnished with integral 120 VAC, 60 hertz, single phase space heaters but without contactors or control switches." Reference Paragraph 8.2.19: Add, "Rotork operators shall be of the "Syncro Set 2 with Add-on-Pac 1" type with ten position limit switches and two torque switches. Operators shall be furnished with integral 120 VAC/60 Hz/ single phase space heaters but.without motor contactors or control switches. Reference Paragraph 8.3.1: Revise to read, " Stainless Steel Valves: with the exception of the diaphragm, all materials in contact with the working fluid shall be SA351 grade CF8 or CF8M. Similar materials may be allowable if approved in writing by Owner in advance of incorporation by Contractor." Reference Paragraph 8.3.1.1: Delete from specification. Reference Paragraph 8.3.1.2: b- Delete from specification.
SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 Addendum #1 Date: December 18, 1978 Page 10 of 21 [ Reference Paragraph 8.3.1.3: Delete from specification.
~
~ Reference Paragraph 8.3.2:
. Revise to read, " Carbon Steel Valves: with the exception of the diaphragm, all materials in contact with the working fluid shall be SA-216 grade WC8.
Similar materials may be allowable if approved in writing by Owner in advance of incorporation by Contractor." Reference Paragraph 8.3.2.1: Delete from specification. Reference Paragraph 8.3.2.2: Delete:from specification.
. Reference Paragraph 8.3.3:
Revise' to read, " Diaphragms and stem seals shall be of "EPT" or Owner approved equal." Reference Paragraph 8.3.9: Add, " Bolts and studs shall be SA-193 grade 88. . Nut material shall be SA-194 grade 8. Similar materials may be allowable if approved in writing by Owner in advance of incorporation by Contractor." Reference Paragraph 8.3.10: Add, "All pressure boundary material for Duke Class B and C valves shall meet requirements of Section III of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Ccde." Reference Paragraph 8.3.11: Add, "It .is Bidder's' responsibility to advise Owner if any of above materials will. not satisfy requirements of code referenced in Paragraph - 4.5.1.1 or are not suitable for intended service." Reference Paragraph 8.3.12:
. Add, " Valve stem materials shall be stainless steel suitable for intended service."
Reference Paragraph 8.3.13: Add, " Aluminum is prohibited from use ~on any valve, operator or their
.. ( .
components."
- - , - . ,---,-.---...-,.,_,e -
SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 Addendum 01
- Date: December 18, 1978 Page 11 of 21 K
Reference Paragraph 8.a.14: Add, " Teflon is prohibited from use as a seat or sealing material on any valve." Reference Paragraph 9.1: Revise to read, "All valves shall be tagged with stainless steel name tags showing Owner's valve item number, Purchaser's order number and Contractor's serial number. All tags shall be permanently secured to the valve bonnet as shown on Attachment 5.2. A National Board Registration Number shall also be affixed to each Duke Class B and C valve." Reference Paragraph 9.2: Revise to read, "All internal wetted surfaces shall be cleaned with demineralized water to a Class "C" cleanliness level as defined in ANSI N45.2.1. A corrosion inhibitor (i.e. , Cimplus 22 or Owner approved equal) shall be added to demineralized water for final rinse of carbon steel valves." Reference Paragraph 9.3: Revise to read, " Care should be exercised to prevent damage to all seating surfaces after the hydro test. Immediately after final cleaning, end connections shall be sealed with plugs, caps or covers to prevent entry of contaminants and to prevent damage to facing. These caps are to be secured so as not to become detached during shipment or handling." Reference Paragraph 9.8: Revise to read, " Owner's Design Engineering Department requires submittal of various manufacturing procedures for approval prior to fabrication. Three ccpies of these procedures shall be submitted to address indicated in Paragraph 13. Procedures requiring approval are as follows: 9.8.1 Non-Destructive Examination Procedures 9.8.2 Hydrostatic or Pneumatic Testing Procedures 9.8.3 Cleaning Procedures 9.8.4 Packaging, Receiving and Storage Procedures 9.8.5 Wall Thickness Verification Procedures" Reference Paragraph 9.9: Revise to read, " Externally exposed surfaces of carbon steel valves or ( carbon steel parts on stainless steel valves located inside Containment
SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 4 Add @ndum #1 Date: December 18, 1978 Page 12 of 21 shall be' coated in accordance with Attachment 5.11. Externally exposed surfaces of carbon steel valves or carton steel parts on stainless steel valves located outside Containment shall be coated in accordance with Attachment 5.12. _ Stainless steel valves or parts shall not be coated. Reference Paragraph 9.10:
~
-Revise to read, "All externally exposed surfaces of valve operators shall be prepared and coated as follows:
9.10.1 Manual, gear, air actuators, etc. located inside containment shall be coated in accordance with Attachment 5.11. 9.10.2 - Manual, . gear, air actuators, etc. located outside containment shall be coated in accordance with Attachment 5.12.
- 9.10.3 Rotork operators located inside Containment shall be coated in
.accordance with Attachment 5.13. Rotork operators located outside Containment shall be coated in accordance with manufac-turers standard procedure, P1666 for undercoating and YV8021 for topcoating.
9.10.4 Limitorque operators located inside containment shall be coated
' (; in :accordance with Limitorque Procedure LPS-102A. For those located outside containment, Limitorque Procedure LPS-101 shall be used."
L Reference _ Paragraph 10.2:
' Revise to read, "The Contractor shall submit to the'0wner no later than valve shipping date, a' separate documentation package for the following:
(a)- Each Duke Class B, C .and F valve with an inlet piping connection greater than a four inch nominal pipe size. (b) Each valve item of Duke Class 8, C and F valves with an inlet piping connection equal to or less than a four inch nominal pipe size. The number of valves per package shall be limited to 25 per ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III. Each documentation package shall consist of one reproducible copy of the following:"~ LReference Paragraph 10.2.1: Revise.to read, " Original mill test reports from material suppliers for all pressure bom idary of pressure retaining material including valve stem material, on all Duke Class B and C valves." (:
SPECIFICATI0k CNS-1205.04-1 Addendum #1 - Date: Decembor 18, 1978 Page 13 of 21 (
-Reference Paragraph 10.2.2:
Revise to read, " Documentation of all hydrostatic and operational tests - showing their results. Documentation for air seat tests performed on containment isolation valves shall specifically indicate test leakage rates." Reference Paragraph 10.2.3: Revise to read, " Heat treatment certification for all Duke Class B and C valves." Reference Paragraph 10.2.4:
. Revise to read, "NDT (UT, PT, MT) on Duke Class B and C valves shall be done in accordance with specified requirements by ASNT qualified operators.
Include'a list of the equipment used."
. Reference Paragraph 10.2.7:
Revise to read, " Required ASME Code data reports for Duke Class B and C valves." Reference Paragraph 10.2.12: { Add, " Certification of coating as required by Paragraphs 9.9 and 9.10." Reference Paragraph 10.2.13:
' Add, '! Contractor shall submit documentation required by IEEE standards referenced. in this . Specification as evidence that equipment meets its specified performance requirements."
Reference Paragraph 10.2.14: Add, " Certification that power operators have been designed to operate valve .within specified period of time and at design pressure and temperature shown on valve list. Required operator speed is shown on valve list."'
~ Reference Paragraph 10.2.15:
Add, " Certification of water chemistry and cleaning to Reference 4.4.7, level C as required in Paragraph 9.2." Refe ence Paragraph 10.3:
< Revise to read, " Valve documentation packages shall be sent to Q. A.
Manager, Engineering and Services, Duke Power Company, P. O. Box 33189,
' k. - Charlotte, North Carolina 28242, Attention: Q. A. Supervisor, Records.
m.
g . SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 0 ..Addandum #1 Date: December 18, 1978 4 Page 14 of~21 h
--Reference Paragraph 10.4:
'Rev'ise to.. read, "The qualification tests for electric motor operators and
- stem mounted limit switenes used -in safety related applications (Duke classes B, C,-and F) shall use the following values.
~
Location' Active Valve in Containment = Passive valves in t containment and all
' valves outside contain-ment-
' Radiation, Rads: 2'x 10s 1 x 108 Pressure, psia: 30 15 Temperature, F: 250 110 Environment Saturated steam with boric 100% relative humidity acid spray.
Seismic-loading values shall be as shown in Attachment 5.6, " Seismic Design Requirements.'." Reference Paragraph 10.6: Add, f Contractor shell submit with each valve shipment to Owner's site the
-following documentation:
- 10.6.1 L AMSE- C6de Data Report, NPV-1.
~
- 10. G. 2 Vendor Quality Assurance Certification,-Duke Power Form 930.1A, completed by Contractor.
- ReferenceT Paragraph 10.7: e TAdd, "0wner's inspection shall apply as follows:
10.7.1- _ 0wnerf-reserves right to enter Contractor's facility at_any. time during manufacture of an order. for inspection of processes and procedures.
'10.7.2
. 0wner's Quality Assurance. Manager, Vendors, shall be notified at telephone number (704) 373-4299 or 373-4368 five days prior to
> hydrostatic test and shipment for possible Owner witness.
i 10.7.3- . Tests and inspections shall be as specified in this Specifica-tion and applicable codes. , :10.7.4- Requirements of this Specification shall apply to lower tier
; subcontractor and vendors, including Owner access accompanied by Contractor to facilities and records.
o {. . 4 4e
SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 Add @ndum #1 Date: December 18, 1978 Page 15 of 21-h. 10.7.5_ _ Contractor shall submit a list of inspection points to Owner's Quality Assurance Engineering and Service Division prior to fabrication in order that Owner may establish surveillance hold points. 10.7.6 Owner reserves right of approval of any subcontractor. Con-tractor will .be notified in advance of Owner's inspection of
. subcontractor and may be in attendance with Owner at the sub-contractor's location."
' Reference Paragraph 10.8:
Add,~ " Contractor's inspection and test records shall, as a minimum,
, identi fy - inspector, type observation and results, acceptability, and action taken with any deficiencies noted. Records shall be identifiable and retrievable."
Reference Paragraph 11: Revise to read, " Delivery schedule for each valve item is included on the Duke valve lists, Attachment 5.4." Reference Paeagraph 12: Revise to read, _ " Drawings shall be submitted for Owner's approval in accordance with Attachment 5.1, " Drawing Requirements" within four (4) weeks after award of order." Material shall not be fabricated until such drawings have been approved and returned to Contractor or upon written authorization by Owner." Reference Paragraph 12.1.7: ' L Revise to read, " Mounting position restrictions, including inlet and outlet piping arrangements, any limitations on flow directions, etc." Reference Paragraph 12.1.8: Revise to read, "Necessary dimensions: end to end, centerline of valve to end of open ~ stem, stem dimensions, dismantling requirements for valve and operator, locations of centers of gravity of valve, operator, and combined valve and operator. Weld end details with dimensions for butt weld end valves." Reference Paragraph 12.~1.10: Revise to read, " NUCLEAR SAFETY RELATED" shall be printed above title block
.and shall be printed in a character size equal to or larger than largest size used in the body of document. This requirement applies to all related drawings '(i.e. , wiring diagrams, instruction manuals, etc. )."
SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 21 Add::ndum #1 Date: December 18, 1978 f - Page 16 of 21 h . Reference Paragraph 12.1.14 Revise'to read, " Pressure rating of valve or design pressure / temperature as ~ applicable."
. Reference Paragraph 12.1.15: '
Add, " Torque necessary for proper tightening of nuts and bolts." Reference Paragraph 12.1.16:
.Add,;" Full open Cv, also Cv vs number of turns open. State any throttling limitations."
I Reference Paragraph 12.1.17: Add, " Seat details clearly shown." 2 Reference Paragraph 12.1.18: " Add, " Reference of wiring diagrams shall be shown on each applicable valve outline drawing." Reference Paragraph 12.1.19: Add, " Control air pressure and volume of cylinder for air operated valves." Reference Paragraph 12.1.20: Add, " Flow direction arrows for uni-directional valves." Reference Paragraph 12.1.21: Add, " Maximum allowable weight of chain for valves with chainwheel operators." Reference Paragraph 12.1.22: Add, " Maximum allowable stem torque for manual valves." Reference Paragraph 12.3: ' Revise to read, "Only one valve list shall be assigned to one drawing; any number of valves may be shown on any one drawing as long as same valve list applies." Reference Paragraph 12.4: Revise to read, " Contractor shall also submit (per Paragraph 12.1) motor
-( operator outline drawings and wiring diagrams covering each type of electric . motor- operator to be furnished with each valve drawings. Each
l SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 l Addendum #1 - l Date: December 18, 1978 i Page 17 of 21 - motor operator outline and wiring diagram shall have a complete certification showing each applicable Owner valve item number, valve list number, operator model number, and gear speed (RPM). Each shall state all electric. motor characteristics required for ordering motor starters by Owner including motor horsepower, voltage, full load current, locked rotor current.and service factor. Each operator wiring diagram shall show both opening and closing torque switches and indicate that these torque switches are supplied. Since many typical wiring diagrams do not show Owner's requirements that any factory adjusted limit switches be set at the full open or full. closed position, approval of drawings is not intended to mean switches are to be set at any,other place in lieu of full open or full closed unless otherwise stated by Owner." Reference Paragraph 13: Revise to read, " INSTRUCTION MANUALS." Reference Paragraph 13.1: 1 Add,'"Five (5) copies of complete installation, operation, and maintenance instructions shall be submitted for Owner's approval eight (8) weeks after award of order in accordance with Attachment 5.16. These instructions shall include, but not be limited to, a complete description of features necessitating design considerations or unusual operating requirements. ( ^Also, a program shall be submitted by Contractor, coincident with the above, giving recommended preventive maintenance procedures and time
. tables."
Reference Paragraph 13.2: Add, "After Owner approval and prior to shipment, 16 copies of the final, complete installation, operation, and maintenance instructions with preventive maintenance procedures and time tables shall be submitted to Mr. S. K. Blackley, Jr. , Chief Engineer, Attention: H. E. Edwards, Mechanical & Nuclear Division, Duke Power Company, P. O. Box 33189, Charlotte, N. C. 28242." Reference Paragraph 14: Revised to read, " Test reports and inspections shall be as specified in this Specification and applicable codes." Reference Paragraph 14.1: Revise to read, "For Class B and C valves, non-destructive and destructive testing of prescoure boundary materials shall be in accordance with procedures and acceptance standards set forth in ASME Section III code. Required examinations, procedures and acceptance standards ~for each class of valves are defined in Sections NC2000, NC5000, ND2000 and N05000 as (. applicable.
< . 3 SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 V Addendum #1 Date: December 18, 1978 Page 18 of 21
.(,
14.1.1 For Class B and C valves, pressure retaining boundaries shall be as defined in ASME Section III - 1977, Section NCA-3254.la, Sub-Paragraph (1) and (2). ~ 14.1,2 Impact testing of pressure retaining materials is required except as excluded by code referenced in Section 4.5.1.1." Reference Paragraph 14.2: Revise to read, " Pressure boundary hydrostatic testing of Duke Class B and C valves shall be in accordance with the ASME Section III code. Hydrostatic testing of Duke Class F valves shall be in accordance with ANSI B16.5-1968. Demineralized water as defined by ANSI N45.2.1-1973 shall be used as the hydrostatic test media. A rust inhibitor (Cimplus'22 or Owner approved equal) shall be added to the demineralized water used to test carbon steel valves. Carbon steel valves shall not be painted before shell hydrostatic test is complete. Valve stuffing box shall have packing removed and subjected to hydrostatic test pressure. Hydrostatic test shall be performed prior to seat leakage test (s)."
' Reference Paragraph 14.5:
Add, "In addition to seat leakage tests performed in accordance with MSS-SP-61, valve items designated on Duke valve lists as ' CONTAINMENT
-(
ISOLATION REQUIRING TESTING PER- SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-l' shall have seat leakage tests performed at 15 psig of air pressure. Minimum hold time shall be five (5) minutes. Maximum allowable seat leakage shall be zero. (0) cubic centimeters per minute per inch of nominal seat diameter. Bi-directional valves shall be tested in both directions. Uni-directional valves shall be tested in the designated direction of flow only." Reference Paragraph 14.6: Add, " Contractor shall provide notification of hydrostatic test to Owner in accordance with requirements of Paragraph 10.7.2." Reference Paragraph 14.7: Add, "0wner shall be informed during manufacture of any major problems such as any rework of material or any major repair procedures." Reference Paragraph 14.8: Add, " Owner's inspection requirements are as outlined in Sub-Paragraphs 10.7 and 10.8.
'(
f SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 Addsndum #1 * = Date: December 18, 1978 Page 19 of 21 ' [. Reference Paragraph 15.1: Revise to read, " Bidder shall submit with proposal,.a complete itemized - parts list for each piece of equipment including part numbers and prices of each item for delivery with valves to site on.the specified equipment delivery dates shown on attached " Spare Parts Form" SP-1 (Attachment 5.5)." Reference Paragraph 15.2: Revise to read, " Bidder shall recommend which parts should be stocked as spare parts by completing " Spare Parts Form" and returning with proposal. Bidder's -recommendation for spare parts stock levels should take into consideration lead time for delivery of replacement parts after order, design life of part, wear-out rates of parts of similar pieces of equipment and operating conditions (reference Section 6) to which the equipment will be subjected. Owner will issue a separate purchase ordcr for spare parts after review of Contractor's parts list and Form SP-1."
-Reference Paragraph 15.3:
Add, "The Contractor shall clearly identify all spare parts as such. In addition, a metal tag shall be securely attached to each part or container for small parts and shall show the following information: 15.3.1 Equipment name (e.g. , Diaphragm Valve - Spare Part). 15.3.2 Part name. 15.3.3 Drawing reference and part item number. 15.3.4 Purchaser's order number and Owner's valve item number." Reference Paragraph 15.4: Add, "QA Documentation, as applicable in Section 10 is required for each
' spare part."
Reference Paragraph 16.2: Revise to read, " Weight of each valve, valve operator and combined weight of. valve and operator." Reference Paragraph 16.3: Revise to read, " Materials of construction for pressure retaining parts and value trim." {.
p g .. SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04 Addendum #1 Date: December 18, 1978
.- Page 20 of 21 Reference Paragraph 16.7:
Revise to read, " Bidder shall submit description of measures to be taken to protect Owner's delivery schedule, for example, advance ordering of castings or establishment of an inventory of castings. Bidder's ability to meet schedules shall be of major importance in Owner's evaluation of proposals. Bidder shall also discuss additional flexibility in terms of ability to respond to Owner's valve requirements on short notice." Reference Paragraph 16.8:
- Delete from specification.
Reference Paragraph 16.12: Revise to read, "Information as requested in Section 10." Reference Paragraph 16.13: Add, " Spare parts information described in Section 15 of this Specification." Reference Paragraph 16.14:
.b Add, " Identification of any parts, materials, or equipment contemplated for manufacture outside United States. If.there are none, it shall be so stated in writing."
Reference Paragraph 16.15: Add, " List of any and all exceptions to this Specification, or otherwise issue a. statement of complete compliance to this Specification." Reference Paragraph 16.16: Add, "Any mounting or orientation restrictions." Reference Paragraph 16.17: Add, " Plots of flow rate and Cv versus percentage of opening (number of turns open). Note of any throttling restrictions." Reference Paragraph 16.18: Add, " List of special tools or maintenance parts required." Reference Paragraph 16.19: Add, " State recommended maintenance procedures." 9
.' SPECIFICATION CNS-1205.04-1 Addsndum #1 ' -
Date: December 18,' 1978 Page 21 of 21 -
. ; Reference Paragraph.18:
Revise to read,'"CONFORMANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS" - Reference _ Paragraph 18.1: Add, . " Bidder must submit with proposal, 'a list of all major and minor exceptions -to this Specification and obtain written approval from Owner prior..to award of order. If there are no exceptions, it must be so stated . .in writing. - It -is particularly emphasized any unapproved nonconformity T'
-with~ Specification'must be changed to complete conformity at Contractor's-expense including -cost; of all . labor and materials and all other related
. expenses by Owner or Contractor."
. Reference Paragraph -18.2:
Add, ' " Attachment : 5.8, " General Conditions of Contract, Equipment and Systems" shall form a part of this Specification. Reference Paragraph 21: Revise to -read, "All proposals. complete with prices F0B Newport, York County, South Carolina (Southern Railroad) and information requested shall i f- be. submitted to Mill Power Supply Company in accordance with the letter of A
. inquiry. !: For any technical information required to prepare his proposal, the Bidder may' contact by phone C. D. Bennett, (704) 373-8652, or H. E. Edwards, (704) '
373-8273." t f a __,-,-.-.,-----~---w* m- ~--w-
..x -
g ". D- - - Specification No: CNS-1205.04-1 pg Attachment No: cr Page 1 of 5 [ DRAWING REQUIREMENTS
.l .0 ' Requirements'of' Drawing Composition -
All drawings will be microfilmed-by Owner. Prints submitted by Contractor Dare to'be. full' size and legible with uniform background ~ density suitable
-for microfilming and subsequent reproduction from microfilm.
~
1.1-
- Lettering on all. drawings shall. conform to the'following standards:
Minimum character height (A, B, C size dwgs) - 0.125 in. (1/8)
~
1 Minimum character height (D,-E size dwgs)- - 0.156 in. (5/32) Minimum spacing ~between lines of.' characters - height of characters
-Machine and guide generated characters. - 12 point size min.
, 1.2 : :On all drawings larger than 11" x 17" in size, a. blank space at least.
4" x 6" in size located near title block shall be reserved for Owner's
~ u se . ..
- 1. 3 'All drawings shall contain the name of the equipment, the station name
=-and applicable unit numbers, the Mill Power Supply Company purchase
. order. number (s), and the Duke' Power Company purchase requisition number (s).
1.4 . All drawings submitted for equipment designated in specification as
~
safety related (Duke classification A, B, C,,D, and F) shall have the
'words " NUCLEAR SAFETY RELATED" located directly above the title block, printed in a character size equal to or. larger than the largest size used on. the drawing.
~1.5 ' ' All drawings' submitted for equipment designated in the specification as , Duke classification "E" shall have the words " CLASS E" printed
.above the title block.
-1.6' Drawings marked " Preliminary" will'not be approved by Owner.
-2.0 ilnformation Required by'0wner
' Contractor shall furnish cn drawings sufficient information for Owner to complete the design of. foundations or support arrangements, primary and support fluid systems, piping. layout, control systems, and electrical power systems related to the equipment furnished. Special information may be
, required for ventilation system design or modeling. The specification
,(Section 12) provides guidance on the types of drawings recuired for the l subject' equipment. 'As a minimum, for each piece of equipment or assembly of- equipment, Contractor shall provide an outline drawing containing or referencing the following Information:
' 2.' i , I'nformation Required for Foundation or Support Design 2.1.1 For equipment to be mounted on floor or foundation, the out-
- (L-. line drawing shall include details of the mounting base Including:
a) bolt hole sizes and locations; b) required anchor bolt size, projection-(per AISC criteria, including any limitations on maximum projection), and material
y@ y . L 7' U+ J $
. DRAWING REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 5
'. 3 1 .
(17 _ -(bolt sizing should consider most severe combination of "t _
- loads, including externally imposed loads);
c) igrouting requirements and locations of grout and vent holes; -
+: -d) , details of any other _ load bearing mechanism.
- 2.1. 2 . For_ equipment neither mounted on floor by anchor bolts nor
,
- completely supported by attached piping, the outline drawing
'shall: Include details of the: support system provided or required' including complete details of the method of attach - '
ment to Owner's supporting structure. 2.1.3 Outline drawings for alliequipment shall include the following Information required for support design:
- a) weight under operating conditions and other possible conditions and center of gravity of each piece or assembly of equipment that will be independen:ly supported (for valves, weight and center of gravity of valve and operator o combined and separately);
.b) dynamic loads; c) total loads, resolved ' to each support element, transmitted to the supporting structure under each design condition.
h . 2.2L Information Required for Piping System Design
~
2;2.1
- (-. 4 Each Owner interface connection shall be shown 'and identified -
with a unique alphabetic or numeric designation. A table of all- Owner connections (example table attached) shall be pro-vided I! sting the following information for each connection: a) connection designation (A, 8, C, etc.); b) connection use (if. connection _ Is plugged, . it shall, be Indicated); c) nominal size of connection; _ d) -type of connection (whether buttweld, socket weld, flanged, ' ' or threaded); e) If welded, pipe schedule shall be given; , f) ;1f flanged,. class and type of flange shall be given; g) material.
- 2. 2. 2 ' Each. connection shall be located dimensionally on the outline
-drawing, referenced to the equipment centerline.
2.2.3 Maximum'allowabieconcurrentpipingloadsoneachnozzlefor each design condition shall be tabulated for floor or foundation mounted equipment. 2.2.4' For buttwelded connections, details of the weld preparation
' shall be shown.
9
/
9
.- -.. - - - _ . . - _~ . .~ .
s t
;..J
..ORAWING REQUIREMENTS- Page 3 of 5 k 2.2 5
~
support system requirements shall be stated. Including: (a) allowable pressure, temperature, 'and flow ranges for:
' support fluids; b)3 : heat rejection and pressure drops .for cooling loops; .
- c) quality requirementsLfor all. support fluids; d) quantity and composition of any fluids continuously or regularly drained from equipment.
r
' 2.3 Genera 1x information Required 'by Owner 2.3.1 Overall dimensions of equipment shall be shown. Space required for maintenance access including component pull space shall c 1 =also be shown.
2.3.2 Design and test conditions and applicable design codes for the equipment or its subcomponents shall be shown. L2.3.3
. Drawings shall clearly' Indicate. Contractor's scope of supply.
'If. equipment shown on drawing is not supplied in contract, it shall be designated _"by others". ,
2.324 Because all equipment will be modeled by owner, dimensional- ~ Information,Is required for major subcomponents, Contractor . supplied piping, manways, and inspection ports, 71A. 2.3.5 For skid mounted equipment assemblies, major components shall
-tun Identifled and Junction boxes located.
12.3.6' Any. special. provisions for lif ting or moving equipment shall s be shown in detall, with capacit/ of 'each IIfting lug stated. 2.3.71 Any special ventilation requirements for the area In which the equipment is located shall be indicated on drawing. c 1 - 2.3.8 Volumes of all flammable substances,- such as _ lubricating oII, shall be Indicated on drawing. '
,; '2.3.9 A'ny restrictions. to mounting orientation shall be shown.
2.3.10 Electrical power requirements shall be stated. 2.3.11 The outline drawing shall reference, by manufacturer's drawing number, the location of the following information as applicable: a) for multiple component packages, the flow diagram and control logic description;
.'b) wiring diagrams; c) bill'of materials and sectional drawing; d) list and description of any special piping, valves, controls, Instrumentation, etc., required to be furnished by Owner; e) stress and seismic analyses or test reports; .
.f) torque requirements and limitations and tightening procedures
- - for all bolts, including anchor bolts; g) description of any special lif ting, handling, or. installation procedures.
o wiedA _
DRAWING REqulREMENTS Page 4 of 5 . l- 3.0 Instructions for Drawing Submittal Complete drawings shall be submitted to Owner for approval within the time frame allowed by the specification. Contractor should allow in his schedule , at least ten weeks for drawing review by Owner. 3.1 Six prints of each drawing shall be submitted to Mr. S. K. Blackley, Jr., Duke Power Company, P. ' O. Box 33189, Charlotte, North Carolina 28242, to the attention of the person designated by Owner at time of contract award. 3.2 If any drawing is not acceptable to Owner for microfilming, Contractor shall furnish 15 copies of the drawing for Owner's records within two weeks of receipt of drawing approval.
.s 1-31-74 12-13-74 CMM/sf 7-09-75 JKB/sr 4-28-77 TGF/kh 9-21-77 TGF/sh 9-25-78 JCR/as
. 3-....,....._.. ...... . . , . . . . - - . . . . . . . . . ..- -. .. . . . .
D , b. O .* '
. \.
INFORMATION REQUIRED ON CONTRACTOR'S DRAWINGS .lI' . i e' '- - Listing of Nozzles for - (Name of Equipment) Nozzla Use Nominal Type of A.For butt welds list pipe A. For butt and . l, lotstion (vent, drains, and spares, extra plugged size in Connection- sch. for which weld end socket welds ; connections, baseplate drains, etc.) Inches Butt Weld preps are designed
- IIst ASME or i
* * *
- ASTN specifica-
. B. Note type of' thread for (if connections are extra and/or T ea e threaded connections 'EI""*N9'*d**
Pl ugged, so indicate) E jor fl M d m & s of material. . B. For flanged note'the pressure class and """**EI "5 " E' ,
* ~
whether raised or flat face. whether flange i
. i-
. Also note standard to which. . is S.S. , C.S. , .
. flange is layed out or note as special layout ** C*I** *E**
)
Inlet (Example) 6" CW Sch. 10 6 SA-106-8 l A . . j t l ll Fer butt welds made to Contractor standard, (as approved by Owner) note the standard (drawing) to which the weld prep will be made. For butt welds made per' Duke drawingsTa'Hetsh will be required for each different weld end preparation. j For flanges made to a special' layout, a sketch wl.,Il be required for.each different design noti,ng the layout of the ! fienge. . DRAWING REQUIREMENTS Page 5 of 5 .
SPECIFICATION NO: CNS-1205.04
- ATTACHMENT N0: ;.> .
PAGE 1 of I
-{
%' l O **
l/( :/l l f a J _. N g y. N
'Drran_ X- 6AMRR VALVE taca
- 9 h
\ l p
._9 _
-]
- i 2o GA. " Atom E% SEEL.
i
- C paowED E VALVE rDO68F1-( c.Aixw r%3 wAcaTo svE l
'1ow-E wITH acN F"A5TENEft5
{ l) (,te.E DETNL 'M ) FLc w _ _ _ _ _ LeH Hmal und Ouv.E PONER coa 4N9 :ST44EARD IEENTIFICATioM N AMD EMD ORLENTATicN L 6MH i/24 / 74
\l ll' ,
l1llJ1l1l I t 1 9 N GP . F. ~ 0~
~
~ _ m. g e
- -e .
_ e e e, _ .. e
. wm e 6.m.- .w 7 I M G ~~ 6 _
_. e. s
/ SEE E~ ~ m ..
e e w m u e e ETD
.m 9 _ _
- e w m.
E0 D ~ - - m _ . . _ G/ A3 P0 NS GSG 0~ 5~
~
_ _- ~'?'
~ ..
u m .
. Y IEI
_m
~~
R
- SRS p _ .
~ - _
1~~ EPP D -
~
m e
. e.=
. i
. i w
u s e m s _ . _ _=. m
=
e
.m u
e a a. i
= N GE - . w -
CNC e KKV II _ w d e W. e CCE A _ e OOD LL F N' -
'.L LO F l 1
0 A-EK A~ _ -_ _ _ 0 SA E W'
# L N~~ _
N P t t E R S D N E 0 _ 4RG 8 W .. A N . f. E m u
=
m g l g D - l - A N D R O TD AS
.S X . _
l . AE ML _ - RE EP PS M~
. S 1'~ ~
6 l.~. _ O C'.0-E SL4~
~
_ ) -
- E 2 5AT 0. "' * -
S ~ M5~ _ A BN R 9-0
!E 2 0~ _
O O ;- 3 1" _ VAI NTT AAAT FDTS T AE RP ~ ' 0~ *PS O- N P1i I - w EY ii ~ M~ C~ _ . E SI PT C~ E . . UG R-~ __ . L O _ . CNR R ~R E _ .- IAM R EE - . REE ELT SB E BB MM .GP Z_ . e_ d. ~. ECI EM UU NZ
- L NU RU NN
~PIWE I .
G UN ' T- . 7 V T TN S~ . ENAL CG SO E~ - . U I C DNA EBA WV AN FI UW II LT A T ~~ S ~~
~ _
}
GT NA EC E~ I A AR VI !' SC MD E D LF AI VC R~ I U Q~ w E s E~ e m P - L; S R~ 0 E Z I 0._ 4 _ 3
~
.S _ _
9 Y 7 . T _ - I 4 D0 N m T N E/ s m N _ g;
=
A V9 _ .
. k U
p m L0 = s s m .s. Q A J . m e. u g V4 E P 0 e m ._
+
P e D N0O( i
=. <
Y NNe. u.
.- e T Oh e I _ _ . - -
T 1
.u . .
S A . S LD m _ . . A B OQ m . SE - L 3 h . C IR. E VTY i .
. - m w w
LNR _ . e '; A E E. VNV _ _ i N ; g - g. NI -- T EI L VAE _ - .. .. O e O a; A - p . C ITD u 3 TN . _
~ e i
m / CO _. - - 4 R AC . .
. o8 e
E B S5
- :I _
_Nh h y;. D= M K( .
- e :. ,
O _ . U *MM _ UCD N 3RR - T I M 7 -- .
- )
~NTNE E 4
~..
SAL ILI LPF T I 8 2 _ - h e 3
. 0 H eN e
e 1ifl ,l
e l
- l l
' !l l l 4 -
l O'l g i O* L I j i ' 5 I I l I
- o. (r o*:
n . i ' I ; l
% ewe 8 . ur.:
,l ,
l' , j
! 6 . t l .
r w > c. . , i e
- l I W C8 Q l '
I l, j i I o% ; - e l WM Um f C. !
'.i 1
)
e, n omo
-w-
,.m m
.i l
, i .
I - i i' ; e a n, . t ! i l i, ' l W&O l
- l 8
i I I ' b I
! l l j. f, j ow
. . . l .
WZU - t 8 i j j i 4
== -
! l i i 4
i l i MMD l 3 4 uuw ? <- I ! I l l-eec ! Z. l 1 i a l l , aa , c W ) l l ' i l 6 . E i ! I' ! e I . l l Je !
. , i -
] ;
4 0 l l f a ww 4- ! l 6 i ; , o m< Z i l ' W , I l
- d ' l e I
I l i l l
> ; .. . , i w
m
. !Di l' ;'l; -
I' l l g , e' l .i
! { l ! l l
w >- i my! ; ; i I i ii t : t i I i I i l R,i. l i l' l l i
. i.
. m. l. -
, , i ! '
= mi , . I i .
e at i i
, i l
>Q z.mt i I l l t :
4W . 1- > l j Ew er : l g l
, {.
W e, y m ,a . 3 l EL m w' ,Q I j [ e m e e> ' l 1.J 21 I m e c~<> n. > I l, e' 2 E 'O O: j'W w fu
- l l i
, e o mi i
. Q. e.=
- l I '
i g *C me k P91
.!.pI l
. - <w c, a. m i
*( 4 4 to E O. 9I @l 1!Z I
- a. c e= m w> Z. :r: - f - '
F m == CL > u,, i fp f,u l l eo a o E E, a. QZW 'w
== at 3 g ww " c. & s w am MKww me wr rr lo'l l l r
(uwan '33
- w U me 1 jZ i I Z3 E3 Z; Z i ** l !
.h ** 2 W DZ ! ** l, I 0 > > > Zj l
,m- 1 I l
W Z *C .J Oo e of i w . l I Mwc4 42 = =: 3 j D E> w == .J>=' I>l 4 OZ4 33 4 ,e ' , i
- o. p 24 Wv w } {'
. < <a >~ i lau i
, i ;
ou W xo .J E'
=E==.
I I
.=
!D l ' :
I l l ' o >v :o
}' l 1 l
WI iW' l l Cl ; I l , m- , C lE l .I W O- e ! f I l N *- ; 1 m" ! 6 I I, s f.r I i
> .n l 1 I i
> e l m%,
l
, i j
l r 1 l t M 'e4 ' f l Z ,W %. 1
' f M J l t '
3 l.>J d. - 1 I o ; ' i' i i
> 2: e i l
w . e, n- j
- l
- o- lZo., l
- l i [ i
> t j i l g
', .e. == ! l -
i
.- l i t
y m 4 ee aC s
\ {
< m lo o. !
.J mw ' I W !** E w . '
I
! I la>i> ra t >t '
i l I. ' l+>ww, r >i ; [ i i
. t t
' ' Z . "* l e
l
.w = a- .
9
*> 4 w ,
4 j=s >z,O' e u i m e ! I I
. oc 'v v. , i l i i et # en w l l o lm
, m ,
ON ( um @ UO F 3 Z eF F, lre J g gE t v, , s i l e I t lI
** I e
l I e whw 5 e- '7 a2
- m. a-
. 4 .J l l l m ,
l o14a L1 i ! ! G
7 O O FORM SP-l N Revision 1
- DUKE POWER COMPANY SPARE PARTS FORH Plant: carams,ever*e .I i e 9 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION NO.: Various DATE:
Cemponent: NsR nranhvag,vaiv,< Speci fication No._ CNS-120s.04-1 D.E. HPSco Order No. f,*p*p,*g,*,,f,*g Contractor Name S.P. HPSCo Order No. 3ase Delivery Date: Duke Drawing No, \fternate Date: Manufacturer's Equipment Hodel No. Contractor Dwg. No. (1) Recommended Expected Service Basis For l ipare Part Name & No. Manufacturing Price (Base) QTY / UNIT Life of Recommen- Recommendation Lead Time Nice ~{5TU Comments ded Spares (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) e I l l t 1 9 9 e e 9 9 9 e
\ .
I e 0 j.. I
SPARE PARTS PROCUREMENT PROCEDURE FORM SP-1 INSTRUCTIONS .
.( Spare Parts Form SP-1 serves as a single point source document within Duke Power Company for the procurement of spare parts for all equipment. It is used by the Design Engineering Department, Steam Production Department, Construction Department, and Hill Power Supply Company to coordinate inter- -
face responsibilities throughout the spare parts procurement phase. A comprehensive evaluation of spare parts requirements and required delivery dates will be performed based on the information provided on Form SP-l. It is essential that all Information requested be provided. Bidder's Instructions for providing Form SP-1 Information are as follows:
- 1) Manufacturer's Eculpment Model Number - Provide equipment model number.
- 2) Spare Part Name and Number - Supply the specific spare part name and number.
- 3) Recommended Ouantity Per Unit - Designate the recommended number of specific spare parts required for each component, for example: each motor, pump, valve, or other piece of equipment.
- 4) Expected Service Life of Recommended Spare - Designate the service life of each spare part.
- 5) Basis of Recommendation - Define reasons for service life recommendations, for example: design life for the part, Ilfe expectancy based on operating experience, or other considerations.
- 6) Manufacturino Lead Time - Provide information on normal lead time for spare parts procurement. This information will aid in establishing spare parts procurement schedule.
7} p y Provide spare parts prices for delivery on base and alternate delivery dates. Actual delivery dates for each spare part will be evaluated based on operating requirements and will be specified at the time of the spare parts order.
- 8) Comments - Provide specific comments concerning additional information considered to be helpful or necessary in the evaluation of component spare parts requirements. This information should include data such as ilmiting shelf Ilfe, specific supporting drawing numbers, unusual procurement, manufacturing, quality assurance, and storage requirements, and any other relevant information.
Revision 1, 1-25-1978 w---.-----__.__-_-.___.--________ . _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _
. . Specification No. Ct15-- 1205. 04- 1 Attachment Date: Echroa rv h, l')75 Attachment flo: 5.6 __
DUKE POWER COMPANY ( SEISMIC DESIGN REQtH'mMENTS VALVES CATAWBA 1 & 2
. CLASS 2/3 DIAPIIRAGM AND PLUG TYPE VALVES 1.0 Seismic D sign Manual The valve and appurtenances shall be etnllfled to meet the seismic design requirements of this specification in accordance with the procedures and gulde-liner of the Duke Power Company Sel.pnic Ilesign Mantal. 'lhe Mannat is intended to be utillved onIV as a reference to this section and not to be used alone. The sections of the Mantul pertaining to particular portions of this specification are noted below. Ilowever, those sections should not be used directly without the background information provided in the remainder of the Manual.
2.0 Operating Conditions ? ( 2.1 Modes of Operatica Two modes of operation shall be considered (Mantul Section 4.1.3). The upset mode incl'udes the effects of the Op: rational liasis Earthqtuke (OllE), and the faulted mode includes the effects of the Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE). The seismic loads shall be considered in combination with all other concurrent loadings on the valve (Mantal Section 4.1.3). The criteria for these loads are specified below. j 2.2 Scismic lunut Criteria For the SSE, a Selsmic Load Factor (SLF) of 3. 0 g shall be applied in cach of tvto orthogonal horizontnl directions in combination with an SLU of 2. 0 g in the vertical dit cetion, all acting simtiltaneously (Manual Section 4.1.1.1). The SLF values for the 011F, shall be taken as 8/15 of the respective values for the SSE.
L ,. g.y
, . , . -i *-
m .
.W -
~
2.3 sConcurrcut Loading Conditions < 1 Other concurrent loadings to be considered are describdd in 9.[ '
' 9 Manual Section-4.1.3. Any additional considerations are spccified below.
.; J. ,
y
~
^c
, j
\' y . , 1
.~, .p '
$b' W 3.0' Seism'in Qualification - . Procedure-
- 23.1 .
y ,
,<One of the following procedures.may be utilized for the scismic
.l % ,
qualification: .t
~ r , ,,
Eauivalent Static Analysis .;
' 3.1.' l
' i An analysis shall be performed in accordance with h1anual Sect'.on 4.2. The results shall be demonstrated to fulfill the acceptance criteria of Manual Section 6,0 for active 4g- y
? Mv, i valves. ,,
*~ .
U y, . -'., .. 3.' I . 2 Mesting f j _ ,* 3
</- ,
4 ' A testing' program shall be performed in accorda'nce 3 s with hianual Section 5.0. Test pro [cedurks<5l2.1 to 5.2.St shall V-
- he performed. it is to bs noted that a prelh'ninary report chail
/
' be submitted prior to any test's (Manual Section .7.1).
3.1.3 Combined Testin'g and Analysis e W n ': ,A:te' sting program may be selected to' satisfy only a
)
' portion'of the scismic require'ments. _'iho remainder of the equip-
- ment shall be qualified by analysis. Complete documentation shall
.", 2bc presented demonstr'ating the correlation between the analysis
, d
% - ?and 'the test results (Manual ,4-Se'etion 5.0).
E 23.2-' ' Orientation
~
? , w,_~
The vcivo shall be considered in the worst possible orientation
, ;(highest stress /deformationLlevel in each valve component) with respect to the total combined loading conditions. .
q, /
,u, - -
0 x1 , h , ,, 4 f * , , . y=y>- .
' ,., e
~ . ~ ,
3.3 Support Conditions ( The valve shall he considered to be supported only at the inlet and outlet ends.
- 3. 4 Active Valves _
For safety, relief, isolation, and all other active valves having extenderl operator structures: 3.4.I 11ig!d Structure The valves shall be designed such that there are no natural frequencies less than 33 ilz. This shall be demonstrated eliher via testing (Manual Section 5.2.4, Exploratory Scanning Test) or by analysis (Manual Section 4.2.1.2). 3.4.2 Static Deflection Test A static deflection test shall be lerformed in accordance with Manual Section 5.2.9 to verify operability under the specified static loading conditions. Piping Loads ( 3.5 The following two criteria shall be met to verify the capability of the valve with respect to piping loads.
- 3.5.1 To ensure that the torsional and bending moment calu-bility of the valve body is greater than that of the adjacent piping, the ratio of the minimum section modulus of the valve body fer-pendicular to the run of the valve to the yield strength of the valve body material shall be at least 1.2 times the same ratio for j the adjacent piping. Required data for the piping is as follows:
Pile Size: psi Yield Strength: Sy = l in 3 Section Modulus: 2= 3.5.2 To ensure operability of the valve while subjected to maximum piping loads, valve operation shall not be iminired doc to a bending moment, M = Z x Sy, or a torsional moment,T = 1.2 Z x Sy, each applied singly at the ends of the valve. e & e e .
p- . I 4.0 General Considerations _ . ( 4.1 In addition to these scismic criteria, the requiren cnts of ASME Sectior. III shall be met. 5.0 Itcporting P.cquirements A fully documented report on the scismic qualification shall be submitted
, This in accordance with Sections 7.0 end 8.0 of the Scismic Design Manual.
report must be approved by Duke l'ower Company prior to shipment of any items of equipment. e e D e e L , . 9
7 . SPECIF ICATIOi!: C!!S 1205.04-1
..--' DUKE PO'!ER COMPANY Eo90 I Of MECHAHICAL EQUlPliENT AT TAWMm T ,,,_S . 7
.... STATUS REPORT
{~quipment, _ Quantity Manufacturer Represen ta tive 14 f i l Power Order _ Un_it Unit Promise Date Actual Date Promisc Date Actual Date 11.' Spec Issue Date
~
2 . Quality Control Survey ' _ _
- 3. Mill Power Order Date
; 4. -Engineering Meeting ,
.5. Motor Data Sheet to Dukd
~6 Motor Information Slicet to Duke 7.. Initial Outlias Drawing to-Duke.
- 8. Motor Pring to Mfgr
[ . 9. Assembly Dwg to Duke 11 0 Assembly Dwg Approved
;1h Mfgr Start; Engineering - ,__ _ , .,
~12. - Mfgr Complete Engring -
113. -Mfgr Order _liaterials
'.14. : -Quality Assurance Visit
-15._ Mfgr Start: Production 7 16.- Quality Assurcnce Visit L;i/. Mfgr Complete Production '
_fl8. -Quality Assurance Visit il9. Mfgr Start Testing
!20 .Mfgr Submit Instr Book .21 Mfgr Suomit Sepia '22..'Mfgr Submit Comptete Records
- 23. ' 0wner submit QA Release
. 24. ' Mfgr Ship Equipment
=
c
p " g . . f Page 2 of 4 ., !
~
EQUIPi1E!1T STATUS REPORT- 'l
. EXPLANATION & IHSTRUCTIONS
~
.The nanufacturer.Is to complete, to the best of his knowledge at the time -.
- of proposition,:those items checked or applying to said manufacturer by
, noting the-date ' required in the column marked " promise".
~
1);! Spec issue Date. ' Date noted on specification - usually in upper right hcnd column. - 2).iqC Survey- - Will b'c completed by owner (not applicable in all cases).
, 3) Mill Powe_r.' Order Date - Da'te_of purchase order or letter of Intent from J
Mill Power-to. manufacturer.
-4) Engineering Heeti ng - '
-Date of meeting shortly after order date to' settle
" ~ contractual items-and discuss with the manufacturer problems or equipment in detail. This date usually set by.0wner - Not appliccble in many. cases.
' 5); Motor Data Sheet-: Date 'M-1,11-2, M-3, etc Duke Power motor data forms (if included in specification or later).are submitted (or-wi11 be subaltted) to Duke Power. I f motors are
- [, - to-be supplied by manufacturer, data sheets will b'c
, necessary and completed as soon after order date as-possible.
- 6) L ' P.otor . info _ Shect'- Date Mechanical. Motor Data Form is or will be isent to Duke Power.. Similar to above but- Duke. Pauer will
.# supply motor for equipment based on information.
returned on this sheet. L7) ' Initial:0utline '
~
_Date formal print submittal will be sent to Duke
^
; Power. (Proposal drawing not_ included). Drawing usually means first submittal and may.or-may not be certified depending on.cquipment. . Manufacturer may desire'to give two dates - one for preliminary
~ drawing and one for certified drawings.
8)~' Mot'or Print'to Mfr - Date (latest)-that manufacturer needs outlins of motor and pertinent Information to meet scheduled (his or'urs) o dates. There is no need for mfr to r _ enter "with order" as motor-Information will generally not be'available until at least 10 to 12 weeks after
, order.
- 9) ' Assembly Dwg i to. Duke -- Date all (or most) drawings, including assembly, if applicable wii1 be submitted for approval commensurate
(_. with Owner's and Manufacturer's schedule. g - n .
fyt n N y - i Page 3 of 4 7:
'10). Assy-Dag Approved -
.Date that Duke Power must return encroval,of above (No 9) prints to manufacturer. This does not mean Duke will hold prints until this date.
Duke will use this'date to estinate that point in time when changes or requests cannot be made without affecting equipment manufacturcr or engineering. Maaufacturer to use discretion when selecting this date as this may be part of the evaluation.-
- ll)' lifgr ' Start Engineering - Date when manufacturer intends to start engineering of purchased cquipment.
- 12) . Mfgr to completc engr. - Date when manufacturer must have completed all engineering in order to release to manuf acturing
~
or production. 13). Mfgr' Order Material - Date when manufacturer will start ordering materials to proceed with production of equipment in order to meet scheduled delivery.
- 14) QA Visit -
May not be opplicable - Owner will select.
- 15) lifg Start. Production - Date when manufacturer makes' initial commitment y (, to shops or production floor in order. to have LA . equipment delivered per schedule.
-16) ( qA Visit -
Same as item 14.
- 17) Mfr1 omplete C Production'- Date when manufacturer will have components assembled and completed.
s ,
- 18) -QA Visit -
Same as item 14.
. ~ ,19 ) . Mfr/ Start-Testing -
Date when manufacturcr will start check out of. panels, witness testing, performance testing, etc of. assembled components (in part or in total) of purchased equipment per contractual agreerents. W
- 20) Mfr Submit instruction - Date when afgr will submit instructions on operating and maintenance to Duner per specificatior
~ Book 2
21); Mfr'to Submit. Sepia - Date permanent sepio sent to Owner - may not be applicable. F f 22) Mf[r to' submit Records -' Date permanent records sent to Owner for 0A on performance testing records - may not be
; applicable.
Date of notification to Owner that all QA records
~
- ( D; . 23)L QA Release are in order and have been completed. See 1L
-specifications for details - may not apply.
_s s
}
A
g ,. Page 4 of'4 ..
-3 c .
4
, '(i -
l24)1lDate--equipment.to be t
.- As shown on purchase order or agreement- with
- shipped;to Jobsite- Hill Pcwer.
J
~
14otes:
, .. (l')/ Mfr should check specifications f5r applicable items and further details.
(2) ~ rowner . to use sheet.: for evaluation purposes, measure perferrr.ance of manufacturer for future reference. t
'(3) ; Report-wlll not negate any contract agreements.or' specification requircaents.
'llo Jdates givenlor expressed -shall. be taken by the manuf acturer as being approved:by,0wner necessarily because of acceptance of report by 0<.>aer.
- (4) ; Column marked " actual" will be completed.by Owner.
^ -(5) Mfr to dist dates;.ic, 1-2271 In' lieu.of terms such.as "after apprnval",
L"10 weeks af ter drawing approval", "af ter order". as. e
\
.4
).y
..TLO/cf.-
, :2-1 ' w { 6 J 3 ..
.+ "'
am ._
. 1 i
- Form No.- 01126-1 Rev.12-01-77 s . -
e: , GCHERAL CotIDITint!S OF CouTRACT . .
\
CQUIPHClli A10 SYSTCHS {? ; 1 l
- 1. - GENERAL ~ CONDITIONS .
. us) These General Conditions of Contract of the Owner shall prevail in'the event cond i t iottb offered by tne Contracter add to nr are in .
. conflict'witn tnese General Conditions. ,
b) Uhere these General Conditions of Contract are in conflict wi th the Owner's speci fication, including revisions and addenda thereto, the specificatien shall prevail.
- 2. CUARAllTEE For a perio'd of ~ one estendar year af ter initial operation, the Contractor guarantees'tnat the ecuiement covered by the soecifications shall be f ree from defects- in workmansnip and raterials, and shall
~
operate satisfactorily under all conditions described by the specifications. Any-equipment or components tnereof which fail In meet the above_ guarantee shall be repaired, replaced, or uograded by t5e . Contractor to the full satisfaction of the Owner and at no cos t to the Owne r. The-initial operation of this-equipment is scheduled on or about 7/1/80 . lI 3 FAILURE TO MEET GUARANTEE a) J Any defects in material or workmansnio ~or'other f ailure to meet ' recui rements of the' specifications, including errors or omissions, which a're disclos'ed prior to final payment, or prior to acceptance by the
. 0wner, wnichever occurs at the later date. -shall, if so directed by the
- _ Dwner, be corrected entirely at the expense of the Contractor, b) Any latent de fects not disclosed before date of final paynent or date of acceptance, whichever is the later cate, but disclosed within one. year af ter the ecuiement and/or sys tems are placec in use. shall be corrected pror.ptly by and at the expense of the Contractor.
c) ~ Any~ variation f rom the materials or design agreed uoon wi th the Contractor at-the' time of the award of the contract shall be approved by the Duner cefore any such changes are incorporated in the equipment or system to be furnished by Contractor. 'Approvec variations must be fully documentec and. records thereof furnished to the Owner.
-; 4. RIGHT TO OPERATE UUSATISTACTORY EQUIPME!!T The Dwner shall have the right to operate any and all eculprent as'soon'and as.long as it.is in operating condition whether or not such equipment' has yet been accepted as complete and satis factory. This shall not be construed, however, to reovire cont!..wed operation of
- equipment which may be materially damaged by such operation before the
( required repair has been mace. T
#** =** e,.o .+ ==s.%,,. .%,.. . . , , , , ,
. _ _ > . . ,,_ . _ _ ~ _ . _ _ , _ , _ . . . . - .. ..,.._.,......,m _ - - . . . , . _ . . . . , . _ . - - . , _ . - . _ _ , , , . _ ,
~
$ rah]. 0112e-2 Rsv.12-01-77 .
~
If the operation or use of the ecuipmen.t. after installation, . proves to be unsatisf actory to the Owner, the Owner shall have the right (, to operate and use such eculpment for such time as Owner deems necessary until it.can be taken out of service for repairs or replacement in whole or part by the contractor. Use or operation of equipment, systems, or materials which do not meet the foregoing guarantee shall not waive , Owner's right to require full compliance with the contract nor shall it waive the Owner's right to recover damages from Contractor.
- 5. PATENTS .
The Contractor sh'all defend any suit or proceeding brought against the Owner so far as based on a claim that any cauipment or any part thereof, furnished under this contract cons ti tutes an inf ringement of any patent of' the United States or any other country, and the Contractor shall indemni fy and save the Owner harmless f rom all expenses , damages and costs awarded therein against the Owner or incurred by the owner, in case said eculpment, or any part thereof, is in such suit held to constitute infringement and the use of said eculpment or part is enjoined, the Contractor shall, at its own expense and at i ts option, either procure for the Owner the right to continue using said equipment or part; ar replace same with non-infringing equipment; or modify it so it becomes non-infringing; or remove said eculpment and refund the purchase price and the transportation and installation costs thereof.
- 6. COMMENCEMENT, PRO 5ECUTION AND DEllVERY
( The Contractor agrees that he will commence performance of work under the contract within ten _ calendar days after receipt by him of notice of award of the contract unless the consent of the Owner in writing is given to begin at a different date, and that he will prosecute the same so that all work shall be entirely completed and performed in accordance with the specifications and the items delivered at destination
- on the dates established by.the Owner.
7 SCHEDULE AND PROGRESS CHART The Contractor shall submit to th'e Purchaser wi thin fif teen days - after award of contract for approval four copies of an outline of his proposed methods and manner of executing the work including sequences I of operation and a brief time schedule of performing it. Vithin fifteen days after approval thereof, the Contractor shall submit to the Purchaser, for approval, a practicable schedule showing the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry on the work, the dates on which he will s ta rt the several salient features (including engineering, procurement of materials , fab ri ca t ion, assembly, tes ts , shipments , etc.) and the i contemplated dates for completing it. The schedule shall be in i accordance with the outline and brief schedule previously approved and in i the form of a bar graph of suitable scale to indicate appropriately the percentage of work scheduled for completion at *any time on the salient ) I L
, * ~ " - * * * . . - * .,,.,,,m_ . ,_ _ _
, i ..
y *: .. Fo rm ' No . -. 01126-3 Rev. 11-01-78 Attachment 2A cent.
-features as wcli'as the total contract. The Contractor shall enter on the fV' graph the actual progress 'at the end of cach month and shall immediately deliver to the Purchaser six copies thereof. .
8. MATERIALS AND VORKMANSHIP a) : All materials.used in the construction of the equipment shall be
.new and of highest standard commercial-quality normally used for'this type of equipment, considering strength, ductility, durability, best engineering - practice, a'nd the purpose -for which the equipment is to be used (unless 'd -
otherwise required by the specifications). Substantial design margins *
~
shall be used throughout.the design and especially in the design of all
-parts subject to alternating. stresses or shock. ,
b) All work shall be performed and completed in a thorough workmanlike manner and shall follow the best modern practice. in the manufacture of high quality equipment, notwithstanding any omissions from the specifications
. or dra' wings. All work shall be performed by workmen skilled in their various
' trades. All parts shall be made accurately to standard gauge, where possible,
, .'to facilitate replacement'and repairs. Like parts shall be interchangeable insofar as practicable. Incidental fittings, fixtures, accessories and supplies,shall.be new, of approved manufacture and of standard first grade quality. ~ The Contractor shall provide and maintain in storage for at
'least ten years', free of cost to.the Owner, sufficient templates, gauges, patterns :or other records to enable the Contractor to make repair and
~
replacement parts. . Prior to the Contractor's going out of. business or
;(.
otherwise ceasing to offer for sale the goods, equipment or ~ systems purchased by Owner pursuant to these terms and conditions, Contractor shall either arrange.-for -said storage or of fer to sell such templates, gauges, patterns and other' records to Owner upon terms and conditions which are mutually
.. agreeable. All special gauges and templates necessary for field erection
< ~ and installation shall become the property of the Owner. The patterns
- shall remain the property of the Contractor.
9 INSPECTION AND TESTS' a) All material's furnished and all. work performed will be subject to rigid inspection, and no materials shall be shipped until all required or -
- specifled. tests, analyses, and inspections have been made, or certified copies of reports of tests and analyses or Contractor's guarantees shall have been accepted. The Contractor shall prepare specimens and perform tests 'and analyses in accordance with the specifications and as required
- to demonstrate conformance of the various materials with the applicable
~
specifications. The Contractor shall. furnish the Owner with copies of certified test reports for all tests and analyses and/or certifications required by the specifications.
-b) The Contractor shall keep the Owner informed in advance, of the
- time of starting and of the progress of the work in its various stages so
-that arrangements can be made for inspection. .
1 I ( c) All items shipped to the'0wner at any location will be~ subject to
' the Owner's receiving inspection upon arrival at the shipping des.tination
-and prior to unloading where possible.
Section 11 Page 7 i m,,.. _ . _ _ _ _
e F[raN3. 01126-6 Rdv. 12-01-77 e, d) Accep tance of ' the ' eauignen t or the waiving of the inspection thereof shall in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility { for furnishing eculpment meeting the requi rements of the speci fica tions.
~
- 10. ACCESS TO FACILITIES _, .
a) . The Owner and/or his agents shall at all times have access to all' places wnere materials or .coulpment are being prepared or manufactured for'use under the contract, and shall have full facilities'for unrestricted. , 6- inspection of such materials or equipment and their manufacture. . 4
~
b) The .0wner and/or his agents at all times have, access to quality assurance records concerning equipnent and systems being prepared or manufactured for use under the contract,
- 11. COOPERATION VITH OTHERS The Contractor shall cooperate with other manufacturers or suppliers furnishing associated equipment or equipment connecting directly thereto. The Contrac't or shall exchange with other suppliers of goods and/or services all necessary. drawings, dimensions, templates, gauges and other infor-mation required to insure a combined installation that is most suitable in every. respect within the intent of the specification to eliminate delays -in manuf acture, fabrication or installation, and to enable Owner to most efficiently and expeditiously construct, install, erect, inspect, maintain and operate Owner's plant and equipment. The Contractor shall ikeep the Owner informed of all such coordination by copy of his letters
-( to others. .
- 12. ' MARKING Each complete item, or component part of an item, if multiple units are being furnished, shall be given an identification number or letter, and each part .cf each item which is not permanently connected in shop assembly shall be legibly marked and match-marked. Except on bolts and other small parts, all such marks shall be made as required by the specifications or in a manner suitable for the expected service. Diagrams,,
detail drawings or erection drawings showing all such markings shall be supplied. Each piece or subassembly separately packaged for shipment shall he labeled or. tagged with the specification number and the mark number. of such piece or the numbers of the parts grouped in such subassembly or contained in the package. 11 3 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT The Centractor shall prepare all equiprent and materials for shi pmen t in such manner to protect them f rom damage in transi t. Any articles or material that might otherwise be lost shall be suitably
; packaged and protected and clearly marked for identification. All parts shall be prepared for . shipment so that sli,ngs for handling may be attached readily while the parts are on the conveyance. Where it is .
unsafe-to attach slings to a box, boxed parts shall 'be packed with ." i(:: -
- , . . an = n . .,= . m
.;+- . .
,.,_ .Fcra N3 01126-5 Rgv. 12-01-77 3
slings: attached to the part. and the slings shall project through the ,
-- -box or crate so that attachment can be made readily. All fini.shed i surfaces shall be coated.with rust-preventative compound, and all L( f
- finished nonferrous. metalwork and devices, subject to damage shall be suitably wrapped or otherwise protected f rom damage during shipment unless otherwise specified in specification. All components requiring ,
~-
indoor storage. prior to erection shall be shipped in closed, weather-gi right conveyances,'and the package shall be clearly labeled in large
' letters wi th detailed instructions covering th- proper . protection of '
article or articles while in storage. g 4 14.. SHIPMENT a) The Contractor shall notify the Purchaser at least fif teen
- days in advance of expected shipping dates. \ hen a shipment is made, the Contractor shall- notify the Purchaser giving the type of carrier and name of transporting agent and also a description of the article or articles shipped, the packing list, and any other infornation necessary for the identification, storage or assembly of the article or articles shipped. The shipping weight of such item shall'also be -
given. - b) Title to, risk of loss of, and damage to eculpment, materials and articles shipped shall be and remain with the Contractor until delivered to and accepted at the destination designated by the Owner.
- 15. . ERECTION
~ a) Erection of the equipment will be perfo,rmed by the Owner with the technical advice of the Contractor's erection engineers as required.
b) The Contractor shall furnish, if and when and to the extent required by the Owner, one or more erection engineers who shall give , technical direction for the erecting, inspecting, initial operation and tes ting until completed to the satisf ac-ton of the Owner, and to ins truct the Owner- (and/or his agent) in the ope > stional and maintenance features of the equipment. The work and operations of the erection engineer (s) shall be coordinated with the construction program at the erection slte - as directed by the Owner. c) In addition to other warranty requirements specified herein, if any portion of the eculpment is damaged as a direct result of faulty or inadecuate technical direction of installation, inspecting or
. instruction by the Contractor's crection engineer (s) within one year from the date of initial operation, the Contractor shall correct such damage at his own expense.
e t .
'" * **'****** " ~ > - - . . . . _
LFcrn No. 01126-6' Rev. 12-01-77 a . .
- 16. lHDEMNITY The Contractor will indemnify and save harmless the Owner against
( all damages, claims for damages, suits, derands, attorney fees
-and costs, in whole or in'part, growing out of or in any way connected with the performance of this contract by the Con trac tor and i ts ,
' ^
employees or.its subcontractors, i f any, and their employees, in connection with the foregoing indemnity, t he Con trac tor, on demand by the Owner, shall take over and defend any suit against the Owner covered by the indemnity. The Cont ractor s ha ll not , however, be liable *
- in any. event for any loss or injury to persons or property (including 3 the apparatus installed) caused solely by:
a) The negligence or f ault of the Owner, its employees, agents, and other cont ractors wi th Owner; b) Failure to observe the erection engineer's instructions; c) . The f ailurc or mal functioning of tools, equipment, facilities, or devices not furnished by the Contractor, which is caused by defects therein not observable by the erection enginecr's
. visual inspection.
17 SUBCCNTRACTORS AND ASSIGNMENT a) Prior: to award of contract the Contractor sha ll submit to the Owner for his approval, a list of all portions of the contract in the
;g - engineering, material and f abrication areas that wi ll be subcontracted to nondomestic suppliers. The following award of tim contract, an up-to-date inventory shall be submitted by the Contract to the Owner 1on a monthly basis which provides information on the percentage of the total contract that will be provided by nondomestic subcontractors.
Owner approval in writing is required prior to award by the Contractor of any subcontract to a nondomestic supplier. b) The Contractor shall submit to the Owner wi thin thi rty days af ter the receipt of notice of award the name and address of all subcontractors, if any, of major parts, material s, and f abrications. .
- Any portion of f abrication to be subcontracted must first be approved by the Owner pr.ior to the award of the order to such subcontractor. ~
No right or interest in the contract or obligation under the contract may be assigned by Contractor without written' permission of the Owner.
- 18. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT (OSHA)
All work performed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor on the ' Owner's premises shall comply with the latest revision of Safetv and Health Reculations for Construction (20 FR 151d). Designs of equipment
, or systems by the Contractor or subcontractor sha ll incorpora te the features recuired to insure that such equipment.or systems comply with latest revisions of Occuoational Safety and Health Standards (29 FR 1910).
C _ . . . _ . . , . - . , _ _ . - - _ . _ - . __ ~ - -. . . . _ _ . . ._. _-
.-- . - - ~.- .. . - - . =
~
~
l
-[.FcrmNs. 01126-7 Rsv. 12-01-77
.1 LIS. , PRICE STABILIZATION Contractor represents to the Owner that its prices and those of Its subcontractors, if any, are in accord with the Economic Stabilization .
Act of 1970 and any Executive Orders and Rules and Regulations issued
. thereunder or any similar Act of Congress controlling prices or wages and any orders, rules, or regulations issued thereunder. ,
- 20. PAYMENT SCHEDULE
.Unless specifically provided elsewhere in the contract to the contrary, all payments for work done or goods furnished hereunder shall be made as follows:
a) Invoices received by the Owner at any. time between the 26th day of a month and 10th day of the next month shall be paid on the 25th day of said,next month, provided the work has been satisfactorily completed or goods received and accepted, b) Invoices received by the Owner at any time between the lith and 25th days of any month shall be paid on the 10th day of the next
, ensuing month, provided the work has been satisfactorily completed or goods received and accepted. .
c) Anything to the contrary in paragraphs a) and b) of this Article
. (' notwithstanding, Owner may elect to pay invoices within 30 days after receipt, provided the work has been satisfactorily completed or goods received and accepted.
~
invoices on which payment is withheld due to an exception will
~
. d) be. paid as provided above, such invoices to be considered received by the Owner on the date on which such exception is removed.
e) If any~ payment date as provided above shall fall on a Saturday, a Sunday or legal holiday, payment shall be deferred to the next ensuing business day of the Owner.
- l
- f) Terms of payment are to be as of fered and accepted or as may be negotiated.
g) In addition to terms of payment, complete final payment will not be made until all documentation required for application, installation or other utilization is received by Owner f rom the Contractor. This includes,
- but is not limited to, test reports, handling and storage recommendations, quality assurance documentation, identification information, etc. A maximum of five percent of the contract amount will be withheld until such requi rements are met.
e (; .
~._ ... .,~,. _. * , , , ,_.
l
' - Fdrm No. Ol l 26-8 . Rev. 12-01-77' r
.u: .
.l l "
~21. TERMINATION
_.The Owner may terminate this Contract upon prior written notice. .in the event of termination, . the Owner shall pay reasonable termination-charges to the Contractor which'shall consist of all , costs for labor and materials directly related to this Contract ' and expended by Contractor prior to such termination, plus a
- percentage of the profit Contractor would have realized under this Contract (had it not been ~ terminated) equal to the percentage of the work performed by the. da te of. termina tion, less the amount of any salvage which'can be realized by the Contractor by the sale of anyTgoods. materials or equipment purchased or manuf actured prior
.to termination. The Contractor will take all reasonable's teps to minimize termination charges and will provide the Cwner with an
' accurate accounting of such ternination charges. In the event that the: Contractor is entitled to recover'. damages under this Contract, .
.such damages shall not include any incidental damages. If the sum of all' previous deposi ts and payments on account of the Contract price exceeds said termination charges, the excess will be refunded to the'0wner.
.- 22. : SUSPENSION Upon prior: written notice the Owner may suspend Contractor's l- work' or extend schedulas for all . or any portion of the goods and iservices to be furnished pu'rsuant to this Contract. In the event
- of. such suspens ion or ~ extens ion, the Owner' shall pay reasonable charges due the Contractor whlch shall consist of all costs for labor and materials directly rel,ated to. this Contract and expended by . Contractor l.. - _ priorito such suspension or extension, plus a ' percentage of the profit Contractor would have realized under this Contract -(had it not been
' suspended or extended) equal' to the percentage of. the work performed' by the date' of such suspension or extension. The Contractor will take all reasonable steps to minimize such. suspension or extension charges and
- will provide Owner with an accurate' accounting of such charges, in
~the event that the Contractor is entitled to recover damayes under this Contract, such damages shall not include.any incidental damages.
- lf the sum of all previous deposits and payments on accour.t of the contract price exceeds said suspension and extension charges, the excess asill be' refunded to the.0wner. All suspension or extension charges shall be applied toward and reduce the contract price.
'_, 0
.m .~ ._ ,e.,..... .-. ..
- 4 Spacification: C N S- 120 t; . 04- 1 Date: 17/1R/7R
.x
Attachment:
5.9 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO SPECIFICATION 1.' SPARE PARTS -
- lmediately af ter 'the award of :the' order the Contractor shall submit a recommended spare parts list for each piece of_ equipment. The list shall include firm pricing of each _ Item for delivery with the first major piece of equipment. Af ter award of the order a separate purchase order for spare parts will be issued by the Purchaser for those spare parts, if any, which he decides are necessary.
~ ~ ~ ~
4 in shipping the parts- the Contrador sh'all" clearly identify spare parts as such'.~ L A tag shall 'be securely atlicled t'o'each ~part ~i and shall show the'fo11owing intrmatIon: ~ ~ , o. . Equipment name (e.g. " Condensate Pump, Spare Parts").
- b. Part name (e.g. " Main Bearing").
- c. ~Appiicable equipment outilne drawing number (s),
- d. :Part item number (as shown on the equipment outline drawing) and/or part number.
- e. . Mill _ Power Supply Company purchase order and item numbers.
Complete QA documentation as required by paragraph 10 of the equipment specification -is required for each spare part.'
. _ - 2. FOREIGN MANUFACTURE -
No parts, materials or equipment shall be of manufacture outside of the United States without prior approval of Owner. Bidder shall identify in his proposal any parts, materials, or equipment contemplated for manufacture outside of the United n States.
-3. 1 TESTS, REPORTS, AND INSPECTION The Owner shall have full access to the equipment during the process of its manufac-ture'and' shop testing. The Owner shall be notified when manufacturing schedule is
. arranged. Should any work, fabrication or materials be supplied by a subcontractor or
- cutside vendor, the Owner shall be notified prior to release to the vendor. The Owner reserves the right of approval of any subcontractor and also the right to inspect work, fabrication' or material being subcontracted at the subcontractor's location.- The Owner shall be kept informed during manufacture of any major prob 1. ems _,
- er rework of. material and be informed of any major repair procedures. The Contractor shall obtain approval from Owner prior to proceeding with any major repair procedures er material rework.
(Six copies of certified pump performance test curves for pumps covered by the speci-fication are to be -submitted to Mr. S. K. Blackley, Jr., Attention:
~~
i-for approval prior to shipment nf any pumps. Six copies of hydrotest results, where applicable, are required for approval prior to shipment of equipment. Page 1 of 2 4 pr-- w - - - ,, a , w w. n.,,-m-- ,-,..w n,,,--,.,,-a ,eec,--m,.nem--a,.w-g,,,,en. we.--,a,,a-m~,,-o,-,,-..-w,-.wr.,, , ,-,
Ginsral .Rsquirem:nts Applicible to Spscificaticn
- 4. CARE ' DURING STORAGE -
The Contractor must submit to Owner, within four to six months prior to the time L et _which equipment is shipped, instructions for care of equipment during the periods IIsted below. These instructions should include requirements if any, for periodic operation, rotation, or engergizing, for application or^ removal of protective coatings or lubricants, for disassembly or assembly during storage, - t End other instructions as necessary. c .' On-site storage prior to Installation.
- b. Af ter Installation, prior to startup, during construction.
- c. Af ter startup, during a lay up due to extended unit outage (this information required only if such information is not included in the instruction manual).
This -Information should be mailed to Mr. ,S. K. Blackley, Jr., at the address
;given in the specification..
-5. CONFORMANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS The . Contractor must submit with his proposal a IIst of all major and minor exceptions to these specifications and obtain written approval from Owner prior to award of the order. If there _are no exceptions, it must be so stated in writing. It is particularly.
emphasized that any unapproved non-conformity with the specification must be changed to complete conformity at the Contractor's expense and this expense will include the cost of all labor and materials and all other related expenses by the Owner or ({ Contractor. . l l l l l l l !' Page 2 of 2 AEH/sfL .
._,,,e ....,_,__ .
., , Attachment 5.10
<. ~
(' ~ PACKAGING AND SHIPPING REQUIREMENTS' Specification No. CNS-1205.04-1 Date: 12/18/78 1.: ITEM . CLASSIFICATION (ANSI N45.2.2 - 1972)
~
Level A'- 'B C D Special Special *
- 2. PACKAGING (ANSI N45.2.2 - 1972, Section 3 and Appendix A3)
Level A B C D Special Special Instructions
-3 SHIPPING (ANSI N45.2.2 - 1972, Section 4.2)
Carrier Open Closed Special Special Instructions ( Shipment via Train Truck Plane Barge Ship Other
~ Description of other means
- 4. LOADING & TRANSIT ,(ANSI N45.2.2 - 1972, Section 4.3)
-Special Instructions for loading, rigging. handling, preservative coatings , seals , s tacking and vandal ~sm precautions 5 IDENTIFICATION AND MARKING (ANSI N45.2.2 - lo72. Apoendix-A3 9)
. Item Markings Container Markings Form 301.4/Rev. 1
5
- .(:: ..
I s 1., ; SPECIFICATION NO. 5005-I DATE 5-1-76 , . s l 4 t f s DUKE P01/ER COMPANY j$^ NUCLEAR STATIONS , CATAWBA l-2 OCONEE l-2-3 !
-McGUIRE 1-2 P81'l-6 I-
Title:
Nuclear Coating SpectfIcation 5005-I-
' Class I Coatings '
I l~ REVISION LOG 1- 6 2 7-3- 8
' 4 .-
9 i 10
;i. ,.
r. K Form 301.~ 1/Rev. .- h a
i
- q. ,
i VERIFICATION Of SPECIFICATION i ( Ster ~on and Uni t Number: Catawba 1-2, McGuire 1-2. Oconee 1-7-1. p R1 1.A I Titic of Specification: Nuclear Coatina Soecification . h Class I Coatings Speci fication Number: 5005-I Revision: 0 , This document speci fies items related to nuclear safety. In accordance with , established procedures, its quality has been assured. Signatures certify that the above specification was originated, checked, approved and inspected (or I uaived) as noted belcw: Prepared By: C t. g Date: f-/f.pt Checked By: _ w Date: S j/ - 74 l App roved By: Datc: f-//- 74 , I
. inspection Waived By: Date:
_ inspection Waived For:_ ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL CIVIL Inspected By: Date: E- lf-76 . Inspected By: /![ M/a Date: [!// 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE [ [ Date: f-/7-76 t e**ce A* 9c*c . :en*c.inanan'acacnhad innanian ': A n n e d
- a n a
- A * * * * * *: A n i n c * *
- A * ,
(FOR ASME CODE ITEMS) i Division Date: i
~ Design Engineering Departrent This is to certify that the above specification has been reviewed by nc, the undersigned, and is correct , completc. and in ccTpliance with Edition in- I ciuding the Advendun of ASPE Code, Section lit, Paragraph- .
l l (SEAL) SIGNATURE : NAME: Registered Professional Engineer . F No. Forr 301. 2/Rev -2
rm - 4 . NUCLE.AR tactit Kt.Lattu ., l ; l l DUKE POWER COMPANY . t
. DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT !
-[,
NUCLEAR C0ATING SPECIFICATION NO. -5005-1 i
?
By: Design Engineerinq -Date: 5-1-76 neviud-I.0 > SCOPE-This specif Ication defines the method of surface preparation, materials , appilcation, inspect ion, cert ification, and record requirements for g coating carbon steel rated as Coating Service Level I surfaces of a y nuclear power plant. P This~ system may be used on surfaces where operating temperatures do I not exceed 900'F. i Coating Service Level I surfaces are defined as any surfaces inside the , primary containment, tank linings, or' pipe interiors which are exposed 6 to the flow of reactor coolant water during a DBA. These coating systems I must perform in containment post accident environments without adverse & Interactions with engineered safety features. 2.0 COATING SYSTEM Surface Preparation: DP-SPIO-I Near White Metal blast cleaning e Prime Coat: DP#12-1 Inorganic Ethyl Silicate Zinc @ 2.0 DFT rich primer Minimum 2.0 DFT e Maximum 6.0 DFT i t c3;0 APPROVED MATERIALS
- Coat ings Manufactured by Mobil ' Chemical Company i
OP#12-I 13- F- 12 Mobil Zinc #7 Coatings manufactured by Carboline Company ! I DP#12-I - Carbo Zinc #11 g Coatings manufactured by Amercon Corrosion Control' r DP#12-1 Dimetcote #6 ' l Page 1 of 15
.O s
NUCLEAR SAFETY RELATED i t c
-f DUKE POWER COMPANY .
DESIGN ENGINEERING DEf'ARTNENT
'NUCl. EAR COATING SPECIFICATION NO. 5005-I i
?
,by De . .oin Inq.eneereng Date:
5-1-76 Revised; f 4.0 SURFACE PREPARATION DP-SPl0-I a) Metal surfaces shall be prepared by dry hand sandblasting or automatic blast 8 cleaning in strict accordance with. Structural Steel Painting Council SSPC-SP10-63 I
~(Near White Metal Blast Cleaning). '
Minimum cleaning.is as dafined in Section 2.2 of SSPC-SP10-63. bl. If Visual Standards are necessary, they shall be established by preparing actual panels for approval by Du'<e Power Company or f rom control panels designated by Duke Power Company. SSPC-VIS-I-63T Visual Standards shall not be used to establish minimum standards. ; c) No sur face preparation shall be allowed when the temperature is within 5'F of [ the dew point or above 90% relative humidity. Surface areas exposed to con-densation or moisture prior to prime coat shall be reblasted, f
. d) Blasting shall not be performed in the same area where coating or curing of coated surfaces is in proceus.
e) _The surface shall be f ree of excessive grease or oil prior to blast. cleaning. Organic solvents, alkaline solutions, steam, hot water with detergents, or other 6
-systems that completely remove dirt, oII, grease, etc. , may be used.
[ b fi _'The grit shall be sharp silica sand, steel slag grit, similar or equal to 16-35 l mesh flint silica to give a 1.0 to 3.0 mils average anchor pattern. No polish-ed surfaces shall he allowed. I i g)' The' compressed air used for nozzle blasting shall be free of detrimental amounts of condensed water and oil. Adequate separators and traps shall be used. h) Contaminated sand or grit shall'not be used for finished work, i) Remove weld splatter and visible welding contamination. Round sharp edges and grind _ welds. j I J) . All visible burrs, slivers, scabs, and wel d splatter shall be removed af ter
-blast cleaning. .
- k) The prime coat should be applied within 8 hours after blasting and shall before .
any rust blooms begin to form. Reblast all surfaces that exceed conditions in section 4.0C. '
- 1) Remove all traces of grit, dust, grease, and foreign matter after blast cleaning P and prior to application of each coat of material by solvent cleaning, high t pressure air or brush.
1 Page 2 of 15 ,
.,v.
(ium
~
u R SAFETY RE_ATED . DUKE POWER COMPANY i ~( DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
. NUCLEAR C0ATING SPECIFICATION NO. 5005-I j ,
I By: Design Engineering Date: 5-1-76 Revised: _ I 5.0 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS , 6
- al' No coatings shall be applied when the surface temperature is below 35'F or d above 100*F, when.the relative humidity is above 90% or when the surface or air temperature is within 5'F of the dew point.
1 bi -- Coatings that have been stored at low temperatures shall be brought up to a J,
. minimum temperature of 70*F before mixing and thinning and shall be kept at temperatures above 60*F until applied to the surface. -
c) Prior to thinning and application all material shall be thoroughly mixed to l insure breaking apart of lumps dispersion of settled pigments and provide a uniform compositlon. d) . Mixing, thinning. proper thinner and induction time prior to applicat ion shall f be in _ strict accordance with the coating manufacturers written instructions for y the Service Level I products selected. ,
- {.
A e) Use of additional thinner to lower viscosity after the coating manufacturers recommended mixed pot life has expired shall not be allowed. j t it f) Mixed material should be strained through a 30-50 mesh. strainer prior to 5 applicatlon. l 7 g) If application is stopped for short periods of time, material should be I flushed from fluid 1Ines and spray equipment cleaned, h) A power mixer should be used for obtaining a uniform composition of pigment, vehicle, catalyst and thinners. I) After each coat, all areas with DFT readings less than specified in section 2 ! shall receive an additional coat of paint prior to topcoating.
- t
~5.1 APPLICATION OF DP#12-I a)- Material shall be applied by spray application provided the minimum 2.0 DFT per coat and workmanship requirements of this specification are met. ,
il* b) Prior to topcoating, each coat shall be allowed to dry in strict accordance ~ with the following minimum guidelines, based on temperature and relative' humidity. i
.f I
I Page 3 of 15 :
't
[ BUCLEAR SAFETY RELATED DUKE POWER COMPANY I DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT I NUCLEAR COATING SPECIFICATION NO.5005-I _ l t
~
By: Design Engineering Date: Revised: Tempe ratu re 40*F 50*F 60*F 70*F 80*F 90*F 40% 72 Hr. 60 Hr. I 50%. 60% 48 Hr. P 70% 36 Hr. 80% 24 Hr. f 90%- 12 Hr. l c) Adequate cure can be checked by scratching primed surface with a coin. A l cured zinc film will polish and an uncured zinc film will wrinkle. ( i d) Drying time for shipment or stacking together of finished coated work shall ; be in accordance with these minimum guidelines. Tempe ratu re m 40*F 50*F 60"F 70*F 80*F 90*F 40% -12 Hr. , 50% 8 Hr. (- 60% 6 Hr. l 70% 4 Hr. . 80% 2 Hr. 90%- 1 Hr. 6 5.2 DP#12-I TOUCH-UP REQUIREMENTS I a) Touch-up procedures apply to those areas previously prepared in accordance with r section 1.0 through section 5.1 which have been damaged due to handling, assembly, or other special procedures approved by Duke Power Company in writing. , l b) Surface preparation of damaged bare areas shall be cleaned to a bright metal with power or hand tools followed by needle gunning to roughen the surface ' area and provide an anchor pattern for proper adhesion of the inorganic zinc. i c) All areas to be touched up shall be solvent cleened in accordance with SSPC-pal-64 I d) Overspray and powdery zinc shall be removed prior to touch-up using a soft j bristle ' brush and clean water, , e) Material shall be applied by spray application except small areas not exceeding I 1% of the total surface area may be touched up by brush. , ( Page 4 of 15 i 4
.1 NUCLEAR SAFETY RELATED }.
DUKE POWER COMPANY DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT f NUCLEAR C0ATING SPECIFICATION NO. 5005-I By: Design Engineering Date: 5-1-76 Revised: f) Material used for touch-up over previously applied cured zinc shall be thinned I 50% to prevent dusting and provide adhesion to the existing zine film. Dry f film thickness of overlaps adjacent to touched up areas shall not exceed 6.0
'DFT.
g) Stacking and loading after touch-up should be in accordance with section 5.id unless touched up areas are not subject to contact with other surfaces. 6.0 EOUIPMENT a)_ Equipnent shall be in accordance with the coating manufacturers written f recommendations for Nuclear Service Level I Coatings for the product being ; applied. F i
)
I l I D e 1 l 6 L l (' Page 5 of 15 8
- - , - . . , . - - , -- . , , . - , . ,.-+-.,c..
NUCLEAR SAFETY RELATED
. DUKE POWER COMPANY .( DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT i
NUCLEAR C0ATING SPECIFICATION NO. 5005-I - [ By: Oc'.ign Engineeriny - 'Date: ,5-1-76 Revised: 1 7.0 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP REQUIREMENTS a) All work shall meet the minimum requirements of this Coating Specification j and referenced standards or previously agreed upon variations of these i standards, b)~ All work shall be supervised by quallfled persons who have read and under-stood .the Duke Power Company Nuclear Coating Specifications for the specific
' work he is responsible for supervising.
;c) All work shall be done by persons experienced with the specific mater.lais being applied or used, unless accompanied by some one who is experienced in f the work being performed. '
l
' d) Any completed stage of work not meeting the minimum requirements of this , .. specification shall be corrected prior to topcoating or completion of
- advanced stages of coating work.
(- e) Unless otherwise defined in this specification all standards of workmanship for the items IIsted below should meet the minimum requirements of SSPC-PAI-64 6 Paint Application Specification No.~ 1 Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting. l
?
Cleaning Pretreatments { Storage of Paints and Thinners }
. Mixing and thinning !
Application of Paint Drying of Painted Steel , Handling of Painted Steel . 7.1 COATING MATERIALS , a) All paint materials and accessories shall be delivered to the Jobsite in original unopened containers with the manufacturers labels and tags intact. Containers shall remain unopened until required for mixing and thinning. b) . All paint shall be stored under cover and off the ground for no longer than l the shelf life specified, and at minimum maximum temperatures defined in i writing by the Coating Manufacturer for Nuclear Service Level I Coatings. , e c) Only paint materials approved in sectica 3.0 of this specification shall be used. I l Page 6 of 15 8 i t y , .. _ . . ,,_._.m. .
,. . . . - . . . . . . . , . , , _.m .
..m m ,
NUCLEAR SAFETY RELATED 1 I DUKE POWER COMPANY
-( DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT L
A
'i '
NUCLEAR C0ATING SPECIFICATION NO.5005-I - t I 5-1-76 j Rev.ised. Date: i By: Design Engineering
-7.2~ SURFACE ' PREPARATION ' ti
.a)
Cleaning and-painting s will be scheduled so that the dust and d surfaces. other con a mants from the cleaning process will not fall on newly painte i Friction joints and weld seams shall be masked as defined in the coat ngs b) section of the component specification.
. 7.3 APPLICATION dials, Hardware, trim, underwriters labels, manufacturers k dserial to allownumbers, proper a) gauges, and other similar items shall be removed or mas e application of the coatings and prevent damage. laps, 3.
All applied coatings should be free of runs, sags, drops, ridges,improperwaves,
. b) bubbles, pin holes, embedded foreign matter, and other Indications of application procedures.
7.3 EQUIPMENT _ It shall be a) All equipment shall be maintained in good working order. Worn tips, spray nozzles h ll thoroughly cleaned and Inspected daily. blast nozzles, and other parts necessary to meet good work standards s a be replaced regularly, lines. l'j, b) Effective oil and water separators shall be used and serviced on all air
- s '
I. i f. p-
-o t
't
'. t-
.i 4
Page 7 of 15 G.*
- --- . ,.. m y
.~
}"
5 h UCLEA,1 SAFETY RE _ATED i i DUKE POWER COMPANY ! DESIGN ENGINEERlh0 DEPARTHENT f NUCLEAR C0ATING SPECIFICATION NO.5005-1 ' 1By : Design Engineering Date: 5-1-76 . Revised: 8.0 INSPECTION 6 a) t Duke Power Company, the coating manufacturer and their responsible ! representatives shall have access to shop or field at all times during
- the surface preparation, and application of coating work or to inspect work I previously finished. '
b) The Owner reserves the right to reject all work that does not meet the Duke Power Company _ Coating Specificat ion. This may be done either at the
. vendor's shop or at the jobsite. ,
k s c) All or any portion of finished work not meeting the minimum standards of ' this specification and referenced standards shall be corrected by the
. applicator or vendor, ,
d)- Inspection by Duke Power Company or their responsible representatives, f or failure to provide inspection shall not relieve the applicator of his responsibilities to provide materials and perform the work in accordance l-. with the Duke Power Company coating specifications. e) The applicator shall be required to furnish proper inspection equipment as
-necessary to check _ the minimum or maximum conditions of this specificatic 1 {
i e f I t~ 4 4 4 l l I f I Page 8 of 15
--. , , , - . c - -- -ewm ., c -- -- -,a,-- 1 -. --- ,
. s 1
,1 ,
3 , .
. h,
'N UCiEA R m erv n r, - w is
, DUKE POWER COMPANY L- i i
{\EjJ M,A -
,j t.
c, p % -( ' DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT L I s ys a v;A ,' t, NUCLEAR COATING SPECIFICATION NO._5005-I, . i
' , i, .
l e j s
} ,i '
. p t i t- -
/- / { )
' J
.Date: 5 ' l-f6'
'l I. I By' Design Engineering' ' '
Revisedi ! , l 9.0 COATING CERTIFlCATION REQUIREMENTS I E 9.1- -QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ~ ,j J , j 1: - s
' a) - : This attachment-establishes minimum record requirements for'the certification 1 i
' of coating mater'lais, surface preparation l application of materials and , i j
. inspection. The record *requireaents of this attachment conforms to Section l l 1.2.4 of' ANSI N 101.4-1972 (Amer ican Natlonal Standard Institute-quality !
Assurance : for Protective ' Coatings _ applied to Nuclear facilltles) . b) : The Supplier Qual.ity Assurance Certification Form 930.1 (Page 12) shall be; d completed by the_ vendor for all Class I Coating work. One copy of this form l shall be shipped with components.or materl'als'to the jobsite and when
- completed as required will be authorization for Duke Power Construction to accept delivery. Absense of. a; properly completed form will result :In quarant ine l or return of the component o'r materials to the vendor. I
.O' -c) The' Coating Materials-Manufacturer's Product Identify Certification Record,.'
t - , y jDPNC Form 2 (Page 15 ) shall be obtained from the coating manufacturer for,. * ' , { i 7'each ' batch of paint and . thinner used _ by the vendor on Class -I surfaces "as4 i ) 3 rlisted'on-the DPNC Form 3. N s ! J
- d) The Suppiler-qu'a iity A.,surance Record; DPNC 'Fon 3 (Pagel3.14) shall be completek l
- for all . Class I Coating work. A separate form may be ad to cover the follow-ing combinations of materials and components: (1) all work in each shipment (2)' '
'diffirenti types of. components in each shipment'l(3) serics of similar types of ~
components'In each shipment.
~
/ '
,s' e) Failure of the vendor to meet- all requirements of thc bid, seccif;lcadon or' in!-
complete and inaccurate QA' documentation shall ' result in rejection by the *
' owner si of any or all components covered by that DPNC Form 3. . 1 9.2 RECORD REQUIREMENTS-s 'I -
3 a)~ LThe :following records shal' be sent to the~ QA Manager, Engineering and Services .. no later than the tins materials and components _are shipped. On_e
,o copy of Form 930.-l per shipment y <
[ DPNCform;3 (s) to cover materials and components as lived on each Form j 930.1. gj x 19
. . - 0 A DMC _Fpr j > materials'shipded.as'p 2, to covarlisted each on batch theofDPNC material Form used 3. on' any components or
. - if - '* ..
,4 ;
- p.. . ,
.. ~ r a
- >y Page 9 of 15 n
, i fiQI
, y'i, -
.z ,,'
.e ,e r Y *
'a >)
.. ., s 3 ,
ki
= - . - . _. .
,. . > j i NUCLEAR SAFETY RE_ATED m
DUKE POWER COMPANY DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT - ' NUCLEAR COATING' SPECIFICATION NO. 5005-I . By: Design Engineering Date: Revised: [ 9.3 INSTROCTIONS FOR' COMPLETING CLASS I COATING FORMS. 6
-This section contains explanations and examples to aid the vendor in properly !
completing the forms IIsted in section 9.2, Record Requirements. i
A) OPNC Form 3.(One form can cover a complete shi pment, a size, a group, a f type, a . system, etc. - of materials or components) . ,
1: L ldenti fy components or equipment so that separate items are traceable, and can be matched up with a specific Report No. 6 2 Example: . Carbon steel, cast-iron, stainless, aluminum, etc. l 3 This information Is for items covered by each DPNC Form 3. . 4 Information should be rpported in even gallons for items covered by each ,
.'DPNC Form-3.
,-~
- 5 List all information' required for each batch of materlat used on components covered by' this DPNC Form 3 and attach a OPNC Form 2.for each batch of r material listed on'this DPNC Form 3.
A - 6 ' Ouke Power Company surface preparation standard ex. DP-SP5. 7'~ Examples: Steel grit, silica sand, glass beads, garnet. ;
- 8. . Examples: 8/20, 8/35, 16/35, 30/50, etc. j 9: Example: Xylol, methyl ethyl ketone, etc. .
10 Read' pressure at nozzle-(Do not use ~l pressure 'at compressor.) .
'll Was r.oisture trap used effectively (yes) (no) ? i
-12 Temperatures' are to-be tak.r in actual work areas and shall cover all conditions during surface creparation and exposure of components cleaned j prior to priming. I *
.13 Indoors - In a closed building kept at ambient temperatures.
14 Outdoors - Exposed to weather (even if under a roof). ' t 15 Example - Brush,' roller, spray,. flow coated, etc. !
- 16 Example - Graco airless, Devilbiss conventional. :
17 Example - E- Fluid Tip. 18 Example.- #704 Alr-Cap. {
?19 Example - Yes (motor driven, yes (manual), (no) 20 Was oil separator used effectively? (yes) (n )
21 Report actual total dry film thickness. af ter pr mer, Intermediate and finish' coat. *
~ 22_ Report number to be same on both front and back page. Report numbers shall beilogged and numbered in sequence from 1 to to cover all ' reports i of_ a given-Duke Power Company Bid; Specification, s
-B -OPNC Form 2 23 The vendor shall fill-out.the General Data Section and attach a DPNC Form 2 i , ({ to the purchase order sent to the coating manufacturer.
- i Page 10 of 15 ,
, .- m -
v...---w -
,--,.-.,,-,--...--,,,.,,-..-,--er,,,,- * - - , - - , . - . , .yw.,--- . , - , . - - , , , = . - , , , . , o,,.
p.-.--
.\
hUCLEAR SAFETY RELATED i
.~. ,
-l i
DUKE POWER COMPANY DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT i NUCLEAR COATING SPECIFICATION NO. 5005-I ~
?
By: Design Engineering Date: Revised: 24 The coating manufacturer shall complete the Component Data Section, Mixed
- Component Data Section a nd Signature and Title section and return to the y vendor. ,
C Form 930.1. 25 In space I write " Components inspected and are in compliance with Nuclear ' Coating Certification Specificatlon, 5005-I , dated 5-1-76 ." Give Report Nos. of all DPNC Form #3 to cover materials or components listed on the Form 930.1. 26 f f a form 930.1 is required for the item by the Duke Power Design Specificat ion,' the same form may be used for coatings; otherwise a new 930.1 must .be completed for the coatings only. j l
. e- .
1 i i i I I 1 i i Page 11 of 15 , j% L , e o L'
+* NUC_EAFLyAHTY ELi\TED
~'
QUALITY A$50RANCE DEPARTMENT
$UPPLIER QUAllTY ASSURANCE CERTIFirATION l
Name of Supplier Date ! I
' Address of Supplier Plant '
Mill Power Order No. - ', Duke item or Req. No. e 6 1
-Spec. No. Rev.
Supplier 10 Nos. { Description of Component (s) or Material (s) l F Attached Documentation covers all Components / Materials on Mill Power Order.
. Attached Documentation. covers partial shipment of Components / Materials on Mill Power Order, j
The following listed tests, inspection 5'and reports have been completed as required by the .
.pecifIcation:
- I physical & Chemical Analysis Major Repair Records & Charts
- Hydro (Test Pressure - PSIG ') Personnel Qualifications on Record I
Design Report Stress Report ticat Treatment Radiographic Test Ultrasonic Test Magnetic Particle ; Penetrant Test Repair NDE Cleanliness
- Operating Test Performance Curve ASME Data Report
. Dimensional Check Deviation Record #
t 1)~
,_ j
- 2) !
- 3)
- b
- This certifies that the listed Component (s) or Material (s) conform to the requirerrents of the above
- referenced'Ouke Power documents including all codes, standards, test requirements and Quality Assurance '
rcouirements invoked therein. ;
-l l
'l Supplier Representative Authorized Signature i
Title Date ! ($we Instructions) l Form 9 3 0. l A / Rev. 3 f (. Page 12 of 15
"~ ' ~ " " ' " ^
NUCLEAR SAFETY RELATED DPNC FORM 3 (Page 1) ~f DUKE POWER COMPANY ( SUPPLIER COATINGS QUALITY ASSURANCE RECORDS CLASS I Date: 6 Project : I 0.P. Co. Shipping p Spec. No. l.0, No. Mill Power Order No. Release No. Vendor: ! i Equipment Name and No.(1) L i GENERAL INFORMATION Substrate Material:(2) 6 Estimated Surface Area Coated Sq. Ft./ Item (3) No. I tems(3) Total Sq. Ft.(3) ' Estimated Coating Primer intermediate Finish Gal.(4) Gal.(4) Gal. Quantities (4) Date work Becan(3) Date Work Comoleted(3) Duke Power Finish Color No. Coating System Dated and Name r Duke Power Primer Intermediate Topcoat Product No. DP# DP# DP# i i j Manufacturer
- 1. MATERIALS IDENTIFICATION i
DP PRODUCT PRODUCT BATCH EXPIRATION GALLONS DATE USED I P:0. No. NAME NO.
'5) (5) (5) (5) 6) (5)
I, I
- 2. MATERIAL WAREHOUSING Storace Temperature Material Stored ,
Maximun Minimum Indoors - Outdoors Other
*F *F g
( ) Number corresponds to a instruction number
- Date 6-1-74; Revised 5-1-76 Report No.2D Page 13 of 15 ,
[ l
- NUCLEAR SAFETY RELATED i
.DPNC FORM 3 (Page 2)
- 3. SURFACE PREPARATION {
l, Surface Preparation No.(6) _ Abrasive: Type (7) Solvent: Type (9) f.
- Size (8)- Product No.
Mfg. Mfg. ; Nozzle' Pressure (10) Moisture Trap (11) {
- Temperature Ambient Surface Dew Point ,
i
*F .(12)
F (12) *F
' Max.: (12) * *F r Min.:'(12) *F (12) F (12)
Maximum Time Between Cleaning and Coating Mrs. Outdoors (14) ~ Night Day Work Done: Indoors (13) inspected By: Approved By:
- r Date:
Date: i
- 4. APPLICATION I
Method of Application (15)
~
S pray: Agitator Pot (19)
'(- Type Spray Gun (16)
Moisture Trap (ll) Fluid Tip(17)
' Ai r Cap (18) Oil Separator (20)' ,i Ambient Surface Dew Point Temperature: * *F ,'
Max.. (12) *F (12) F (12) F (12) *F Min.: (12) F (12) , Minimum Maximum Average-Recoat Time Hr. ,' Primer: Hr. Hr. Hr. Hr.
^
Intermediate: Hr. i Hr. Hr. Hr. [ Finish: i-Minimum Maximum Average g _ Measured DFT l
'(miIs) #
'0FT DFT (21) DFT-Prime r: '(21)~ (21) l DFT (21) DFT l IntermediateCtl) DFT (21)
DFT (21) DFT Finish: .(21) DFT -(21) Work: Done: indoors (13) Outdoors (14) Night Day i
. Inspected by: Approved by:
'Date: Dete:
Report Nol22) Datc 6-_l-74; Revised 5-1-76
~
~
Page 14 of 15 , e-e . -s . . - , -, -- ,,e - , , .-,,----.------,m,-- .--,.n---,..., y _., -.-ec- - , , , , ,. , , . , - , -
"~
M C _ EAR SA?EY RE'_A EJ .- DPNC FORM 2 , IC0ATING MATERIALS - MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT IDENTITY CCRTIFICATION RECORD GENERAL DATA (23) n PURCHASER-BILLING ADDRESS , f, SHIPPING. ADDRESS f PROJECT DESIGNATION-- ! PURCHASE ORDER NO. RELEASE NO. .
'DATE l
~
.(C0ATING~ MANUFACTURER
[PRODUCTDESIGNATION ' GALLONS SHIPPED REFERENCE NO. , GALLONS ORDERED COMPONENT DATA (24) r MIXED INDIVIDUAL COMPCNENT.
. 8ATCH NO.
' ,1
-GAL. ORDERED 1
GAL. SHIPPED I DATE MFG'D;
~
SHELF LIFE ( SOLIDS BY VOLUME
NT./ GAL.
** VISCOSITY-MIXING RATIO BY VOL. .,
*(By Fed. Test Method Std. No. 141, Method 48141 or by ASTM Dl475)
*F )
** (Me t hod - l MIXED COMPONENT DATA (24) ,
i POT LIFE @ *F l-
. GENERIC TYPE DFT PER COAT INDUCTION PERIOD @ *F
! , FLASH POINT (TOC) COLOR . (V IS UAL)
'RECOAT TIME RANGE @ *F %R.H. -
(- I DRY HARD HRS. @ *F %R.H. l TACK FREE HRS. @ *F %R.H. COMMENTS:
- Signature I
Title Date f
~
Checked By Revision 3 Dated 5-I-76 Distribution: I copy with shipment Dated 1-4-74 Revision 2 Page 15 of 15 ,
~v -r , ,.--,.----....nm,, ,..n,,.n,-,., -
-,v, ,,.,,,_._,,.,.,,,,,,n.,-.~,.e,- - - , - , - - . , , - , , - - - . , - _ . .
DUKE POWER COMPANY DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTHENT SHOP C0ATING SPECIFICATION 4003-1 Replaces CCCC-1 BY: Design Engineering DATE 6-1-76 REVISED I . 0' SCOPE This specification defines the method of surface preparation, meterials application and inspection for coating carbon steel surfaces subject to interior and exterior exposures when maximum corrosion and abrasion resistance is required at service temperatures up to 900*F. High performance chemical resistant and high temperature coatings are normally used for, finish coats. Steel Structures Painting Council Specification SSPC-PA-1-64 "No. I Shop Field and Maintenance Painting" shall govern minimum standards not covered by this specification. 2.0 COATI NG SYSTEM Surface Preparation: DP-SP 10 Near Whit e Metal Bla st Cleaning Prime Coat: DP# 12 Inorganic Eth% Silicate @ 2.0 DFT Zinc Rich Primer Minimum 2.0 DFT Maximum 6.0 DFT
- MANUAL
-ATTACHMENTS TITLE OF ATTACHMENT . SECTION 3.0 Approved Materials Attachment 4003-1 12 4.0 Surface Preparation Attachment DP-SP 10 13 5.0 Application Attachment DP# 12 14 ,- 6.0 Touch Up Attachment DP# 12 14 7.0 Workmanship Attachment WSE-l 16 8.0 Inspection Attachment ISE-l 17 9.0 Records Requirements Attachment VCI-l 18
- Manual Section Numbers for use by Design Engineering to assemble specifications.
DM-10-4
- -,..,i,-
. , _ - . . _ . - _ . - . , , . - . - - . . - . . _ . . , _ - - - - . . m. -._.-r ,-e-,_i ,, ,
a DUKE POWER COMPANY DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 3.0 APPROVED MATERIALS ATTACHMENT , SYSTEM 4003-1 BY: Design Engineering DATE 6-1-76 REVISED 3.0 APPROVED MATERIALS 3.1 MATERIAL SELECTION The selection of materials for use in this specification by the applicator or vendor shall be those products listed below, unless approved by Design Engineering. 3.2 MATERI ALS Coatings manufactured by Mobil Chemical Company DP# 12 13-F-12 Mobil Zinc #7 DP# DP# DP# Coatings manufactured by Carboline DP#12 Carbo Zinc 11 DP# DP# DP# - Coatings manufactured by E I DuPont DP# 12 347-931 Zinc Rich Coating DP# l DP# DP# l Coatings manufactured by Ameron Corrosion Control DP#12 Dimetcote #6 Zinc Rich Coating DP# DP# DP# DM 12-8 L_
m;. ,-- i g -.
.~,
DUKE POWER COMPANY
~ DESIGN-ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 4
SURFACE PREPARATION ATTACHMENT DP-SPIO-BY: Design Engineering DATE 6-1-76 REVISED 4.0 SURFACE ' 'PREPARAT10N 4'. i Metal surfaces'shall be prepared by abrasive blast cleaning in strict accordance with Structural Steel Painting council SSPC-SP10-63 (near white metal blast cleaning).
-4.2 No surface preparation shall be allowed when the temperature is within
<5*F;of the dew point or above 90% relative humidity. Surface areas
~
exposed to condensation or moisture prior to priming shall be reblasted.- 1 4.~ 3 : The surface shall be free of excessive grease or oil prior to blast cleaning. Organic solvents, alkaline solutions, steam, hot water with etc., may be or detergents, other systems that i:ompletely remove dirt, oil, grease, used. Q . 4.4 '_ The grit shall be sharp silica sand, steel slag grit, similar or equal-to 16-35 mesh flint silica to give a 1.0 to 3.0 mils anchor _ pattern. No polished surfaces shall be allowed. 4.5 - Contaminated sand or grit shall not be used for finished work. 4.6 'Round sharp edges and smooth sharp welds.
. 4.7- Al.I' visible burrs, silvers, se. abs, and weld splatter shall be removed af ter blast cleaning.
4.8 ' Af ter blast. cleaning the prime coat shall be applied within 8_ hrs, and/or before the surfa'ce is exposed to dew point conditions or before any rust blooms begin to form. before applying prime coat. Reblast all surfaces that exceed these conditions
. 4.9 Remove all traces of grit, dust , grease and foreign matter after blast clenaing and prior to application of each coat of material by solvent cleaning, high pressure air or brush.
- 4.10 Mleirru:,: clearing I S 'C- ' S +
- sh; '
as defined in section 2 and section 3.2 of SSPC-SP10-63. m .'.ed to estabiIsh Visual Standards. a
. DM-13-7
DUKE POWER COMPANY N ; DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTHENT
- 5. APPLICATION ATTACHMENT DP#12 BY: Design Engineering DATE 6-1-76 _ REVISED _ .
5.0 APPLICATION 5.1 No material shall be applied when the surface or air temperature is below 35*F or above 100*F, when the relative humidity is above 90%
- or when the temperature is within 5"F of the dew point.
- 5.2 Material shall be applied by spray application provided the minimum 0FT per coat and workmanship requirements of this specification are met.
5.3 Paint that has been stored at low temperatures shall be brought up to minimum of 70*F before mixing and thinning. 5.4 Prior to thinning or application, all material shall be thoroughly mixed in such a manner as to insure the breaking apart of all lumps, complete dispersion of all settled pigments, and a uniform composition. 5.5 Storage, mixing, thinning, and induction time shall be with a power mixer in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations for the product selected. 5.6 Hixed material shall be applied within the maximum pot life specified by the manufacturer .for the product selected or prior to any significant change in viscosity, whichever comes first. 5.7 Use of additional thinner to lower the viscosity af ter the mixed pot life has been exceeded shall not be allowed. 5.8 Hinimum DFT shall be as specified in section 2 when Inspected. in accordance with SSPC-RA2-72. 5.9' All areas _ with DFT readings less than specified in section 2 shall receive an additional coat prior to topcoating. 5.10 Prior to .topcoating each coat shall be allowed to dry in strict accordance with the following minimum guidelines based on temperature and relative humidity. 4 Je t DH-14-12-1
\
DUKE POWER COMPANY DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
- 5. APPLICATION ATTACHMENT -
DP#12
~BY: Design Engineering DATE 6-1-76 REVISED '
Temperature - 40*F 50*F- 60*F 70*F 80*F 40% 72 hr. 90*F 50% 60 hr. 60% 48 hr. DO NOT - REC 0AT 70% 80%'~ 36 hr. 90% 24 hr. 12 hr.
* - Adequate cure can be checked by scratching primed surface with a coin. A cured zinc film will polish and an uncured zine film will wrinkle.
5.11 Drying time for shipment or stacking together of finish coated work shall be in accordance with the minimum guidelines. (,I_ Temperature 40*F 50*F 60*F 70*F 80*F 90*F 40%. 12 hr. DO NOT STACK 50% 8 hr. 60% 6 hr. 70% 80% 4 hr. 90% 2 hr. 1 hr. 6.0 TOUCH-UP b 15. 1 . Touch-up procedures apply to those areas previously prepared in accordance . with section 1.0 through section 5.1 which have been damaged due to handling assembly or other special procedures approved by Duke Power Company in wri ting. 6.2 Surface preparation of damaged bare areas shall be cleaned to a bright metal with power or hand tools followed by needle gunning to roughen the surface for proper adhesion of the inorganic zinc. 6.3 All areas to be touched up shall be solvent cicaned in accordance wi th SSPC-pal-64
'6.4 Overspray and powdery zine shall be renoved prior to touch-up using a sof t bristle brush and clean water.
6.5 Material shall be applied by spray application except small areas not exceeding 1% of the total surface area may be touched up by brush.
. DM-14-12-2
DUKE POWER COMPANY DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT APPLICATION ATTACHMENT _ DP#12 BY: design Engineering DATE 6-1-76 REVISED
- 6. 6' Material u' sed for touch-up over previously applied cured zinc shall be thinned 50% to prevent dusting and provide adhesion to the existing zinc film. _ Dry film thickness of overlaps adjacent to touched-up areas shall not exceed 6.0 DFT.
6.7 Stacking and loading after touch-up should be in accordance with section 5.11 unless touched up areas are not subject to contact with other surfaces. e 4
. m..
, DM-14-12-3 ,,
. . . . . - . . . . . - . . - - . - - - - - - . - - - - - - - - - - ~ - - - - - --
DUKE POWER COMPANY DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 7.0 WORKMANSHIP ATTACHMENT WSE-l i
~
BY: Design Engineering DATE 6-1-76 REVISED 7.0 WORKKANSHIP 7.1 G ENERAL All work shall meet the minimum requirements of the Duke Power Company Coating Specifications and referenced standards or previously agreed upon variations of these standards. All work shall be supervi sed by qualified persons who have read and understand the Duke Power Company Standard Coating Specifications for the specific work he is responsible for supervising. All' work will be done by persons experienced with the specific materials being applied or used unless accompanied by someone who is experienced in the work being performed. Any completed work not meeting the minimum requirements of the h%( Duke Power Company Coating Specification shall be corrected prior to the topcoating or completion of advanced stages of the operation. 7.2 EQUIPMENT Equipment shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturers. All equipment shall be maintained in good working order. It shall - be thoroughly cleaned and inspected daily. Worn tips, spray heads, hoses, blast nozzles, and other parts necessary to meet good work standards shall be replaced regularly. Effective oil and water separators shall be used on all air lines. 7.3 SURFACE PREPARATION Cleaning and painting shall be scheduled so that the dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces. Where trim, underwriters labels, manufacturers serial numbers, dials, gauges, and other items shall be removed or masked to allow proper application of the coatings and to prevent damage. ca. DM-16-2-1
- - - ~ . - , - - - - , . . - , , , , - - - , - - , . . - . . - , . . , - - - ,. , , , - - - ,
r - - -
r . DUKE POWER COMPANY DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 7.0 WORV.MANSHIP ATTACHMENT WSE-1 , BY: Dasign Engineering DATE 6-1-76 REVISED 7.4 COATING MATERIALS All paint materials should be stored under cover and off the ground at temperatures not exceeding manufacturers minimum and maximum storage temperatures for lengths of time not exceeding the manufacturers recommended shelf life. 7.5- HlXING & THINN NGI Mixing prior to application should be done with a power mixer. Mixed materials should be strained through a 30-50 mesh strainer prior to application. Thinner- should be as recommended by the coating manuf acturer or equal . 7.6 APPLICATION Applied coatings should be free of runs, sags, drops, ridges, waves,_ laps, bubbles, embedded foreign matter, and other indications of improper application techniques. . 7.7 MASKING OF FRICTION JOINTS When component specification require masking of f riction joints or weld
~
seams, these surfaces should be taped or blocked to allow proper applica-tion of coatings to adjacent areas. 7.8 TOUCH-UP Edges of damaged areas should be feathered by sanding after cleaning and prior to the appilcation of the initial-touch-up coat.
-- DM-16-2-2
- k DUKE POWER COMPANY DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
- 8. INSPECTION ATTACHMENT ISE-1 BY: Design Engineering DATE 6-1-76 REVISED 8.0 _ INSPECTION Duke Power Company, the coating manuf acturer and their responsible representatives shall have access to shop or field at all tim e s during the surface preparation, and application of coating work or to inspect work previously finished.
The Owner reserves the right to reject all work that does not meet the Duke Power Conpany Coating Specification. This may be done either at the vendor's shop or at the jobsite. All or any portion of finished work not meeting the minimum standards of this specification and referenced standards shall be corrected by the applicator or vendor unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Duke Power Company. Inspection by Duke Power Company or their responsible representatives, or failure to provide inspection shall not relieve the applicator of his responsibilities to provide materials and perform the work in accordance with the. Duke Power Company coating specifications. The applicator sh'all be recuired to furnish proper inspection coulp-ment as necessary to check the minimum or maximum conditions of this specification.
, DM-17-2
,;j.- 7i~ - .
DUKE. POWER COMPANY
,. DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
.,y VENDOR COATING INFORMATION #1
? T- Project': Date:
~
D.P.!Co. Paint , Spec. No.': Category: Vendor:' Equip.:
- Duke Power Coating System:
Primer: DP# Product # Intermediate: DP# Product #
- Finish: DP# Product #
Coating Manufacturer: Complete. only if vendor cannot meet Duke Power Specification: GENERAL'INFORMATION 4-Substrate Material: Estimate'd Surface Area-
.By Sq. Ft. Per item Total Estimat.ed Coating ' Primer Intermediate Finish-
;QuantItles Gal. Gal. Gal.
COATING INFORMATION
. Vendors Coating System No:
DFT Product No. and Name Product Manufacturer Primer-Intermediate Finish Finish Color No. Color Name Color Source Surface Preparation: Attach surface preparation & application procedures. _ v DM-18-2 -
, Z .. -
i, . ~ si f.,'.~.' N'JCLEAR SAFETY.RELATED . t
, p SPECIFICATICN No. CN-000-I-I ^
DATE 11al-75 4
.r ,
-1 :
- DUKE POWER CCMPANY CATAW8A NU% EAR STATION ...
j i < j UNIT 1-2 X TTtie: Nuclear Coating' '
, . Specif! cation No. CN-000-I-1 Class I Coatings __ , , , , _
8 I- : t 6 AEVISION !.0G a i 1 6 L------ - - - . t . . 2 7 -. 3
' i. 8 .
; 4 9 . .
to . i
- r. :(-
. e l
' Feria 301.1/ney,:
_..r< ~ . --. -
, ._. - . . . . ~ . - . . ... -l- t
- jI ,* ,,.. . .":
liG .' - NUCLEAR SAFETY. RE.A~ED
.;. VERIFICATION.Ch 5PECIFICATICN . i ,' - .
H- t- - Stagion_ and Unit Number: CataNa1-2 s
'i -
.[.i: Ti.tleiof Specification: Nuclear Caattne heef f' Test f an 4n *r%nnn.r.? ___, 4.*,. y _ , ,. . _ _ c1nas T enA > f =tne . l IIt -
. File Number: CN-1167.02' . [ I. . . Revision: -
This document specifies items related to nuclear safety. In ac=ordance with established procedures, its quality has been assured. Signatures certify that
;; the above specification was originated, checked, approved and insoected (or 3,i waived) as.noted heicw:
I I Prepared By: (. l. Al .ua Date:- // - // 'As"- I checked Sy: -. af. Date: //- // - 78
~
. Approved By: Dater // * / /- 7[
Inspection Waive By: eV Date //-//- 7[ 2 ' _ . .._ . Jnspection Walved Fort V E1.ECTRICAL MECHANICAL civil I h inspected By: M.O . O.d _, Date: // //. 7f
.I
, [. . Inspected By: Dates QUALITY ASSURANCE N Date: //-/47.I ,,
d
.} . : - - - = :. :. - - - = = - - = = = = = = :. :. = = = - - = :. :. = ***e***************
(FOR ASME CODE ITEMS)
-l Olvision Date:
; Design Engineering Department "T This is to certify that the above specification has been reviewed by me, the ,
undersigned, and is correct, complete, and in compliance with 1971 Edition of' ASME Code, Section li t , Faragraph NA-3250.
.8 - , i .. (SEAL) SIGNATURE:
Ji . . t: . NAME: Registereo Professional Engineer ( Form 301.2/Rev 1
.I
. : ; ==: : - :. =.- _ . .. . . = - -- - --:...-.---
4 . .
. ) -- . _ . _ _ _ _ . - - - - . _ _ _
.r: ...._
f,.**.*,.***~* ,, jc l . .[ NUCLEAR SAFETY RELATED t DUKE POWER COMPANY v DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
.-* * ' NUCLEAR COATING '$PECIFTCATION NO. CN-000-I-1 .. -. - - -
, - . Sy: Design Engineering Date: 11-1-75 Revised- -
,' l. Scope tis-1.1 This specification defines,the method of surface preparation, materials,
~].
. application, and Inspection and record requirements for coating carbon j steel surfaces cleaned to meet a alnfmum OP-SP 10 - Immersion (pear white metal blast cleaning) rated as class I surface armas of a nuclear power .
. plant.
I 1.2 Class I sur aces d are exposed areas In the Containment and Reactor '
. Sulldings and the Interior of tank linings of the reactor coolant system.
I that must withstand a 08A and LOCA. - 1 .<
. 1.3 Examples: As a shop or pre-Installation system for equi.pment and mise.
'I componenets that cannot be blast cleaned and coated in place and where
! ! normal operating surface temperatures do not exceed 200*F. Normally
}
' only touch up of damaged areas is required after Installation.
l 2. ATTACHMENTS .
'l 2.1 The following Duke Power Company attachments are attached to and made a pa ' f this specification:
I
-; 2.1.1 Approved Meterla1s
,.j 2.1.2 Surface Preparations .
; 2.1.3 Appilcation Procedures
. . 2.I.4 Workmenship standards.
i 2.1.5 Inspection standards - 4 2.1.6 Record Requirements
,j
- 2.l.7- Duke Power cosyany Field Osta Sheet Vil A
, .i '3. COATING MATERIALS . l 7 3.1 ' Coating meterials shall be in strict accordance with Duke Power Company l Standard Approved Materials for System CN-000-I-1. l . j . L3 4 CCATING $YSTEM .
- t.: 4.1 Surface Preparation OP-SP10-Immersion (near whha metal blast cleaning) .
-} O'P#12 Inorganic # 2.0 0FT
.; 4.2 Prime Coat y1 Silicate Zinc Alch mer .
4.3 Finish Coat OP#67 Catalyzed Phenolle Epoxy @ 4.0 0FT l i Minimun 6.0 0FT i ;;. [ CN-$-6-9-lb ,
** g g
----.-w. . . _ . . _ .... _ . . . . . _ . . .,...._.....:. . . _
,- ..-..,n,.,-, - . , - , , - - ~ . - . - - - - . . - - - - - - - - - - - - - . , , . _ , , . . _ -
-- ..-.-~ --- .. . - . . . . _ _
u . . . ..: . . . :.. t.
- t. - -
2J _J ..... . NUCLEAR 3AFETY RELATED . - . - . ..;
,- . DUKE POWER COMPANY i:
v ,
~
DE$lGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
- -" ]~ ~~ ' - __
NUCLEAA COATING $PECIFICATION NO. CN-000-I-I . . ;,, ,- - .
'I . . By: Design Engineering Date: ~11-1-7T Revised: --
4
.! 5. . SURFACE PREPARAT10M N.1 Surface Preparation shall be In strict accordance with Duke Power
. Company Standard Surft.ca Preparation DP-SP10-Inumersion. .
l
. 6.
- APPL.1 CAT 10N '
i .
' ;t. 6.1 Application shall be in strict accordance with Duke Power Company Applicatica Procedures for, OP#12 and OP#67, l l .
I
! 7. MIXING A 2 THINNING .
, y . A 7.1 Mixing and thinning shall be In strict accordance with Duke Power Company Data Sheets Vil A, manufacturer 8s recomunendations and e SSPC-PA-1-61+ Paint Application Specifications No.1, Shop, Field, l
; and Malatenance Painting.
- l. * '
- 8. EQUIPMENT 4
i ' 8.1 Equipment shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recomunende-tions and $$PC-PA-1-64 Paint Application Specifications No.1, Shop, Field, and Melntenance Painting. . . { 9. W0llKMAN5 NIP l , 9.1 Worlesanship shall be In strict-accordance with Duke Power Company l 3 Woriamenship Standards for Nuclear Exposures,
.t 10. INSPECTION .
i 10.1 Inspection shall be In strict accordance with Duke Power Company Inspection Standards for Nuclear Exposures,
- 11. RECORD REQUIREMENTS
. 11.1 Records for all Class I Level Ve' n der coating work shall be in strict' accordance with Duke Power Company Nuclear Coating Cartification CN-PJtM-I.
f 11.2 Records for all Class I 1.evel Field applied coating work shall be in I
\ strict accordance with Duke Power Company Construction Procedure M-20.
l CN-$-6-9-2h 4 l 1
g
... - - 4-( . :..:.. ._ . ..
C.. . . . .. -. -
- NU0 LEAR SAFETY RELATED -
~ - - - -
~
i7 . OLXE POWER COMPANY
'il . . . . . . ^~ ~'
- a. . DESIGN DIGINEERING DEPARTMENT '
STANDAAD APPACVED MATERIALS -
- i. .
3
.i: BY: Design Engineering DATE 11-1-75 nEvisED -~ --- - - - -- .-- --
~~ ~~'
- v;-
t . SYSTEM CM-000-I-1.
- 3. %TERiAi.s -
-t 3.1 The selection of materials for use in this specification by the i applicator or vender shall be those products listad in Section 3.3 unless specifically defined in Section 3.2. All meterials selected shall be from one coating manufacturer.
e 3.2
! s 33 Approved Materials -
3 3.1 Coatings manufactured by Carboline Conpany
,k D N i2 Ear.bozine Il
\
DN 67 PheneiEne 305 Finish - l 5 DN *
, ON .
I t 3.3.1 Coatings manufactured by i. t' on -
'O N l DN -
t
. DN I.
333 Coatings manufactured by - DN
... DN s ' DN.
- i DN
,h 3.3.4 Coatings manufactured by ' -
. ON .
, DN' . .
. DN
- DN
; 3.4 Products are as shown on Duke Power Company Field Ccatings Data Sheet VilA and Manufacturers Product Technical Bulletins.
APPROVE) By qA s-9 e I. C WA 4 s.s eps-
,, m , ,, -
. _ . . . . _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ . _ - . _ , . _ _ . - _ _ _ _ _ _~ - - - - - ~ * ~ ~ ~ " _ - ~ ~ " _ - _ ~ ~ ~
t
- DUKE POWER COMPANY
, l
- DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT e
g - - - -
, ~ ~ ~ -n ?-- . ..
i . I-I'74 AEVISED__ DATE ~..--
~
-- By: *Dur-+ ? i'each
[ l :i:' ' _ l
- 5. SURFACE PREPARATION DP-SPIO - 1MMERSl0ii- .
iy Metat surfaces shall be prepared by dry hand sandblasting or automette i 5.1 blast cleaning in strict accordance with Structural Steel Painting ~ j Council-SSPC-SP10-63 (Near White Metal Blast Cleaning).
- j If Visual
;l. 5.1 Minimum cleaning is as defined in Section 2.2 of SSPC-SPl0-63 Standards are necessary, they shall be established by preparing actual i!
,) panels for approval by Duke Power Company or from control panels designated "-
i by Duke Power Comoany. SSPC-VIS-I-637 Visual Standards shall not.be used
' to establish minimuss standards.
- I'; 53 No surfica preparation shall be allowed when the temperature is within 5'F 1
of the dew point or above 90% relative humidity. Surface areas execsed to condensation or moisture prior to topcoating shall be reblasted. l 5.4 slasting shall not be performed in the same area where coating or curing - of coated surfaces are in process. l 55 The surface shall be free of excessive grease or oil prior to blast clean- l
.'( Ing. Organic solvents, alkaline solutions, steam, hot water with detergents, or other ' systems that completely remove dirt, oil, grease, et ., raay be I
'f ,
used. , 5.6 slasting equipment shall be in good operating conditions as required by th's l manufacturer. Traps and filters in air lines shall be frequently cleaned *
- l I j
and checked. . l 5 7 . The grit shall be sharp silica sand, seu l slag grit, similar or equal to ' i
, .i ,
16-35 mesh filnt silica to give~ a 1.2 to 2.5 mils anchor pattern. No polished surfaces shall be allowed. ' l The compressed air used for nozzle Adequate blasting shall be fru of detrimental
- 5.8 separators and traps shall be
. amounts of condensed. water and oil. ;
used. Nozzle pressure shall not be less than 80 ps!, I
.i .
i 59 Contaminated sand or grit shall not be used for finished work. Grind sharp esses l 5 10 namove weld splatter and visthte welding contamination. l
.l to 1/8" radius and grind welds. Skip welds should be welded solld or - }
! I caulked. All visible burrs, slivers, scabs, and weld splatter shall be removed after l 5.11 l blast cleaning. j ! 5.11 The prime coat shall be applied within 8 hours after blasting and/or before any rust blooms begin to form. Roblast all surfaces that exceed these , i conditions before applying prime coat. 1 Ammove all traces of grit, dust, grease, and foreign matter af ter blast ; 5 13 , cleaning and prior to application of each coat of. material by solvent . ] cleaning, high pressure air or brush. ' j
. la. i'.0'f..e BY QA
.4t#6 s.3 13 m.i . #C T,~[
- I
. ,, *********=--ee o . .. . .a . . . , , _ _
~ ~-- -._ _ _ _____ _,___
i
- - . _ . _ _ : . _ . . 7~ '. ~~ " ... - ;--- ; -- , , ; , - . -. . l j ,
x:.. l ;
. DUKE PCWER COMPANY . _ - .
)
~
DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT l
+ ,. ...
._ .._. ... l
+: - .
.g '
I*I-7% itEVISED - . . - -
== sv _ C f Peach DATE _
5 suarACE PREPARATION DP-SP10 - IMME.MION , 4 i
!! 5.1 Metal surf aces shall' he prepared by dry hand sandblasting or autanatic
- blast cleaning in strict accordance with structural Steel P.ainting '
CounsII $3PC-SP10-63, (Near Whlto Metal 81ast Clsaning). I 5.2 Minlaus cleaning is as defined in section 2.2 of sSPC-SP10-63. If Visual Standards are necessary, they shall be established by preparing actual
- panels for approval by Duka Power Company or from control panels designated .-
- by Duke Power Company. $$PC-Vl5-1-63T Visual Standards, shall not be used to establish minimum standards.
} 53 No surface preoaration shall be allowed when the temperature is within 5'F
- ! of the dew point or above 90Y, relative humidity. Surfaca areas exoosed
! .j to condensation or moisture prior to topcoating shall be reblasted. ' 5.4 .stasting shall not be performed in the'same area where coating or curing i of coated surfaces are in process. . -
-l 5.5 The surface shall be free of excessive grease or all prior to blast clean-Ing. Organic solvents, alkaline solutions, steam, hot water with detergents, 3
fL , or other systems that completely remove dirt, oil, grease, etc., may be L . used. . l- - 5.6 slasting equipment shall be in good operating condittens as required by t ie
- manufacturer. Traps and filters in air lines shall be frequently cleaned * .
I and checked. - 57 The grit shall be sharp silica sand, steel, slag grit, similar or equal to
- 16-35. mesh flint silica to give a 1.2 to 2.5 mits anchor pattern. No polished surfaces shall be allowed.
]l: '
l 58 The compressed air used for nozzle blasting shall be free of detrimental
^
. amounts of condensed water and oII. Adequate separators and traps shall be used. Nozzle pressure shall not be less than 80. psi. ,
; 59 Contaminated sand or grit shall not be used for finished work.
i 5 10 Remove weld splatter and visible welding conta=Ination. Grind sharp edges to 1/8" radius and grind welds. Skip welds should his welded solid or . caulked. . 5.11 All visible burrs, silvers,' scabs, and weld splatter shall be removed after ' blast cleaning. 5 12- The prime coat shall be applied within 8 hours after blasting and/or before any rust blooms begin to form. Roblast all surfaces that exceed these conditions before applying prime coat. 5.13 ' Remove all tracas of grit, dust, grossi, and foreign matter af ter blast cleaning and prior to application of each coat of material by solvent cleaning, high pressure air or brush. .
~
.?.*T.7nD BT @
4dle'#,"oN
. ww.u W s-a-13 .
. . . - . . . - _ _ _ . - _ , _ - - . - _ . . , - - _ - . - . , , , . , _ _ , _ _ . - . , ._n,, , - . _ . , -
\
i g __ .. ... . - - . . . - . . . - . - - . . . - . . . . . .
. . I l . , ' . ? ,. -
l
~
,n . l d i .. . .. . . . . . DUKE POWG COMPANY . _ - _ . . .- _.. ... -.--.- _ . . .
~
~~
f- OESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT ._ i:
+}. . .- - . _ . . .
~
i.- By: Ourwood Peach DATE I-I-74 - REVISED-
~
'.~' ,
- 6. APPL.! CATION POR OP# 12 -
H 6.1 No material shall be applied when the surface or air temperature is belces
- . 35'F or aoove 110*F, who,n the relative humidity is above 90L or when
. } '; the temperature is*within'5'F of the dew point. .
6.2 Material shall be appiled by spray appl! cation provided the minimum OPT
; . per coat and workmanship requirements of this specification are met. -
4 5' 6.3 M!nimum 0FT shall be as specified in section 4 when inspected in i i accordance with 53PC-PA1-72. I .
.?; 6.4 All areas with OPT readings less than s'pec!ffed in section 4 shall be i
;H.
corrected as specified in section 6.7.
. 6.5 Prior to topcoating each coat shall be allowed to dry la strict accordance with the following minimum guldial.ines based on temperature and relative humidity unless covered by a written project variation procedure.
(, , TEMPERATURE 40*F 50*F 60*F 70*F 80*F 90*F 40% 72 hr. 5% 60 kr. 6% 48 hr.
'.. ; 70% 36 hr.
- . 80% 24 hr.
! 90% ; '
12 hr.
- a 6.6* Orying time for shipment or stacking together of finish coated work shall
~
i he in accordance with the following minimum guidelines unless covered by i a written project verlation procedure. .
. '* TEMPERATURE 1
] . .
40*F 50*F 60*F 70*F 80*F 90*F - 12 hr.
! 40%
8 hr.
. 50%
60% ' 6 hr.
,. 70% 4 hr.
80%- 2 hr. 90% 1 hr.
.
- Adequate cure can be checked by scratching primed surface with a coln.
A cured zinc film will polish and an uncured zinc flim will wrinkle.
. APPROVf.0 BT @
>. .e 2 *
. ,s.s ,_. s .n __ r -
,,. ., . .a u t ea'* S-10-12-1
~ ~ **~;. ~ ~_~.*
- U ". L . : ' * *.'.: ~ ---T~~.
- . - - - ~~** ~~"~" -
~
. ~ :- . . . . . .
]'.
.'... . . - _ _ . . . _ . . DUKE PCWEA COMPANY
~~' ~ ~ " -
- i. DESIGN ENGINEEAING DEPARTMENT
' ~
1-i
* . . ) / . sy: Ourwood Peach DATE I-1 -W REVISED T
q- ~
, 6.7
~
Touch Jp Procedures with OP# 12 l 6.7.1 surface properation of damaged or bare areas shall be in accordance
!* with OPSP#6, except for areas previously blast cleaned to a OPSP#6 that have no si minimum OP-SP3.gns of rust blooms which shall be cleared to a il ,
i
'. i 6.7.2 Application shall be in accordance with section 6.1 through
~. ! section 6.7 for all previously primed steel not exceeding the
;l.
t drying times specified In section 6.5. ~ 6.7 3 Application for previously primed surfaces which.have exceeded i drying times specified in section 6.5 shall be the same as 6.7 .2 except material shell be thinned 25% to SCL
- s
.{. 6.7.4 stacking and loading after touch up shall be in accordance with section 6.6 unless areas touched up do not make contact with
!! ether surfaces during stacking and loading.
t 3- 7. MIXING AND THINNING
': 71 Prior to thinning or application, all meterial shall be thoroughly mixed r
-f- in such a menner as to insura the breaking apart of all lumps, complete o
dispersion of all settled pigments, and a uniform composition. 72 Mixing and thinning shall be with a power mixer in accordance with OP Product Data Sheet Vil A for OP# 12 for the product selected. 7.3~ Mixed material shall be applied wl'hin t the maximum pot life specified on
, OP Product Data Sheet Vil A for DP# 12 for the product selected or prior to any significant change in viscosity, whichever comes first. .
7.4 use of additional thinner to lower the viscosity after the mixed pot Ilfe has been exceeded shall not be.al' lowed. . 75 If work is stopped for short periods of time, material will pe flushed j ; from the fluid lines and equipment cleaned. - 7.6 Mixed meterial shall be stralned through a 30-50 mesh strainer prior to ' t
. application.
per.gi 0 Tf @ d y A. H-1L r d 6,. s ~ *^" s-10-12-2 .
- .2 - - + , - - - a.J
..j; . . .
~
li(,1 NLCLEAR SAFETY.lELA ED
.;I i _ = -
_i - '" --' - l
.. . . . DUKE POWER COMPANY * ~ ~ ' ~~^"
l 1 !* - .
, DESIGN. ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT C~
H- '
.M. y . .. .. .. . .g i I SY: Declgn Engineering DATE 11-1-75 AEVISED
. g'
- 6. APPL.lCATION FOR OPM 7 6'.1 No meterial 'shall be applied when the surface or air temperature is
' 'l below 50*F or above 120*F when the relative ' humidity Is above 90Y.,
il or when the temperature Is'within 5*F of the dew point. .- g 6.2 Material shall be applied by brush, roller or spray application provided
; the minimum DPT per coat and workmanship reestrements of this specification
!!- are met. .
*b s .
, 6.3 Paint that has been stored at low temperatures shall be brought up to e a minimum of 70*F before mixing and thinning.
b 6.4 Prior to thinning or application all material shall he thorouijhly mixed j in scch a menner as to insure the breaking apart of all lumps, complete dispersion of all settled pigments, and a uniform composition. '
'.{
.I.
- 6.5 ~ Storage, mixing, thinning, and Induction time shall be with a power
, mixer in accordance with 07 Product Data Sheet vil A for 0P#67 for ; i. the product selected. .
6.6 Mixed material shall be applied within the maximum pot !!fe specified on OP Product Data Sheet Vil A for OP#67 for the product selected or prior ,.
; to any significant change in viscosity, whichever comes fir'st.
i , 6.7 Use of additional thinner to icwor the viscosity after the mixed pot
.i life has been exceeded shall not be allowed.
t i ~6.8 The following procedures are considered good paint practices and shat! 6
. be followed to insure maximum performance of the product.
~
'. 6.8.1 Mixed material shall be strained through a 30-50 mesh strainer
{I , prior to application. ,
.i '
- 6.8.2 If application is stopped for short periods of time, material
- . will be flushed from the fluid lines and spray equipment cleaned.
6.8.3 Hot spray application may be used to control fluid temperature and viscosity, but normally should not exceed 90*F fluid temperature.
'6.9 Minlaum 077 shall be as specified in section 4 when Inspected in asserdance with $5PC-PA2-72 or based on solids by volume and coverage per gallon for non-metal surfaces.
APPROVEDBYQA 7C" $4 #spr-
,. 5-10-67-1 .
t .... . .:--.- - - .
. \
. _.:n.
i....:.** ' l}'.._:.- NUCLEAR ShFET'Y RELATED DUKE $NEA COMPANY
~~
~' F DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
!{ . . .
., ~. ::.' .. .. .
1 SY: Design Engineering DATE 11-1-75 REVISED
~{
~~ r .
e !" 6.10 All areas with DFT.. readings less than specified in section 6.9 shall .~ ~
.} . receive an additional coat of OP#67.
'I T 6.11 Prior' to topcoating each coat shall be allowed to dry In strict
'4 accordance with the following minimum guidelines unless covered by a
.} yeritten project variation procedure. ~
Brush Sorav 6.11.1 8elow 50*F until dry uncil der 6.11.2 50*F .70*F , 72 hr. - 48 kr. 36 hr. - 24 hr. 6.11.3 70*F - 90*F 48 hr. - 36 hr. 24 hr..- 12 hr.
, 6.11.4 '90*F - 120*F 36 hr. - 24 hr. 12 hr. - overnight
-l
* ~
6.12 Orying time for shipment or stacking together of finish coated work
.(
q. shall be in accordance with the minimum guidelines unless covered by a written project verlatlon procedure. 6.12.1 8elow 50*F Oo not handle t .
; 6.12.2 50*F - 70*F 24 hr.
}' 6.12.3 70*F - 90*F 12 hr. . .
, 6.12.4 90*F - 120*F 8 hr. i .
j 6.13 Touch Up Procedures .
. 6.13.1 Touch uo for damaged areas or bare areas shall be In strict accordance with section 5 of this specification.
l l . ! < l .: 6.13.2 Application shall be in strict accordance with section 6.1 i ! r through section 6.7. . l
- l 6.13.,3 . Touch up for holldays or damage to small areas does not require
' einimum drying time for previous coats.-
- l , ,
a t i 6.14 F'alshed work shall not be subjected to frenersion is less than 5 days at l tes:peratures 70*F or higher or in less than 7 days at temperatures. l ' below 70*F. ; l l l t l U rc.na,.,,,. 1 i 5-10-67-2 e - p , .i '""'* av ... m -
.c ,)
- 5 f e
' ,1 ee -
. , , . . ~ . . . - = . - ~ . - . - ~ ~ '.....==. . . = = = = * - * = * * * * ***-
- - - . - - . - . - . ~ . - - , . - . . - . - - - - -. - - - ---
t, ' - s , a.----- . . . . . , ,
-- - - - ~-:~.*..--.- . _ _ . . - . . _ . . _ _ , ,
y .-.- - -- _ _ _ . . _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ , m., , e ....
~ f' i - , .r i N
,6 t . . - -
t . r s !
~ ~~
OUKE POWER COMPANY
-l dl,
-- ~
DESIGN Et(GINEERING DEPAATMENT f WORKMAN 5 HIP STANDAR05 NUC1.EAA EXPOSUAES .
..g 9
I N . . . .
... it... -r SY:. Design EntineerIng DATE 6- 1 -7/+ - lILEVISED
.L5 .- s, ,
,.--a l 9 WORKMAN 5 HIP i y ,
~a/. .,
;j . , $.1 /A)) wrk shall meet the minimum requirements of the Duke Power Company *~
Coating Specifications and referenced standards or previously agreed upon variations of these sta.dards. i ;; - ,
- i. 9 2 , All work shall 'ce supervidad b' 'yqualified persons who have read and ji. y O < / understand the Duke PoweFConpany Standard Coating Specifications for qj ? ,.
the specific work he is responsible for supervising. , f
>2 93 All work will be done by persons experlerced with the specific materials being applied or used unless accompanied by scoeone who is experienced i- In the work being performed. i ,e af e u
- ' l. . 9 . 16 Any completed work not meeting the minimum requirements of the Duke Power Company Coating Specification shall be corrected prior to f' -
topcoating or completion of advanced stages of the operation. 1: 9.5 The followins standards of workmanship are considered necessary to accomplish good workmanship and shall be adhered to unless covered by g g. i a written prciject variatloa, procedure. , ;
<j j v. p - .. <e ..
Coating Materials
- . 9 5.1
;I
- I 9.5.1.1 All paint materials'and eccessortes shall be delivered
*j to the jobsite in original, unopened containers with
*- the manufacturer's labels and tags intact. Containers shall remain unopened 'until required for mixing and thinning. ,
1
! 9.5-1.2 All paint shall be stored under cover and off the I
? ground for no longer than the shelf life specified, e
s ; and at the minimum-maximum temperatures specified - on Duke Power Company Field Coatings Product Data
- Sheet Vil A.
I j 9.5.2 Coating System 9 5.2.1 Only paint materials approved in section 3 of this I. specification shall be allowed.
. 9 5.2.2 The DFT of each coat and of the en'tre e system shall
~
meet the requirements of section V of this specifica-
- tion for both numoer of coats and minimum 0FT.
MDBMU 5-12-7
,.,,.4
. - . . . , - _ . .m _,.,__,,,,, _ ,, __ , , , , , , ,
a - - - . . - , - - - -- - - - - -
- - _ _ = .
-- --- . - - x - _ _ .., _ .. ,
-ld..e
..~.
. . _ . ~~ ' '
D, .
- j. . -. .
OUXE PCWER CCMPANy . . . - . . . . .
. . . - .q. . .
q 0ESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT '
,il ,. . _ - . - . . - WORKMAN $ HIP STANDARDS ~- - --
NUCLEAR EXPOSURES [:
.th.......,SY: Design Engineering 6-1-7h -
OATE REVISED
. . . . . . . =
.5 953 Surface Preparation .
l t 9 5 3.1 Cleaning and Painting shall be scheduled so,that
]
n the dust and other contaminants from the cleaning
'l process w!!! not f all on newly painted surfaces. ,,
d Where required, imperfections, holes, stictwelds in
9.5.3.2
*
- the surface shall be filled with approved fillers or
! caulking.
] .
Hardware, trim, underwriters labels, manufacturer's l* -9 5 3.3 l serial numbers, dials, gauges, and other items shall be removed or masked to allow proper application of j the coatings and prevent damage. 1 y 9.5.3.4 All concrete .hardners, curing agents and form release agents shall be compatible with the reconuended coating system or be removed prior to any coating Q 4
.j work.
j 9 5.4 Masking of Friction Joints and Weld Joints
- . Steel surfaces which are primed with an Inorganic
'i 9.5.4.1 j zine primer shall not be masked if the following .
t conditions are specified: 1
- ej a. Areas to be welded shall be primed with a fully
, ,) weldable Inorganic zine primer. * ! U.
- b. Areas to be joined with High Tension (Friction 1: Type) bolts such as ASTM Type A325 or A490 shall be primed with an Inorganic zine primer - either
- 7
.? weldable or non-weldable.
N Steel surfaces which are primed with an inorganic - l ?
.j zine primor shall be masked back two inches frem l edges to be welded if they are to beccee part of a t :
.-* vessel which must conform to the ASME Pressura Vessel Code.
3 9.5.4.2 Steel surfaces which are prirmed in the shop shall be masked as noted below if an Inorganic primer is used. A." Ef ** e Q.\
. g- g.a.pg 5-12-8
.*o n a e . .
O
- - . . . . . . . - w.m... ,. ... . , , _ , , _ _ , , _ , _, , , , , , _ , . ,, , ,
i- .
. .. - - . . - - .. .. . ... . . = _ ,. .l.p ....
si, .* g
.a .
- t .
I . OUKE PCWER COMPANY
. .i -
- l *j 055IGN ENGINEERING DEPAATMENT
'~~'~~ ~ ~
WORKMANSHIP STANDARDS - ..
!.l
. NUCLEAR EXPOSURES
!I fi
- 3Y: Design Engineering DATE 6-1-74 REVISED -
g'f- -. . 1
- 11 ,
- a. Areas to be welded shall be rusked so that no
'. l~
organic coating is within six (6) Inches of the
'[ weld prior to the welding operation. ,
'! b. Areas to be joined with the High Tension (Frict!on
'l Type) bolts such as ASTM Type A325 or Af 90 shall i
be masked so that no organic coating is bensach ij the bolts prior to joining. II c. .These requirements shall also apply to organic
- I topcoats when shop applied or when applied prior il to assemoly or erection.
l'
'l 9 5.5 Application l' r All applied coatings shall be free of runs, sags.
i* I t. 1.3.5 1 drops, ridges, waves, laps, bubbles, embedded foreign matter, and other indications of improper appilcaticn procedures. - 1 . 9 5.5.2 Orying time between coats shall be in accordance with j . section 6 of tnis spect.fication, Duke Power Company Fleid Coatings product Data Sheet Vil A, and the Manufacturer's Product Data Sheets on the specific l
] products in that order of priority.
', 9 5.6 Mixing and Thinning 9 5.6.1 Mixing and thinning shall be in accordance with r
section 6 of this specification and Duke Power Company
. .. ' . Field Product Data Sheet Vil A.
'I
.! 9.5.7 Equipment -
t 9.5.7.1 All equipment shall meet the requirements of section 8 of this specification. 9 5.7.2 All equipment shall be raaintained in good working l
' .: order, it shall be thoroughly cleaned and Inspected
,{ daily. Worn tips, spray nozzles, hoses, blast nozzles. and othat. parts necessary to 74aC 50CC "C;'k wtancards shall be replaced regularly.
. 9.5 7.3 Effective oil and water separators shall be used .md APPEVf.3 ilY QA .servicod on all air lines.
dAf - > _,,,,,,.y ... 5-12-9
. w. no.as er / s.. . .
-= .
~- ._
- l. . . ..... _ . - -_..--- . _ . _ . _ . . .
p .... s- .
't . .
]-p ( .
i' OUKE POWER COMPANY ,
- i. . .
~ 'M ._ . . . _ . . OESIGM ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT _, , , , _ _ _ _, __=..,
~ -
; INSPECTION STANDARD 5 D . NUCl. EAR EXPOSURES .
b . . . _ . . BY: Design Engineering CATE 6-1274 RgVISED- - -- - - -- ilg. 10. INSPECTION =
.I ji 10.1 Ouke Power Company, the coating manufacturer and their respons"Ible
't . representatives shall have access to shop or field at all times .
d during the surface preparation, and application of coating work or
.i' to inspect work previously finished.
A y 10.2 The owner reserves the right to reject all work that does not meet
.i the Duke Power Company Coating Specification. This may be done i
either at the vendor's shop or at the jobsite. [ 10.3 All or any portion of finished work not meeting the minimum standards
- i. of this specification and referenced standards shall be corrected by 2 the applicator or vendor, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by j's Duke Power Company.
' (
10.4 Inspection by Duke Power' Company or their responsible representatives, or. failure to p. ovide inspection shall not relieve the applicator of his responsibilities to provide materials and perform the work in-
. accordance with the Duke Power Company coating specifications.
1 8 The applicator shall be required to furnish proper inspection , I equipment 'as necessary to check the niinimum or maximum conditions i of this specification. l s l - 10.5 Ouke Power Company inspection Procedures for nuclear exposures will l . be maste available to the applicator'upon written request or presented ! in detail at the pre-start up meeting for each project. t F
.I
! 5 [ q. .
~ '
*g i
1 . l- . .
.c w.,=. n 5-11 4 gs.g..' aw. .
/m 4-nd, ans
,, ..... ..._~..
g, -
.s..
t ..: . .
!. t :.'.
.9 .
li *
.j .
t$
.g
# * ~
. s .T.. ~ - -. a. . . SPEC I F I CA.T. .I.ON . .N0. . CN-MMM-I CATE 2 !+-75 -
a
- g -.._ . . . .
.i
;I
'I
.t.
.1' t] -
.e ]
- e- DUKE PCWER CCMPANY
- 4
!- CATAWBA NUCLEAR STATICM
]:l
.n UNITS 1-2 1
t .
.1 .
:.
i 1-l !- . NAME: Registerec Proicssional Engineer
] .
No. L . Form 301,2/g ,t l e
-~ "
,-_-'__...._.-___.,...,.,.~..~._:..
._ . .. : ; % - --:_.;;_----.:-_-~.-------
__. ----.~- .,~.,--..----~~--
- m. ...-.,__,,,..r...___._--,_..._,_._.___. ...-.,_....._m.._.. ...
x
. ..- - ....___.m. . _ . . _.. ..__.. . _ , ._
q y ... :. ... . :
!4(.
DUKE POWER CCMPANY _
!l DESIGN ENGINEIRING DEPARTMENT
[ .
~ Q' NUCl. EAR C0ATING SPECIFICATION No. CN-MMM-I 3. { h . .
!. t. .
~
- b Syr Design Engineering Date
- 2-4-75 a. is.a.
e --
~~~ ~ ~'~ ' ~ '~~ ~
, !! l. PURPOSE AND SCOPE 4 . 1.1 The purpcse of this specification is to implement planned and systematic actions necessary to provide Duke Power Company with adequate confidence
. that a coating material has been properly manufactured and applied in a shop to Class I Servica level substrates of nuclear facilities. .-
~f 2
l.2 This specification establishes minimum records required for coating
.I materials, surface. preparation: application of' materials and Inspe q ion.
The procedure conforms to Section 1.2.4 ANSI N101.4-1972 (American f 1.3 National Standard Institute - quality Assurance for Protective Coatings , I Applied to Nuclear Facilities). _ . - -
- 2. ATTACHMENTS 1
.2.1 The following Duke Power Co. attachments are attached to and made a l part of this specification.
2.1.1 Ouke Power Company quality Assurance Department Supplier Quality Assurance Certification - Form 930.1. l
$ 2.1.2 Coating Materials - Manufacturer's Product !dantity
.! . Certification Record - OPNC Form 2.
. 2.1 3 Ouke Power Company supplier quality Assurance Record -
[ - OPNC Form 3. .
- 3. GENERAL. REQUIREMENT 3.1 The Duka Power Company QA Departnent Supplier qual!ty Assurance Certification Form 930.1 shall be completed by the supplier for all C1 ass I coating work.
.i-
- 1 3.1.1 One copy of Form 930.1 shall accompany each shipment to the , ,
^
. Jobsite.
3.1.2 TWo copies of Form 930.1 per shipment shall be sent to Duke Power Company quality Assurance Manager, Engineering. c : 3 1.3 Form 930.1. when completed as specified, shall be authorization for Duke Power Construction to accept delivery of components and materials. Absence of properly ecmpleted QA Certification
- form shall result in quarantine or return of the component or materials to the supplier.
~ (, .
i l
. CN-5-13-3-1 Page 1 of II pagus I
l 88*
- wem.
. . .mo em ,
@* W. A
*68 L
. . . . ~ - - --- .- ,, ._,_
- !~- .. _. - . -- __
f:
. . . 'i..,*.. ,
i; W.. 1- . s M OUI.E POWER CCMPANY O-
.l ~~ ~ ' ' - ' ~~
DESIGN ENGINEERING OEPARTMENT ,
,.g .. u .
NUCl.EAA COATING SPECIFICATION NO. CN-MMM-I . , , , .. . .. f? 2-4-75 Revised- [ ' W= ~ 8v:' Oesign Engineering Date: , i 32 A coating material - Manufacturer's Product identity carGfTc3Udn' 3 f* Record (DPNC Form #2) shall be obtained from the coating manufacturer for each batch'of paint and thinner used by the vendor on Class I
-jj 'j components.
.I1 iiI' 3.2.1 Two copies of each OPNC Form #2 shall be sent to Duke Power Company quality Assurance Manager. Engineering.
l j' 3.2.2 OPMC Form if2 shall be enclosed to cover each batch of material used on any or all components or materials shipped as. listed
- I on Duka Power Coupany QA Department Supplier quality Assurance
~,
I certification. 33 A Duke Power Company Supplier quality Assurance Record (OPNC Form 3) shall be filled out for all Class I coating work. t A separate form may be used to cover the following ceasinations
.: 3.3.1 of materials and components.
i 3.3.1.1 All work in sach shipment.
.i .
- 3.3 1.2 Different types of components in each shipment.
- t i..
3 3.1.3 Series of similar types of ccaponents in each shipment. il . 3 3.2 Two copies of DPNC Form 3 shall be sent to Duke Power Ccapany
-i quality Assurance Manager. Engineering.
i 3.3.3 Failure of the vendor to meet all requirements of the bid . f - specification or incomplete and inaccurate QA pecumentation i shall result in rejection by the owner of any or all components I .: i covered by that DPNC Form 3 . 4 DOCUMENTATICN -
- l. [. . .
This section contains additional explanations and examples to aid the vender
~ In properly completing the forms listed in sections 2.1.1, 2.1.2, and 2.1.3.
4A. OPNC Form 3 (Sample Form attached).
- i
! ( .
~
i CN-5-13-3-2 Page 1 of II pagus M#* * . . e e. ge. . h 5 ,,
, . . . . . _ _ te
- 3. ,
. h. . .
g. i; m .._ ... .
- - - - * - - -- ~--1 "- -
l . , DUKE PWER COMPANY _ l' DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPA.RTMENT ,3 ,
~' " ' ~ ' '
* ! .T
,- NUCLEAA COATING SPECIF1 CATION NO.1N-MMM-I ~ ~'.:.
. ... .~ .
- Sy:-- Des ign Engineering Date: IMI Revised:
j,I 5.1 Identify components or equipment so that separ. .~ items are tradei5Fe,
; and can be matched up with a specific Report No. ,
y 4.2 Example: Carbon steel, cast Iron, stainless, aluminum, etc. i .h. 4.3 This information is for items covered by each OPNC Form 3. . _ j '.;. p i 4.4 Information should be resorted in even gallons for Itens covered by each CPNC Form 3. < . 4.5 - List all Information required for each batch of material used on
,] components covared by this OPNC Form 3 and attach a OPNC Form 2 for
- each batch of material IIsted on this OPNC Form 3.
1. 4.6 Ouke Power Company Design Specification used.
- ( 4.7 Examples: Steel grit, s!!Ica sand, glass heads, garnet.
4.8 Examples
8/20, 8/35, 16/35, 30/50, etc. .
- i. .
o 4.9 Example: Xylol, methyl athyl ketone, etc. T 4.10 Read pressure at nozzle with ANG air needle gauge or equal. (Do not '
~* use pressure at compressor.)
4.11 Was moisture trap used effectively (yes) (no)?
'i 4.12 Temperatures are to be taken in actual work areas and shall cover c.ll conditions during surf ace preparation and exposure of components
- cleaned pricir to priming.
4.13 Indoors - In a closed building kept at ambient temperatures.
~f 4.14 Outdocrs - Expose'd to weather (even if under a roof). i 4.15 Example - Brush, roller, spray, flow coated, etc. ,
4.16 Example - Graco airless, Devitbiss cor.ventional. i
. 4.17 Example - E Fluid Tip. l 4.18 Example - #704 Air Cap.
- 4.19 Example - Yes (motor driven),'yes (manual), (no). )
.{ .
4.20 Was nit separator used ef fectively? (yes) (no)
. l CN-5-13-3-3 Page ,,1,,, of II pages
- -- *- A - .. - _ _ _ _ . ...._ . . _ . ____,2._ .,___..._,.,,,
1 .__...._. p,,... ~ * ,
- 1. ,
8
.I:,, . . .
o -
*j ' .
; =+.g . ~
. DUKE POWER COMPANY ,
i: DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT i j f' . NUCLEAR C0ATING SPECIFICATION N0. CH-MNt-I . ;. - ;! . , - ' if .
~
$. . . sy: Design Engineering Date: 2-4-75 a., g sk. --
+
4.21 Report actual total dry film thickness after primer, intermediate-and . finish coat. I ,t i 4.22 Aeport number to be same on both front and back page. Report numbers i shall be logged and numbered in sequence from i to to cover all reports of a given Duke Power C.sapany Bid Specification. - j' 44. DPNC Ferra 2
*: 4.23 The v wior shall fill out the General Data Section and attach a CPNC l!.
Form 2 to the purchase order sent to the coating. manufacture. fl 4.24 The coating manufacturer shall ccaplete the Ccmponent Data section. Mixed Component Data section and Signature and Title section and return to the vendor.
'il 4C. Form 930.1.
'A 8 ti 4.25 In space I write " Components inspected and are in compliance with y . Nuclear Coating Certification Specification CM-MMM-I, dated.2-4-75".
- 4.26 t.Ist Report Nos, for all 0FNC Form #3, under fd occumentation Required.,
. .; on the Form 930.1 for each shipment. . . :j i i I
~.
4 i /. f! . l t i , . i l- '! r
. i. .
l 'i, i O, I t 2 CM-$-13-3-4 Page i of 11 pages t l- t
9 ..
~
,. $Ar.> .E q.
-O :+-
OPNC FORM 3 OUKE PO'.*C't CCMPANY
~~- '- ' -- "" - - - - - - -
- i;. . f SUPPLIZA CCATINGS QUAL ITY ASSURA'NCE RECCADS . .. . ... ::
C.A55 I . Ik .Proj_act : 5..ta: .-
. 0.P. Co. Shipping .
_ 5pec._No. 1.0. No.
'i.:. ' j -
Mill Power Order No.
^
Release No.
*t
.' I,. _ . Vendor:
Equipment Name and No. (4.I) .
,- :r GENERAL INFCANATICN I5 Substrate, Material: (4.2) .
- p. . . . ,
- r. Estimated surface Area Coated
..i Sq. f t./I tan (4.3) No. Items (4.3) Total sq. Ft. (4. I)
~i Estimated Coating Primer Intermediate Finish I quantitles (36.4) Ga!. (4.4) Gal. (4.4) Cal. , , , , , , , ,
Date Work Becan (I*. 3 ) Oste Vork Crscaleted. (4.3)
. 'Quke Power Finisa Color No.
coatine System Cated ..ad usine , , ,
! Duke Power Primer Intermediate Topcoat Product No. OPM OPS OPit
, Manu /sctu rer ,
!. l. MATIAIALS IGENTIFICATION .
~'
DP PR00uGT PRODUCT DATCM . EXPIRA780N GALLCHS
, ,; NO. No. NAME t:0 . OATE USEO ,
.. i 1
.' (4.5) (4.5) (4.5) (4.5) l (t+ . 5 ) (4.5) i e i I I i
- I- l l
~ . l!' . I I I ..
i
- 2. MATERIAL WARENCUSING 5torane Temocrature t *ntarial Storac
', .am i rm Minime I t :.. . . .- ., t G.s t cor.e s i r, t . n e I 'F i *7 6 e i Oate 6-1-74; Acvisea
{ - CN-5-13-3-5 Resort No.. ( . 22) 1Ar.PLE Pu,u i of lj, pagus 8
=== ** --
._ _ . . . . . - . . ~ _ _ .
.l ,
,}
y :. * '... 'i
- s. :.
- j
-h{ J sAMPt.s -
ii . i '
- DPNC FORM $
< ,1 . . I
'?j 3. $1JAFACE PREPARATION
- T. " Z
'- ~~~ ~' - ~ ~
... .; _ .. . . . Surf ac.. -e Preparation No. (4 6) -
Abrasive: Type (k.7) Solvent: Type (4.9) ., __._
!i
'$tze (f+ . 8) , Product No. .-
; . nqq .
- nqg . .
"-* ~
_. L Nozzle Pressure (l+.10) Molsture Trap (4.13) _
;* Teeparature Ashlena surface
~
Dew Polnt
- Man.: (4.12) *F -(f 12) *F (4.12) *F
-i Min.: ('*.12 ) *F (4.82) *F (4.62) *F
'! Manta m Time Between Cleaning and Coating Mrs.
S Work Done: Indoors (!*.13) Cutdoors- (86.14) Night
.i. .
Day I Inspected Sy:
- Approved Sy:
I. , ._
.y. -
l 4 APPt.! CATION I .
.. . . . . . Method of Applicarica (k.15) i Sprey:
Type Spray Gun * (!+.16) Agitator Pot (4.I9) O
~
Fluid Tip (#'I7) Moisture, Trap ( II) . ._. .. . ._. . .... l Air Cap ( 36 . 1 8 ) Oil Separator (4.20) . _ _ Temperature: . Ambient $urfaca Dew Point - Max.: ~ (!*.12) *F (!* .12)
- F II* . l 'Il *F -
MI.n.: (46 . 8 2 ) *F (4 62)*F 7 42) *F
~
*} ,Recoat Time Minimus Maximum . Average Primer: Hr. Hr. Hr. ~ ~ . . . - .
Intermediate: Mr. Hr. Mr.
-- _t- . ..
t Finish: ,Hr. Mr. Hr. - _ . , Measured CFT Minimus Maximum Average
. }. (al13) .
-:.s,.* Primer: (4.21) 0FT (4.21) 0FT (2. 21) Op7 ,
,,;j , *
- Intermediate (f* . 21 ) DFT (8* . 21 ) 0FT (4.21) OFT
_,; , Finish: (l+.21 ) 077 - ('*.III OFT (4.21) QFT .
,, ork W Cone: Indoors Cutdoors Night Day i .
j .
..._?. ., . . _
Inspected by: Approved by: Date 6-1-7te; Revised CN=$-13 -j a6 Report NO. (I'* 22) SAMPl.s Page 6 of Il pages
'I. .
. . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ . . . . ~ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . . _ _ _ . _ . _ _ . _ . _ . _ . _ . . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , _ . . _ _ . .
s' . _. n.- - _ _ . . _ 7
+
.. . OPNC ~3RM 2 .
'., - COATING MATERIALS - MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT IDENTITY CERTIFICATION RECORD .
. GENERAL DATA d
?- pu*tewas a _
aitttMc A00RE15_ Ui1Pt.1BG_A00RESS . . . _ . PRQJECI 0EllGNAtt0N . . .
- RD IASE N.O._._- ~. .-
JATE PURCHASE ORDER No. .
. . [~ ..
. :: ..... ._.CCAIING MANUFACTURER ._
.i_. .__.. PRODUCT CEslGNATICN
<! GALLONS ORDERED GALLONS SHIPPED REFERENCE _NO _
- CCMPCNENT DATA
- MIXED IN0lV10UAL
- r. -
. . . COMPONENT ..
BATCM NO. . __ GAL CRDERED
- l. :
.g GAL. SHIPPED
, ! OATE MFG'O.
- ( ..
I,. .- SHELF LIFE SOLIOS CY. VOLUME .
..} -- _.' SMT.LGAL _ _ ,
__ ._. . **VISCCSITY_.
. . _. MIXING..RATIC SY VOL.
.l - *(Sy Fed. Test Method Std. No.141, Method 4814+ or by ASTM 01475) l ,
.. .~.i **(Method @ *F ) _,__ _, ,, ,
MIXED COMPONENT DATA a POT t.1FE G 7 GENEAIC TYPE 0FT PER CCAT INDUCTION PERICO @ *F
-; - . FLASH POINT (TOC) 1 5 COLOR (VISUAL) - _. . .. :
' a @ ap .
.ZR. H.
REC 0AT TIME RANGE f DRY HARO HRS. @ *F 4R.H. .
'l ,
- 'i
-- . TACK FREE HRS. # *F 4R.H.
;3
-COMMfMTS:
I' - - Signature Title
, _. 7,.A.. . _ ..
i Date Checked Dy Revision I Dated 12 4-73 Olstribution: I copy with shipment Cated 1 4 - 784 2 copies Duke Civil Design Revision 2
- CN- 5-13 7 PageJ,ofJ,,j,pages
l : . . .. 1 . .-
'I ~
-! (' OPMC FORM 3
.ll OUKE POWER COMPANY SUPPLIER CCATINGS QUALITY ASSURANCE RECCROS CLASS I c.
- f.yat : Date: _ .-=_
-- l -
'g;P. Co. Shipping - - - - - - - - . - - - - -.
=.
i f -~ -
- Spec. -No. - I.0. No. _,[
P Release No. . I' t'
.- . Mill. Power Order No.
--p _. . _. Vendor: .
; I -- - Equipment Name and No. _ ,
- ,r,
.:4, . . ._.
- GENERAL INFORMATICM
.j-Substrata Material: .
'I Estimated Surface Area Coated sq. f t./I tan No. Items Total Sq. Ft.
[8-
- 1 t Estimated Coating Primer Intermediate Finish
.I quantities Gal. Gal. Gal.
- t. t
- i. Date Work Becan Date'uork Comoleted -
i - Ouke Power Finish Color No. *
-.. - Coatine System Oated and Name
'i: .
Ouke Power Primer. Intermediate Tooccat
! CP4 OP#
I~ ' Product No. OPW 1
. . . j- . Manufacturer ~~
.. i 1. MATERIALS 10ENTIFICATICN .
i PROQUCT PRODUCT SATCH ,. EXPlRAT&ctr ~' Gall.ONS g ! OP No. NAME Ho. DATE USED
- -- NO. I
~
_ . . l l. '~~l~'
. r. l ,
.i, . g l
I' 2. MATERIAL WAREHOUSING M.sterias stored
-[ 5 torace Tr noerature I O t fu r Minimune Indoens , Ose t slawir
- Maximum
*F *F .. .
~
n -
. Date 6-1-74; Revised CM- 5 -I t,-3 -3 Report No. ,
Payu 8 of II pages
* * * ' ' " * - * ~ ....._.u.. - - , . . .
=. .e.
- - - - - - - ,-...-y ,.,_.,--.,-,-.-,,_,..,_%, ,y ,,,c.., .-fm.w, _. .=-. .-,.,,,.ww-,.,ww.,,yvy,.p.n,ye,-,y,-ww,y,., , -
-j , r .:. . .
t [., - t.
* - ~- -
l - OPNC FORM 3 t t
/'""\ 'i
- 3. SURFACE PREPARATION
. .E
!! , . . . . Surface Preparation No. '
c Abrasive: Typ Solvent: Type l :. Size -
. Product No.
l Mfg. Mfg.
~ No
.- -.z.zle Pressure Moisture Trap . . . _ _ .
, - . Temperature Ambient
- Surfaca Dew Point j~ ~ ~- Max.:- *F *F *F .. .
Min.: *F *F *F - Maximum Time Between Cleaning and Coating -Hrs. Work Done: Indoors Outdoors Night Day .
- l.
- Inspected Sy: -Approved By: . _ . _
l l- ! :t
,- 4 APPt.lCATION
- Method of Application .
i,. Spray: . , . . .i . . , . Type Spray Gun Agitator Pot . . - l . . ' Fluid Tip Motsture Trap ~_......... I Air C.1p O!! Separator l......._ I Temperature: . Ambient, Surface Dew Point
. . Max.: *F *F.
*F .. .
- ' - ~ ~ ~ '
Min.: *F *F *F . ..
'Recoat Time' Minimum Maximum , Average 1, .'
t . . - - Primer: Hr. Hr. Hr. .. . Intermediate: Mr. Hr. Hr. .. . Finish: Hr. . Mr. Hr. . . . _ . . . . .
>. Mea'sured DFT Minimum Maximum Average i
(mils)
. Primer: OFT OFT OFT -
t l
;y
< latermediate DFT OFT OFT Finish: OFT OFT OFT .
l . . . - Wo..rk Done: Indoors Outdoors Night Day _ l- _. _.... Inspected by: Approved by: . .. Date 6-1-784 ; Revised (
- CN- 5-13-3-9 E4 *#I ""*
Page 1 of J,J,pages
= = - _ -- f - =-. ;? -
i
- . _= .. - - . --. .--- .... ..
k_'
\
l
- 1_ .
- l. * -
(
'. DUKE PCWES. CCMPANY-qual.lTY ASSURANCE DEPARTMENT SUPPLIER QUALITY ASSURANCE CERTIFICATION. ,,
i *.
. = e!-Supplier item No. -
Address-of-supplier Pl ant Spec. No. Rev. -
~' - ~---
C-: ;nrt(s) or Material , Date - - -- -
~
.~ . . .
Shipping ID No. Release No. si *
- 1-. . .. .- --. Mill Power Order No. .
j - --- .-. Certification included Full Partial . The following listed tests and Inspections have been ecmoleted as required by
'j -specification: (if partial certification, list materials or components for which certification applies.)
- 7. ; -
. I.
I) . 2)
. 3)
Physical and Chemical Analysis Major Repair Records and Chart
't '
Design Aaport Aspair NOT l - ::
-l _
Stress Report Hydro (Test Press.-PSIG ) .
~
l 5 . Cleanliness
- Heat Treatment 1
~
Radiographic Test Operating Test - t , . Uitrasonic Test Performance Curve - Magnetic Particle ASME Data Report l.* . Penetrant Tests Personnel qualifications ~~ on Record
, Deviation Record The following 4A Documentation as required by the specification is attached to the original copy of this form: (if partial certificsLion, inclues documenta-
- tion applicable only to this specific shipment.)
OPMC Form li3 (l.ist Report No.) l-
-f (continued)
( Form 930.lA/Rev. 2 CN- 5-13-3-10 Page 10 of Il pages e
~, - - - - - -- . . . .
9 9
':i i( .. ' ,,l '
OUKE POWER COMPANY _ QUALITY ASSURANCE DEPARTMENT :...v- ;;.
. SUPPlilER Rf'Al.!TY ASSURANCE CERTIFICATION ; ,- T , "f l ,7 . - . , . . ,
1 . . . . . . . . , . . . ,,,
.!. The.llstad component (s) or material (s) conform.to the requirements of Duke -
Power Company Specification with the approved deviations 1 '~
,j- noted..above.. The 5 documentation bas been. completed an4 attached to this form. No latar than component or material shipment, the coop 11'ance S
,f; documentation packet is being transmitted to Duke Power Company -
H. L. Huggett . .
. j, ~ quality Assurance Manager Engineering .
L. quality Assurance Depart:nent P. G. Box 2178 Charlotte, M. C. 18242 f I
; A copy of this completed Supplier quality Assurance Certification form will
' he included with shipping papers and shipped with the component to Duke Power i Company, at the address designated in the specification. This is to certify -
i that the item of equipment identified above fully meets the requirement of the above listed specification including all of the codes, standards, test requirements, and quality assurance requirements invoked'therein.
-l
...I i Supplier Representative Autnorized Signature
,I -
I.
- _ !. Titie Date
_l t I v
-[.- .
I .
-h O
.{-
Form 930.ls/Aav. 2
. CN- $-13-i-11 Page 11 of Il pages
~
_ -..w
- l. .,
.-,**iJ..... . . . . ., ngyg, gg
. h .; ' .: , ,* DURE l'CWER COMPANY
;j
- flELD COATlHG5 PRODUCT DATA SHEET VI1A
- - g
~ ~ ~
Rev. 11-1-75 i' , COMPANY: Carboline Company ;, OP N0: 12 rev. 11-1-75 1-1-74, rev.3-10-75 DATE:
' l *~ "' ' PRODUCT NAME: Carbo Zinc #11 PRODUCT NO::- Carbo Zinc #11. -
i1
<l- PRODUCT DESCRIPTION: An inorganic sthyl silicate zinc elch metal primer- --
i,l
- formulated for excellent weathering and abrasion resistance. . Affords cathodic . .
I;. - protection of the steel. Can be applied to load bearing surfaces, ij '
,! USAGES: As a shop or field primer over blast cleaned steel surfaces exposed to
~! long term weathering before being topcoated or severe moisture after being
,I topcoated with an epoxy, vinyl, urethane, chlorinated rubber or latex finish.
PRODUCT INFORMATION .- PIGNENT TYPE: - Natallic Zinc inerts
- i VEHICLE TYPE: Inorganic ethyl silicate *
! SOLVENTS & OILUENTS: Glycol either, Aromatic Solvents COLCR: , Gray or Green- ,
, GLOSS: Flat
; 50L105 SY VOLUME: . 60%
i SOLIDS SY WEIGHT: 80%t, WEIGHT PER GALLCN: 21.2 lbs. l THEO. COVERAGE @ l.0 0FT: I,000 sq. ft'. THEO. COVERAGE # 2.5 0FT: 400 sq. ft. MPR0'ED W @ I(' VISCOSITY:
- NA -
N Xp"ig/.fr/
';_ PIGMENT VOLUME CONCENTRATION: ,,
FLASH POINT: 86'F - ircaeva8 ** T0XICITY: Arematic & Ketone solvents, zine dust
, , $HELF LIFE: 9 Months +
. STORAGE TEMPERATURE: 25'F 12T'F-i ~!, -
PACKAGED: . 2 Component t, -
' . PHYSICAL PROPERTY INFORPATION .
l , f l
~ ~'
NORMAL EXPOSURE: Interior an'd Exterior (topcoated) 1{ ' FLEX 181LITY: . Poor - i ASRASION: Excellent NORMAL 07T PER C0AT: 2.0 - 3.0 mits RECONMENDED OFT: 2.5 mils '~ TEMPERATURE LIMIT 3 INTERICR EXTERICR IMNER$10N l .J '
.! CONSTANT: 750*F 750*F 120*F.
l INTERMITTENT: 850*F - 850*F 120* F l st ' i' ' CHEMICAL RESISTANCE SPLAS H/ Spit. LACE IMMERSION
- LUM _E l ACIO LR NR NR l
I : ALXAll R NR NR 50L'KMT - A R R
. SALT R R R WATER R R R P-13-12-5 Page I
.: = :.=~ . .: 5. :::::. . . w . . .. . .. .: . =. : . _ . . . . .. .. . . _ . . ;.~.-- - ; .
(. - . - . l._ . y.,..
,' ~ "WiNU'phCTURd IEdOOCT NO: Cr-bo Zinc #1
~
L i hfh[ Q ' ' I-- MIXING: Pour liquid resin (10 parts by weight) into a clean dry metal container,
~
sift zine (22 parts by weight) into the res.In while stirring wl.th pcwor alxer
': until smooth and free from lumps. Box after thinning. - -
-l .
j,.,. . . SURFACE PREPARATICNS ,
- , .SUBSTRATES PRIMER $ NORMAL SEVERE
' i"- ~ ~' ~ 5 teel' ~ Self SP#6. 10 'SP#5, 10
~
Galvanized Self SP#6, 10 SP#5, 10
~l
'l FINISH CCATS: CP#53, 62, 63, 64, 67, 68, 69, 70, 73. 74, 75 APPLICATICN:
- PREFERRED Conventional Spray or Special airless LIMITED , Brush (touch up}.
8 I THINNER: BRUSWROLL High' Temperature #33, Low Temperature #26
! SPRAY. .High Temperature #33, Law Temperature #26
. CLEAN-UP Ketones l THINNING '.': BRUSWRCLL 0-20
- SPRAY 0-20 l i
I
, POT LIFE (+) (D: 50*F 14 hr.
i . 70*F 10 hr. l' , 90*F 6 hr.
- 4 j ORYING TIME Q): TOUCH HANCLE HARD RECCAT j l -i
, ! 50*F I hr. 4 hr. i 3-48 hr. 70*F' 45 min. 3 hr. Depending upon temperature and 90*F 30 min. 2 hr. relative humiditv. ~ EqulPMFNT: . .' j COMMENTS:
- 1. Do not exceed 6.0 mils dft.
- 2. ' Do not topcoat with alkyds, or oil based coating. Ngg LT @
- 3. Material must have rcugh surface profile for proper adhesion. .g 4
5 Apply wet--do not dry spray or allow excessive overspray, Material is moisture cured.
, h,gf f
,' . R-Recommended LR-Limitad Roccarnendations NR-Net Recensended NA-Not Acolicable P-13-12-6 Page 2 j
. l
,,s,_.....-..._...
{.
- OUKE P'JdER CCMPANY 7 * * *
( .. *
- FIELD CCATINGS PRODUCT DATA SHEET VIIA H - . . . _ . . .
. .. CCMPANY: Carboline Company ,
.OP NO: 67 OATE: 11-I-75 .
j..P PRODUCT NAME: Phenoline 305 Finish PRODUCT NO: 305 Finish - - T'.;" .RODUCT DESCRIPTION. A phenolic epoxy formulated for gb abraston, moisture P
.?- and chemical resi,st'anca. . ..
j'- l USAGES: As an Intermediate c,e finish coat over numerous surfaces subject to Intermittant moisture and chemical contamination where a high gloss finish is required or surfaces to be finish coated with epoxles or urethanes. , - - . . ~~~
' PRODUCT INFORMATION
'h -PlGMENT TYPE: Titanium 0! oxide. Inert silicates i VEHICLE TYPE: Modified Phenolic Resin *
.! SOLVENTS 8. DILUENTS: PhenoII6e Thinner l COLOR: #
Various .
! GLOSS: Medium
! SOLIDS 8Y VOLUME: 72% -
.! $0L10$ 8Y WEIGHT: 81% . .
! WEIGHT PER GALLCH: 11.I lbs.
2 THEO. COVERAGE S 1.0 0FT: 1280 Sq Ft.
- THEO. COVERAGE @ 4.0 ' DPT: 320 Sq. Ft. '
VISCOSITY: 80-103 Ku
, PIGMENT VOLUME CONCENTRATION: 22% .
i FLASN POINT: 215'F Cleveland 0C T0XICITY: Moderate Skin Sensitizer SHELF LIFE: 2 yrs. STORAGE TEMPERATURE: 25*F - 125'F PACKAGED: 2 Component . { . PHYSICAL PROPERTY INFORMATICN
. NORMAL EXPCSURE: Interior and Exterior .
FLEX 181LITY: , Good A4RA$10N: Excellent -
< NORMAL DPT PER CCAT: 3.0 - 4.0 0FT RECOMMENDED OFT: 4.0 0FT
-l i
TEMPERATURE LIMITS INTERIOR EXTERIOR IMMERSION ., CONSTANT: 200*F 200*F NR 250*F 250*F NR INTERMITTENT: CHEMICAL REstSTANCE FUME SPt.AS H/SP ILLAGE IMMERSION R- R LR ACIO R* R LA ALKALI APP!W S E @ R R LR j SOLVENT ( A R W- . - . , A P-13-67-1 Page 1 l
. l
~
----- - - = -- . . _ . , _ . _ . _ . . .. . . . .
j, . . . ,
~ ' - * ~ ... . . .. .-. .. . ....
g . ..- . , - . - - - . - - ~~- : . - . . - - . . . . -- - - - - - t~.l. '. ivuuttAk 3sH-TY RELATED .(
.. MANUFACTURER PRODUCT NO:'Phenoline 305 Finish QUKE POWER NO: 67 . --
MIXING:
- I Mix-4 pa;ts by volume of base totl part by volume of catalyst. Stir thoroughly, with power mixer and box after thinning. -
-}- '* SURFACE PREPARATIONS SUS $7 RATES PRIMERS Ij Steel NORMAt. g
,0P#12 SP6 SP5. SP10-
'f !I .
?
,j FINISH COATS: OP#67, 34, 62, 69, 72 .I APPLICATION: PREFERRED Spray
- LIMITED Srush, Roller I
- THINNER: SAusWROLL
~~ 0 - 15% ~
. SPRAY 0 - 15%
~
]
- CLEAN-UP- Phenoline Thinner .
., YHINNING'%: BRUSWROLL Phenoline Thinner SPRAY PhenolIne Thinner PCT LIFE (2) #: 50*F 3 hr.
j' 70*F lt hr. ' 90*F
, 1 kr.
~
QRYlNG TIME Q): TOUCH g HARD RECCAT
~. 50*F 16 hr. 24 hr. 8' days 24 hr.
70*F 8 hr. 12 hr. 4 days 18 hr. 90*F 6 hr. 8 hr. 3 days 12 hr. EQUIPMENT: COMMENTS: APPROVG BY @ l p: 2664/M7f m . ,un av om R-Recommended LA-Limited Recensner.dations NR-Not Reconsnended NA-Not Acol! cabl P-13-67-1 Page 2
, go . m .eure .W8
- *O
- 2 Specification CNS-1205.04-1 _
Date 12/18/78 -X . Revision i Attachment No. 5.15 V ; I WALL' THICKNESS VERIFICATION' , l
- 1.0 The valve manufacturer mu' s t document and provide a record of wall thickness measurements on all pressure boundary items showing actual measurements and corresponding wall thickness required by the applicable
' ASME Code and manufacturers design. All such documented-records should state the measurement accuracy. Measurement error when subtracted
; from the measured wall'shall result in wall thickness 1 equal to or i greater than the required minimum wall thickness. A written procedure for verifying specified minimum wall' thickness shall be submitted for owners approval and must be approved before use. The procedure shall provide for the following Information dependent upon which
, measurement' method is utilized.
1.1.-Direct Physical Measurement Method 1.1.1 Tools used for measurement including m.,nufacturing tolerence of each. , 1.1.2 Cross section sketch-of valve identifying areas that will be ' ve ri fied. 1.1.3 identify methods of recording' data. 1.2 Ultrasonic Measurement Method 1.2.1 - Identify ' the equipment by manufacturer and model . 1.2.2 State how equipment will be' calibrated and operated. 1.2.3 Cross section sketch of . valve identifying areas that will be verified. . 1.2.4 ' State how error repeatability and accuracy is applied to verification measurements. , 1.2.5 Identify method of recording data. 2.0 Wall thickness-measurements and inspection shall be accomplished after final machining.
;3.0' The valve manufacturer sball notify owner's quality Assurance Department at the start of wall thickness inspection and verifi-cation. Owner may elect to witness wall thic.kness verification; however, manuf acturer may proceed with inspection without owner's representative's presence.
I( July!30,11974 7
a ,
. . Attachmant IM-l.'
original Dated: 10-28-77 '- DUKE POWER COMPANY - ALL STATIONS ( - INSTRUCTION MANUAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUlPMENT , L 1.0' - GENERAL'-
. This Lspecification attachme'nt details requirements for Instruction Manuals
- provided for power plant equipment supplled as required in the general -
Equ ipment. Specification. - -
' 2.0 BINDERS 2.'l " Al l instruction Manuals shall be provided with quality "oinders suitable for. extended . inplant use. Literature provided without binders is not acceptable.,
2.2 All binders shal.1 clearly indicate 'on the front cover the. following - information: 2.2.1 ' Applicable PI' ant and Unit Number 2.2.2 Equipment or Component Title as specified in the Equipment Specification
.2.2 3~ Duke Power Company Specification Number 2.2.4 = Manufacturer's Model Number and Serial Number ,
]^ 3.0 FORMAT AND ORGAN IZATION . :The following format and sequence of organization shall be used for-all Instruction Books.- Each specific sub-section shall carry the paragraph number indication. Further sub-division within a specific sub-section shall be
- sequentially decimally indicated (for example 3.0, 3.1, 3.1.1, etc) . :
1.0 - Title Page - Give 'all' information specified under Paragraph 2.2 as well as manufacturer's name, division, address, etc.
- 2.0 ' Certification Pace - Appropriate Code and/or Supplier's normal Quality
. Assurance Certification with appropriate Professional Enginear Seal and signoff shall be furnished.
.3.0 Table of Contents
, 14.0 Physical Description and Operation of Equioment:- This section shall give
. appropr. late physical data and operating information for the specified
- piece of equipment. 'See Paragraph 4.1 for specific requirements and content for this - section.
5.0 - Design Conditiong - See Paragraph 4.2 - below for specific requirements and
. .h content for this section.
.'6.0 Operatino conditions - See Paragraph 4.3 below for specific requirements and content for this section.
L Te 'd' &'w-nim ew#e a, -ry- - , - - - , -y,
. ,,", Attschmint IM-1
.- -Paga two .
Original Dated: 10-28-77 -[l 7.0 ' Test Conditions - See Paragraph 4.4 below for specific requirements and content for this.section. l
; x x -8.0 Operating Precautions and Limitations - See Paragraph 4.5 below for i specific requirements and content for this section. l i
'9.0 installation Instructions - See Paragraph 4.6 below for specific requirements and content for this section.' i 10.0 Maintenance Requirements - See Paragraph 4.7 below for specific requirements and content. for this section.
11.0 Periodic In-Service Testing Recommendations and Procedures - See Paragraph 4.8 below for specific requirements and content for this section. 12.0 Maintenance Instructions - See Paragraph 4.9 below for specific req'uirements and content for this section. 13.0 Storage Requirements - See Paragraph 4.10 below for specific requirements and -content for this section.' 14.0 Reference Drawings - See Paragraph 4.11 below for specific requirements and content for this section. 4.0 - SPECIFIC CONTENT REQUIREMENTS The following paragraphs give minimum requirements for each section defined {; under . Paragraph 3.0. Certain specified requirements may only be applicable 4- to generic equipment. (e.g., pumps, fil ters, etc). .Where package units are supplied the required information shall-be organized such that the user can
- clearly understand to which sub-ccmponent the provided information applies.
L All Information provided shall accurately reflect the as-built condition of the equipment. 4.1 Physical Description and Operation of Equipment 4.1.1 A general description of each piece of equipment shall be provided. For example, for a heat exchanger: total tube surface, number of
. tubes, total volume, etc. It will be acceptable to specifically reference equipment drawings H they are included in Section 12-of the Manual..-
4.1.2 . A description shall be provided as to' the Intended operation of
~
the equipment. Sufficient detail shall be provided to allow the user L to .s tartup, operate, and shutdown the equipment. 4.1.3_ Other general information shall be provided that the manufacturer feels would be beneficial for training operations and maintenance personnel in the use of their equipment. 4.2 Design Conditions 4.2.1 Applicable Code of Design and Constructton ( 4.2.2 Design Temperature 4.2.3 Design Pressure 'i.-_
AttcchmInt IM-1 - Paga thrsa Original _D3ted: 10-28-77: 4.2.4 Design Flowrate n ' 4.2.5 Design Pressure Drop at Design Flowrate 4.2.6 Performance Data and/or Curves (where appi(cable) 4.3 . Opera ting Conditions 4.3.1 Operating Temperature 4.3.2 - Operating Pressure 4.3.3 Operating Flowrate 4.3.4 Operating Pressure Drop at Operating Flowrate
~4.4 Test' Conditions 4- 4.1. Hydrostatic or Pneumatic Leak Test Pressure 4.4.2 Operating Time Test - For components requiring such test provide real time limits used (e.g., valve operators, etc).
( 4.5 Operating Precautions and Limitations - This section shall provide the following information as listed for each generic item provided. 4.5.1 Pumps, Compressors, Vacuum Pumps 4.5.1.1 Maximum Allowable Hydrostatic Test Pressure 4.5.1.2 Maximum Allowable Flowrate - Specific time limitations
~
shall be specified at this flowrate if applicable.
- 4. 5 .1. 3' Minimum Allowable Flowrate - Specific time Ilmitations shall be specified at this flowrate if applicable.
4.5.1.4 Maximum Allowable Bearing' Temperature 4.5.I.5 Maximum Allowable Bearing Oil Pressure' 4.5.1.6 Maximum and Minimum Cooling Flowrat.2s for Bearings, Oil Coolers, etc. 4.5.2 Heat Exchangers, Coolers, and After Coolers 4.5.2.1 Maximum Allowable Hydrostatic or Pneumatic Test Pressure - Specify for both tube and shell sides. I 4.5.2.2 Maximum Allowable Flowrate - Specify for both tube and ( shell sides. l
" s
Attachment in-i Page four Original Dated: 10-28-77 4.5.2.3 Maximum Allowable Differential Temperature - Specify for both tube and shell sides. 4.5.2.4 Maximum Allowable Heat-up Rates - Specify for both tube and shell sides. . 4.5.3 Fluid Filters, Strainers, and Dryers 4.5.3.1 Maximum Allowable Hydrostatic or Pneumatic Test Pressure l 4.5.3.2 Maximum Allowable Flowrate and Pressure Drop 4.5.4 Miscellaneous Equipment (su.ch as Valve, Sight Glasses, etc) 4.5.4.1 Maximum Allowable Hydrostatic or Pneumatic' Test Pressure j 4.5.4.2 Maximum Allowable Flowrate 4.5.5 Air and Gas Filters 4.5.5.1 Testing and Operating Limitations as required by the Manufacturer with applicable Codes and Standards. I 4.5.6 Associated Motors and Gear Trains (furnished with equipment) 4.5.6.1 Starting Duty - Specific number of starts allowable, required run time prior to resta: t. 4.5.6.2 Maximum Allowable Bearing Temperature 4.6 Installation Instruction 4.6.1 Lif ting and Handling Requirements and Limitations 4.6.1.1 Any unacceptable mounting positions, installation restrictions, etc, shall be provided in this section. 4.6.2 Assembly Instruction 4.6.2.1 Detailed information shall be provided as to assembly j sequence, assembly precautions, and recommended tooling and support. Assembly drawings as necessary shall be provided and included under Paragraph 14.0 of the Instruction Manual . 4.6.2.2 Initial alignment tolerances shall be specified as appiicable. 4.6.2.3 Maximum and minimum torque values shall be provided for each mechanical fastener. 4.6.2.4 Detailed information shall be provided as to foundation or base requirements, grouting, doweling, etc. L
t-Attachment IM-1 . - Page five
. Original Dated: 10-28-77 A
4.6.3 Alignment Instructions 4.6.3.1 Detailed information shall be provided as required for _ shimming equipment, soleplates, et; for initial alignment. 4.6.3.2 Any restrictions or tolerances as to thermal setting shall be provided. 4.6.4 Vib ra tion . 4.6.4.1 Detailed requirements as to allowable shaf t housing vibration levels shall be provided (and bearing 4.6.5 Pre-operational Checklist 4.6.5.1 For'comple'x equipment requiring sophisticated start-up, a checklist shall be provided to aid in start-up. Items such as relief valve setpoint check, switch calibration, I etc, shall be provided. If initial' start-up is substantially - different fran normal start-up, two checklists shall be [ provided. 4.7 Maintenance Requirements , 1
'( 4.7.1 Recommended preventative maintenance details and frequencies shall be provided. ,
4.7.2 Recommended stock maintenance materials (including gaskets) shall be specified for both normal and severe service. 4.7.3 Conplete lubrication ' instructions shall be specified including points of lubrication capacity at each point, frequency at each point, and lubricant spe,cificat ion. 4.8 Periodic In-Service Testing Recommendations and Procedures 4.8.1 Detailed recommendations and procedures for all periodic testing required to demonstrate proper operation shall be provided. t
\
4.9 Maintenance Ins t'ruct ions 4.9.1 Detailed information as to dis-assembly and re-assembly sequ/ence, ; precautions, and tocling shall be provided. Supporting drawings as necessary shall be provided and included in Paragraph 12.0 ' ; of the Instruction Manual. 4.9.2 Re-alignment tolerances shall be provided as applicable. 4.9.3 Maximum and minimum torque values shall be provided for each applicable l , mechanical fastener, k_ 4.9.4 A recommended " Trouble Shooting' chart shall be provided specifying i types of trouble, probable causes, and resolutions. , 5
~~'
[
,s
.- m ,
*5, c l
j i,
~ * "'
Attachm:nt IM , l Paga six '
)
Original Dater!: 10-28-7 l c , y< '4.10 S torace Requirements p 1('$ 4.10.1 Detailed information shall be provided as to long term storage requirements including any required long term storage maintenance. i 4.10.2 Periodic recommended Inspections during long term storage shall be provided. Reference Drawings ' 4.11
- r 4.11.1 All' draw'ings r'eferencedkin 'any sections of the manual shall be included in this section.- Itiwill not be acceptable to merely
, reference fabrication drawings. ,
N (' * ' 4.11.2 All drawings shall be of sufficient quality for reproduction s, by standard copy processes.
.r2 4.11.3 As a minimum, the following drawings shall be 'provided:
5 4.11.3.1 A complete outline drawing (or drawinosi showing
, < principal exterior dimensions, requird aintenance areas, center of gravity, lif ting poinL, and direction 8
of shaft rotation where applicable,. 4.11.3 2 A complete assembly drawing (or drawings) showing all 4f, parts in the properly assembled relationship to eacn o the r. Each part shall be numbered and identified as ( t required in 4.10.3.3._ These drawings may be sectional, exploded, or both.
, \)
' 4.11.3 3 A complete bill of materials for the equipment, listing
. each part by number as it appears on the assembly drawing, spare part numbers and material. Where certain parts or components are supplied by a sub-vendor, the sub-vendor'-
name, and h'is,part number shall be specified. t L
' i i
6
- i '. gl t
4
$ )
2 i , C ' t ,
- - - . . - ....-\ .: . _ . . . _ _ . - . . _ , - _ . - . ..,,..-.m ......~..-.._m,-.__ .- - - , _ _ - . . . .
_i .
. . h- - -
= . .- e .
DUK4 POE R COMPANY , QUAL.lTY 4$$URANCE DEPARTMENT
.i . . SUPPtlEA QUAT.lTY A$$URANCE CERTIFICATICN
- - - a Name of Supplier _ Oate Address of Supoller Plant Mill Power Order No.
Duke i tem or, Aea. No. Spec. No. Rev.
. Supaller 10 Nos. *
. . Description of Component (s) or, Material (s) -
D
%uc.ed Documentation covers all Components / Materials on Mill Power Order '
Attached Occumentation covers partial shipenent of Components / Materials on Mill Power Order.- The following listed tests, inspections and reports have been completed as required by the souclfication: Physical & Chemical Analysis Major Repair Records t. Charts
. Hydro (Test Pressure - PSIG
) Personnel Qualifications on Record Design Report Stress Report Heat Treactnent Radiographic Test Ultrasonic Test Magnetic Particle
-' ' , Penetrant Test Repair NDE Cleanliness Operating Test Performance Curve ASNE Data Report Dimensional Check Deviation Record J
.1) .
2) This certifies that the listed Component (s) of Material (s) conform to cae requiresents of the aeove referencee ;ig. Power documents including all codes, standards, test requirements and Quali ty Assurance -
. requirements invoked therein. . i l
4 Sucolier Representative Authorized Signature i l Title 0:.ca __ (See lastructions)
' Form 93 0.1 A / Rev. 3 . . . .
3 r . .
. e: ,
e
- e w-g.-+ --m,-+,,, ,.n,
?
INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING DUKE FORM 930.1 This form should be completed as outlined for each shipment of components or materials. The l ' - criginal shall be sent, along with any required documentat!on, to Duke's QA Department no later than the shipment date. A copy s, hall accompany shipment to the site. Address original to: - QA Manager, Engineering & Services Quality Assurance Department
. Duke Power Company P O Box ff7F 33189 Charlotte, North Carolina 28242 ALL INFORMATION TO BE TYPED OR CLEARLY PRINTED IN INK NAME OF SUPPLIER: Name of company supplying equipment or materials to Mill Power Supply Company or Duke Power Company.
ADDRESS OF SUPPLIER PLANT: Address of plant where principal fabrication of work was performed on components or materials. DATE: The date form is filled out. MILL POWER ORDER NO: The printed number in the upper right-hand corner of the Mill Power Supply Company Purchase Order. DUKE ITEM OR REQ. NO: The number near the top of the " Description" Section of the Mill Power Supply
-Company Purchase Order identified as " Item No ___" o r "Requi s i t ion No ".
SPEC NO REV : The number and revision number of the Duke Power Company specification to which the component or material was fabricated or supplied. If the (, material or equipment was not supplied to a Duke Power Company specification write "N/A". SUPPLIER ID NOS: Identification numbers of component (s) or material (s) shipped. (May be Bill of '_aden numbers or other serialization provided by supplier.) DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENT (S) OR MATERIAL (S): A brief description of the Component (s) or Material (s) shipped under this certification. These must be singularly identifie,' from all other certifications and shipments. (!nclude quantitles as appropriate.) ATTACHED DOCUMENTATION COVERS ALL COMPONENTS / MATERIALS ON MILL POWER ORDER: Check blank if (1) the entire order is being completed in one shipment, or (2) the final shipment of a multi-shipment order. t ATTACHED DOCUMENTATION COVERS PARTIAL SHIPMENT OF COMPONENTS / MATERIALS ON MILL POWER ORDER: Check blank if shipment does not constitute the complete order and is not the final shipment in a multi-shipment order. THE FOLLOWING LISTED TESTS, INSPECTIONS AND REPORTS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED AS REQUIRED BY THE i SPECIFICATION: Indicate all tests and inspections performed, and all documentation being transmitted as per specification and/or purchase order. Use blank lines as necessary for additional tests or record of deviations. l SUPPLIER REPRESENTATIVE /.UTHORIZED SIGNATURE: The signature of the Coiporate or Plant Quality Assurance or Quality Contsol Manager or his authorized representative. TITLE DATE : The title of the individual signing the certification { and the date of signature. H.
..----n - . , . . , . _ . , , - , - - . .-.n- , - - , - , ,,r-
p .~ f;dvic ion 1 -
, DUI'.E POWER C014PANY ,,
VALVE LIST DESCRIPTION IENERAli < This valve list description will . supply the vendor with the necessary Information reautree.! to interpret Duke Poucrl Company Valve Lists. Each column of the valve IIst and the abbreviations used are defined. Information defined by the following notes is not directly referenced to by the valve list but is, in fact, an extension of each valve list.
. All valves are to meet Duke Power Company Valve Specifications as presented to vendor en awa'rd of contract.
NOTES': A) Valve List ilumbering System
~
Code CN-1900-16 10 Stalnicss Steel 21/2" and larger (fluclear) 11 Stain 1 css Steel 21/2" and larger (Conventional) 12 Carbon Steel 21/2" and larger (Nuclear) 13 Carbon Steel 2 1/2" and larp r (Conventional) 14 Stainless 2 1/2" and larger (Nucienr) 15 Cast Iron 16 Stainless Steel 21/2" and larger (Nuc1 car) 17 Stainless Steel 2 1/2" and larger (Conventional) 18 Carbon Steel 21/2" and larger (t!ucicar) ,.(- 19 Carbon Steel 21/2" and larger (Conventional) 20 Carbon Steel 2 1/2" and lorscr (Nuclear) (Body 14ateriai) 21 Carbon Steci 2" and smaller (Conventional) 22 Carbon Stcol 2" and smaller (fluclear) 23 Stain 1 css Stcc12" and smaller (Conventional) 24 Stainless Steel 2" and smaller (lluclear) 25 Stain 1 css Stect - Plug-Valves (Conventional) 26 ' Stainless Steel - Plug Valves -(Nuc1 car) 27- Carbon Steci - Diaphragm Valves (Conventloaal) 28 Carbon Stec1 - Plug Valves (Nuclear) 29 Aluminum - Diaphragm Valves -(Conventlocal) 30 Stainless Steel - Diaphragm Valves'(fluclear) 31 ' Bronze Diaphragm Valves (Conventional) 32 Carbon Stect - Diaphragm Valvcs (Nuc1 car) 33 Carbon Butterfly Valves (Conventional) ' 34 Carbon Steel Butterfly Valves- (flucicar)- 35 Carbon Steci eutterfly valves (Conventional) 36 Carbon' Steci Butterfly Valves (Nucicar) 37 38 Solenoid Valves (fluclear) 39 Carbon Steel Butterfly Valves (Conventional) 76 Carbon Steel wafer Check Valves (Nuclear) (pres. Class) 125// 400// 1500# 4500// 150!/ 600// 2500!/ 300// 900// 3500//
}StationSymbol
{
p,,_, -r
' . .'. ' ' jalve IIst number will appecr at the tcp of each sheet of the applicable' valve
. list; clong with the latest revision number and date revised.
lB) Item Number (First Column of Valve List) of. Each valve shall have a metal tag, permanently secured to the valve yoke or as 5 otherwise defined and as called for in the valve specification, which will show the item number of the valve.
~
Item
' Number Code De fIni tion
.g -
A. - - :-_199 - Identification Number A-1259 G-600'/ 8-150#_ H-900# (Pres. Class) C-Spa re J-1500# D-300# I;-2500# E-Spare L-3500'! F-400# M-4500# 01 (Spare)
- 02. Carbori Steel
- 03. (Spare)
- 04. Stainless Steel (Body Material)
- 05. Stalniess Steel
- 06. Carbon Steel
- 07. (Spare)
- 08. (Spare)
- 09. Stainless Steel
- 10. Aluminum
, -11. Bronze
*- All materials required for use in DPCo classification A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H-(see item "C" this description) will be procured in accordance with the applicable
' Spec i f.i ca t f on.
Item numbers succeeded by an asterisk. denote valves located within the reactor building. Picase refer to the applicable Duke Power Company Specification regarding these valves. C) Duke Valve Class = (Second Column of Valve List)
~
UThis : note described the different Duke Class and applicable Design Criteria for each class of. valves. DPCo C! ass Design Criteria Seismic Loading A ASME Section III, Class 1 Yes B 'ASME Section III, Class 2 Yes
'C ASl'.E Section III, Class 3 Yes D ASME Section III, Class 2 No
. . E . ANSI B31,1.0 No F ANS! B31.1.0 Yes G ANSI B31.1.0 No
'H. .
ANSl 1131.1.0 No j _ _ _ . _ - _ - _ _ . - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ -
- q ,
.-3 .
w T.' , ic c . .. ..
<1 0)l Tvpa-.(Third Column of Valve List)'
^
- lt This. note" describes the different types of valves and is used by Duke Power Compar.y. "
; Code: Definition SN- Solenoid Valve
%. GT -Gate Valve ' m.- GL" .Globo Val e CK: Check Valve DP Diaphragm Valve
.BF Butterfly Valve PV. Plug Valve NV Needle Valve
' E) 40 uantity (Fourth Column of Valve List)
-Column 4.of the valve list gives the quantitp. required. Each valve should be tagged with:an ~ltem number as outlined in B) of this description.
~
' F)(-Size (Fifth Column of Valve List)-
' Al'1 sizes are nominal pipe size (NPS) and will be given in inches.
fG) :Hanufac'turers Figure Number (Sixth Column of Valve List)
' Column f 6'of the' valve list will give: the manufacturer's drawing or figure number.
This column will.be completed when Duke.knows the appropriate number required. When this . column .is lef t. blank, the valve manufacturer will supply the valve most r . suitable, for Duke's requirements as spelled out on the valve list. H)_ -Operator (Seventh Column of Valve List) Code Definition
-HW Manufacturer's standard handwheel CW . Chainwheel Operated (valve will be installed with stem in horizontal position and arranged
~
for chain wheel operction). .Chainwheel only shall be furnished with valve and shall be mounted by the manufacturer prior to shipment (Chain by Duke Power Company).' EHO Electric Motor Operated - Unless otherwise stated, Electric Motor Operators will be supplied in accordance with the Specification. EMO succeeded by an asterisk (*) Indicates g; - that valve has a safety-related function and i
.x: must meet the Electric Valve Operator Acceptance Criteria as defined in valve spe~cification, b
e
's :
sp ?
W-p-
- g_ .
N' Code- Definition SOL Solenoid Operated
-? g AIR A i r -Ope ra ted p -
.X0. Special Operator (See Remarks - I tem "N" of
~
e , this descriptlon) _
- 1) Operator Speed -(Eighth' Column of Valve < list)
. This ' note indicates speed of operation' required, if left blank or otherwisc unspecified,: standard speed (12 in./ min.) is to be supplied.
- - J)' Valve Ends:(Ninth Column of Valve List)
This ~ note : describes the 'different end preparation required on valves. For butt Welding ends, the' following code will apply: Cc'de Definition
~
.B,- 160 dPipeSchedule l
The particular Ucid End Preparation Detail on Duke Drawing No.' 1676-l' For fsocket weld, screwed,' flanged and special ends, the following codes will apply:
. Code. Definition iSW- Socket-weld ends to'be in accordance ulth-
' ANSI D16.11 SCR Screwed ends to.be in accordance with ANSI I;16.11 F1- 125# Cast Iron.- Flat Face F2- 250# Cast Iron - 1/16" Raised Face F3 1507 Steel - Flat Face F4 150# Stec1 - 1/16" Raised face F5 300#~ Steel - Flat Face
. F6 300# Steel - 1/16" Raised Face SE Special Ends See Remarks item "N" this description WAF Wa fe r FLN Flanged ends Diaphragm Valves K)- Seal Leak-Of f (Tenth Column of Valve List)
[:.
;Tiyis column.will-indicate when a valve requires a lantern gland leak-off connection.
Code Definition
,, ves: Valve shall have a lantern gland leak-off connection in accordance with the valve:
spec i ficat lon. I. k- NA Lantern gland leak-off not appilcabic. p f
~~
- fi) iLock and Locking Device (Eleventh Column of Valve LIs t)
~
a- ' T'his' coluinn will Indicate +then a valve requires a lock and locking device. (Hfg. - 1 standard): t .
-Code Definition Yes . Valve to be equipped with lock'and locking
-device, llowever, when valve has a chainwheel ope ra to r, lock and= locking device will be supplied by Duke Power Construction Department.
NA Lock and locking device not applicable.
- M) ~ Design l Condition - PS IG and Temp (Twelth and Thirteenth Colu~ mns of Valve' List)
The PS IG' and Temperature (* F) = column provides the vendor with the necessary in-
,y .. formation needed to supply the appropriate valve. Design temperature and pressure ratings will be furnished for .the applicable pressure class regarding check and thandwheel operated globe and gate valves. On air and raotor cperated valves -the .
differential' pressure across the valve will be the pressure given in the PSIG
. column.
;N); Pemarks s.
Any -additional or. special 'information required by. the manufacturer to produce the ~ quality valves as ' required -by Duke will be~ spelled out in the remarks area. (Sec~. attached sample of valve . list for remarks area).
.-0)I Revisions
~
Revisions to any. valve list.will be indicated in a cover letter transmittal with each! valve ilst. P);LDelivery Schedule The- total' quantity ordered of any one item may be divided into groups with - different required delivery dates. The following code will give the vender the cssentlal information for the applicable delivery schedule: Code: DEllVERY REOD: (000) AA/AA/AA
' De fini tion: (000) - Quantity Required AA/AA/AA - Date Required 12-13-77 m
s
~ -
)
ti{ N ~~~
,f* S . ~ . 7
_,,._._~.
~ . .
0~ ~ 1_ '_ ~ . _ , ,ii GP . U _ A' . . ._. - ~_ _.G~ ~ ~~ ' 0" R I MO E i~ 5 5'
. A
~
~
f*/ SEE 1 '~ L . e l~ ETC O- .~
~ ~"
E4 AY.Dt t, C ~
~
G/ A6 N5 I~' 0 3~ 5 0 G E 0 :' l . _ _ _ G I i 5. ! I
.[
SaS S ~2 ~ 3 ~' M A. . CPP
~
2 ..
.O I r
'.. GE - - i
- n. _. _
.CriC
~
KKV iI ~
~A ~~ A
~
~
CCE OCD M. M ~
'R R ~-
h "E - h . LL . C F I r _ F' V e _ g LC R b m A-EK' @ . F 'R E- _
. -Q ,_
M . .A 3 u E" i fS" SA Y 0 N . . E ~. _ ._
# 'n' o L a _
~
- c~
'V is' E~ _
E R i v S - R~ . _ ~ e D D" -~ _
~
~
R 'R "~ . .
~
N 4" l _ . f U . E' M 'A iT~ sA M S~ A ,
. ~_
C . ' I ._ ._ _. . ~~ . D _ N . I _ , . ' . - X 'N ' .. R f O ' OD R ~
, ~ _
'I ,
TE ~ _ ~ _ AE ,
~
~. ~
~~ T I
RP _ C" ~ S _d ~_ ~~ ES O _ h" _ P r. e P .
~S~
C ' b ~ _. ,-
~ __ _.
j m u 0~ E _ . . E T . N 1 T _ _ S I . .
. 0' .
~ . ,
A _ t H~
~ . . . .
W .. .
- SN - .
~ U R is E k . .
~ .
VAI O ~
.M DL NTT TE
~
AAAT AP o - D vCTS RY G v C~ , . H
- N '0 0 ~ W
, ~
la SI E T C I E .. ~ bG P ] V 5~ h ." ' ., . _ . CNd I AM L O R
]
R E
~~ ~V 5 _A .~
~ ~ .
2 . . R E - E fs
- . E. T uI SB K ~ - 1- _. .
~
EM G e L
~ .,
o u RU i .
~0 f
u _ ,
~_..
PI hE UN - d . _
~ C CN/.L V T CG T
S h e- ~ C . xEEA u AN I c S P.
- .A ~ .
. ~
WV TI N T - UNA UW ._ y, e. E _
. GT NA ~ ,
r t P . . ~ . IA AR / , eo . MD UA ~ '
.SC E Tv N- - ~O E
~ _ . ~
D V l e.
. ee ~ 2 -
I _ D. S. ~ G .
- R ~ m _. _
0 _. 0 3E 3
~ _.
E C 0' 3N 0 ~ . _ Z - ;~ ~
~
I tiN . T. ".E - 2
._A . . _. _
~ _
S P - . . . J73 3 _. ~ T . .
~
" CO ,~ . .
Y _. _ . T 0//. 77_ ' ~~ 77
'~
I S S/ 7 .
/
" ~
35ll C '1 - _ I 0P1 .
. 'M" "//0011//_5~,0 O0~ - .
T 54UC. A~ _
. ._. _~ .
A N . //. ' / C/' . " . . _ ' 33 00 31
~~ - 11 IL .
~ .
U G0 30 C' _ ' Q
- 1. ~ . . ~ .. .
E) .
~ -~ 11 ~ )) "
T. 1 .
~ - . .
T55. 22 TC - . E FA2&. ' 11 'L AS
- CC. -
~ " . " _
C55- ,_ ._ - P Y B A 0 L. (l_ m 0 C . t1. S M( C C23. ( A ~
~
T ~_ ~ F~ ~ ~7 - ' _
.W~ -a - [~ .
S .O ~ L: :,
~
T00.~: . A'SC ':D
~
~
S . ., C F 0 D. F '0 0 A _
~
A ~
^ TEE. 0o ~ ~~ 00 ' CO ~ E00
._ ~
L C NRR . _. ' I . EE E^ kR. ~ 1
~ 5R CE
'RR E ., ~ _
[ . VYY V' Y. T TYM AR
- Y . _
. ~
LRR. R RR _ N REE _ .
'C __H _. K .L. M. H E C.
"'e ..
EVV . AEW VV
~'VV vv .
EF. . B p E F _I J e e
.e e e
~ PII _. ELL- II. TI ii. e e e. e. e e. . te _e t t t
.t t
o Ct.. t. t CLL I L t t t t t t o o o N
~ A T EE .
VEE CE Et.. o N N o o o N N o N o N o ,o N o N
.N .N io r
e
'x~ . D. 'D ' AD J u. K_ _N 3
C A I Oc-. ~ PA* T' _. e e e c e e e. e .e e . e e
- c. S e
e e e e e
.e e S e
J R 4 R E M~
' C' A" ^. C-
- ~
S S e e S_ E S. S e S.
- e. S
_S S S. S.. .S - E
. _. - - T
.n'
~
B S~ S~ .
" "S ~
. . .. _.- s
.n
_ m M n CO _
. .. M ' ~ __. "M- n n n. n
_mnu k UC0 N 1 U N 1A 0 M ' ~ _ 3R"
~
4' 3 _
.A t l m
u lo e u N I m
- u. l M _.
u. e. v _l l m. u
. m6 3o l
n u o _ m. .m t lo .o n
.u l r
a 4~> '~ . g>R' - . 2 T M _ ~ o o o lo o lo o. C C C te TNE C _o .C
.C c.
I C C E - 4~ . C C
.C C
~~~ .D 4 >~
SA L ( T 3 . J~ t d. d ( h h_ h h h h t
.h t
h h t L! I . 2 S ; _ s n r t t t. t LPf ~
; _ I 2 3 L t t .t C .i 2 3 b* '
C* C* . . 5 6 7 8 9 I l 1 .1 I
^ h.
y; ,,a my.' _ ,, , ,
- pffp' , , .,
.c ._
+ N;'
J. REV IS 10f! It!IT I ALS DATE
.w
' [.
N.*/' / 1//Jf, ' ? /
~
' f<
'Ai :
RevIsod 'and re--issued - $)
- B -' .. Added !!uclear. Diaphragm and Wafer Check' ,
- s. .
List to Note "A"~ -
.r, _.
A r* $ c"'
. 7.
4 Y' d 't
< t' l _'
'S 1
, h
t,
._0m'-
-} A s
.+ ' s r . -
V w
,f 1 ks ,
s V
. ?
N,
- - s
, ~ ~ . * ;-4
, ,q , , v in
.E>
(' . SPECIFICATION NO. CNS-1205.04-1 DATE Februarv 10. 197G - g< ,. DUKE POWER COMPANY
' Catawba Nuclear STATION UNIT I s. 2
Title:
ASME Section lll Diaphragm Type Valves T - REVIS10N LOG
-1 2
.3 ;
-4=
5 ' {.
~
.ferm 301.1., Rev 1 s .
,-~,.--,---,,,,,,--,-,,.v.,
,,,,n~.. .,-,.--,,-,-._,,,,,..,,..._,..,,m.,..,,,,.,., , ,.n_-,n, . _ , , . . , . , .
VERIFICATION OF SPECIFICATION Station and Unit Number: Catawba Nuclear Station Units 1 & 2 Title of Specification: ASME Section ill Diaphragm Type Valves File Number: CNS-1205.04-1 Revision: This document specifies items related to nuclear safety. In accordance with established procedures, its quality has been assured. Signatures certify that the above specification was originated, checked, approved and inspected (or waived) as noted below: Prepared By: M Date: 2. 2( 7 5~ si < Checked By: C.#1.$ w Date: Z - 2. / -7 6 Approved By: !, [ [ ./ Date: 2 /v - 75 V Inspection Waived By: .d. M Date: d-/4- 75 v ( Inspection Waived For: ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL X civil Inspected By: . Date: 8//7/7r .t inspected By: ,Date: _ DIVISION 0.UALITY ASSURANCE b 8 , b #f. Date: .3-/3*78 (FOR ASME CODE ITEMS) Mechanical & Nuclear Division Date: 3-/4-7T Design Engineering Department This is to certify that the above specification has been reviewed by me, the undersigned, and is correct, complete, and in compliance with 19% Edition of ASME Code, Section ill Paragraph flA-3250. (SEAL) 9-9 Te SIGNATURE:] d. SEAL
, *** 4 NAME: T. F. Wyke 4870 Registered Professional Engineer G"
/c State t, No. North Carolina #4870 b
Form 301.2 Rev. 1 l L_.
.e .,m . -
- .. ' SPECIFICATIOil NO. CllS-1205.04-1 February 10, 1973 DUKE-POWER C0tiPANY CATAWBA flVCLEAR STATION UNITS 1's 2 ASME SECTION III DIAPHRAGM TYPE VALVES 1.- COVER' SHEET
- Attachedh
- 2. VERIF1 CATION SHEET'
' A t tache'd .1 3 -TABLE OF CONTENTS Not applicable.
~ 4. . GENERAL
- 4.1 Scope:
- This specification covers the design, fabricatica, testing, quality assur-ance documentatf ore and delivery of ASME Code Section lil, Class 2 and
- 3 (Duke Classes B and C) diaphragm type valves important to nuclear safety.
with operators, as required, for Units I s 2 of Catawba Nuclear Station. 4.2' ' Installation Site:
- All: valves will be' installec1 at' the Catawba Nuclear Station located near
-Newport,. South Carolina.
-4 3 -Definitions:
The' following definitions shall apply to this specification: 0wner.- Duke Power Company Bidder - Person or Corporation who bids on the work. L Contractor . Person or Corporation to whom work is awarded. Purchaser - 11111. Power Supply Company
, 4.4 The' attached " General Conditions of Contract", revised August 1,1973.
-shall form a part of this specification.
4.5 Codes and= Standards: 4.51 .The valves shall be designed, fabricated, inspected and tested in'accordance with th'e requirements of the following codes, as
, applicable,'as well as any special requirements stated in suc-k ceeding sections of this specification:
n
=__
_SPECIFICATIO!! f10. CilS-1205.04-1 . February 10, 1975 Page 2
- m -
[.- 4.5.1.1 3 c AStiE Boiler and' Pressure Vessel Code Section t il fluclear
' -Power Plant Components (dated July, 1974, with all addenda through Winter 1974). Code addenda that are mandatory on x-the purchase order date shall be used. The use of non-man-datory addenda may be negotiated at the Purchaser's option.
Code case special rulings shall not be used except where written approval is granted by the Purchaser. 4.5.l.2 Hanufacturers - Standardization Society Standard Practice for Hydrostatic Testing of Steel Valves HSS-SP-61
-(1961).
4.5.1.3 ASME Boller & Pressure Vessel Code Section IX, Welder Qualification (1974 edition). 4.5.1.4 AllSI B16.11 (1966) Americar atandard for Steel Socket Veld-Fittings. 4.5.1.5 American flational Standard Code for Power Piping, AllSi B31.1 - 1973. 4.5.1.6 Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, AflSi 816.5 - 1973
-.4.5.1.7- Pipe Threads, AtlSi B2.1, 1968.
h In all' cases of conflict between codes and/or requircraents, Section lil- of the ASNE .Doller & Pressure Vessel Code shall always be the
-minimum requirement.
4.5.2 _ The electric motor operators, and all limit switches where required, shall. be designed, fabricated, inspr.cted and tested in accordance with the requirements of the following codes, as app'icable: 4.5.2.1 IEEE 112A-1964 Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators.
4.5.2.2 IEEE 117-1956, Test' Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of Insulating Haterials for Random-Vound Electric Mach i ne ry.
4.5 2.3 lEEE 344-1971, Seismic Qualificat bn for Class 1 Electric Equipment for iluclear Power Generating Stations.
~
4.5 2.4 IEEE 382-1972, Trial-Use Guide for Type Test of Class 1 Electri: Valve Operators for fluclear Power Generating Stations. 4.5.2 5 IEEE 323-1971, General Guide for Qualifying Class 1 Electric Equipment for iluclear Power Generating Stations. 4.5.2.6 lEEE 334-1971, Trial use Guide for Type Tests of Continuous-Duty Class 1 Hotors Installed insid1 the Centainment of fiuclear Power Generating Stations.
y . SPECIFICATION tl0. CilS-1205.04-1 February 10, 1975 L-Page 3 4.5.3 - The Contractor's Quality Assurance Program shall be in accordance with AtlSI fl45.2 (1971), " Quality Assurance Program Requi rements for fluclear Power Plants". 4.5.4 Packaging, shipping, receiving and storage shall be in accordance with AtlSI -fl45.2.2 (1972), " Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage
-and llandling of.-Items for fluclear Power Plants".
L4. 5.5 . Testing fluids and cleanliness' levels shall be in accordance with ANSI N45.2.1 (1973), " Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components During Construction Phase of fluclear Power Plants."
- 5. - ATTACHMENTS AND REFERENCE DRA\llNGS The following Duke Power Company drawings and attachments shall form a part of this specification:
5.1 Drawing Requirements", revised December 13, 1974. 5.2 " Standard identification Tag and Ett0 Orientation", dated January 24, 1974. 53 "\Ielding End Preparations", CN-1676-1 and Cll-1676-1.~1, Revision 1, June 20, 1974. 5.4 " Representative Valve List,' Diaphragm Valves" Lists Cll-150-26 and 28, ( dated flovember 8,1974.
- 5. 5' (Omit) t
- 5.6. " Seismic Design Requirements, Class 2/3, Diaphragm and Plug Type Valves",
dated February 4, 1975
- 5. 7 - " Equipment Status Report" with " Explanation Sheets," dated February 1,1971.
5.8 " General Conditions of Contract", revised August I, 1973 15.9 " General Requirements- Applicable to Specification'.', dated February 3,1975. 5.10 " Packaging.and Shipping Requirements", form 301.4.
!5.11' " Nuclear Coating Specification No. KKK-1, revised June 1, 1974.
-5.12 "fluclear Coating Specification flo. KKrs-11", revised October 21, 1974.
5.13 ' " Nuclear Coating Specification flo. Hilll-l, revised June I,1974. 5;14 iluclear Coating Specification flo. NilN-ll", revised October 21, 1974. 5.15 "\lall Thickness Verification", dated July 30, 1974. 6. {' , OPERATl!!G C0llDITIONS -
-Operating Conditions will be shown on the complete itemized valve lists to be issued at'a later date.
..i
SPECIFICATI0f1 NO. CilS-1205.04-1 . February 10,.1975 Page 4 l
~
7 .EQUIPtiEllT TO BE I URillSilED 1 ( 7.1 - For b!dding purposes Attachment 5.4, " Representative Valve List, D iaph ragm I i Valves" may. be considered as an accurate estimate of the quantity of valves
! and operators required, it must be emphasized-that this list is only an estimate and is subject.to change.
72 .A complete' Itemized valve list, with the specific design parameters for 1 each valve, will be issued to the successful Bidder, af ter the award of the l order, for manufacturing purposes. This complete, itemized valve list
'shall- be considered a part-of this specification and its receipt will signify l the successful Bidder to finalize his engineering and to start manufacturing.
73 - Any special tools required for proper installation of. valve components, like~ packing, shall be provided.
- 8. GE!1ERAL DESIGil 8.1, Valves:
8.1.1 Duke valve classes referenced in this specification and on the valve lists are defined as follows: Duke Valve-- Principal Designed for Class Design Criteria Seismic Loading B AStiE Section 1II, Class 2 (1974) Yes C ASME Section 111, Class 3 (1974) Yes
'8.1.2 The design of each valve shall satisfy the requirements of this
. specification and the associated valve IIsts (in addition to the principal design criteria).
8.1.3 Haterials of construction shall be as outlined in pa:agraph 8.3 and as allowed by AS,iE Section Ill. 8.1.' 4 ' All valves located in the Reactor Building (noted on valve lists) shall be suitable for high temperature service. flormal ambient temperature in the Reactor Dullding will be 110 F and 100 percent relative humidity; however, all valves so designated on valve IIsts must be capable of operation for a period of at least 30 minutes during which the ambient temperature may reach 250*F and 100 percent steam saturation. 8.1.5 Valves located within the Reactor Dullding will be subjected to and shall suffer no adverse effects from' periodic application of external pressure during Reactor Dullding leakage rate tests. These' tests will be conducted at pressures no greater than 19 psig and at a frequency of once per year. (~ 8.1.6- Valves shall be designed for 500 open-shut cycles per year for a design life of forty years.
m SPEClFICATION NO. CNS-1205.04-1 Februa ry 10, 1975 Page 5 8.1 7 -Stainless steel valves shall be suitable for service in fluids
-with chemical properties as follows:
pH, normal operation with LIOH, NH40H, or KOH at 25 F , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 to 10.5
~ Hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-35 CC/kg H 2O Chlorides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.15 PPM Fluorides. . . . .. .. . . . . . .. . 0.15 PPM Boric Acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,000 PPM Max.
Suspended solids . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 PPM Max. Dissolved oxygen , . . . . . . ... 5.0 PPM Max. 8.1.8 Carbon steel valves.shall be suitable for service in fluids with chemical properties as.follows: pH at-25 C . . . . .. . . . . . 6.0-9.0 Chloride . .. .. . . . . . . . . . 0.15 PPM Max. Flouride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.15 PPM Max. Corrosion inhibitor.-.. . . ......K 2 Cr 04 8.1 9 Valves shall be capable of being heated and cooled for 4,000 cycles at a rate of 300 F per hour between 40 F and the design temperature as given on the final valve lists. 8.1.10 Valves and operators.shall be designed to withstand the se'smic loadings outlined on Attachment 5.6, "Sei smic Design Requ irements". Seismic calculations.shall be made for the valve and operator in the worst possible orientations. The Bidder shall certify in writing with the proposal that the valves and operator designs will consider and meet the ' seismic loading requirements
. set Lfortly ln this attachment (see paragraph 10.2 9) .
~
8.1.' 11 ' For air operated valves the maximum operating air pressure will be 115 psig. 8.1.12 A stem seal shall- be provided for the actuator stem permitting , the bonnet to be a pressure boundary, stould the diaphragm rupture, E preventing leakage. -
'8.1.13 All. valves ' located outside the containment shall be capable of withstanding an integrated ' radiation dose of I x-106 rads without leakage or loss of tight shut ability. All valves located Inside the containment shall be capable of withstanding an integrated radiation dose of 2 x 108 rads withcut leakage or loss of tight shut ability. Valves located in the containment are indicated by an asterf sk adjacent to the valve item number.on the valve list.
8.1.14 ~All valves 2" and below shall have the ends prepared for socket
- (.- welding per ANSI B16.11 (1966). All valves above 2" shall have the ends prepared for butt welding per attachment 5 3, " Welding
n, .
} }
if n SPECIFICATl0tl NO. CllS-1205.04-1 February 10, 1976 . Page 6 e . End Preparations", unless otherwise specified on the valve list. If other than' weld end.is required the following standards shall apply: flanged ends, ANSI B16.5; screwed ends, ANSI B2.1. t '
.8.1.15 Construction and design -of weld end valves shall- be such 'as to preclu'de undue damage, warpage and subsequent leakage when. properly 1
welded into the. pipeline. Any installation restrictions must be + fully stated and attached to the valve prior to shipment. 8.1.16- The "0" ring seals of the spindle and bonnet shall be fully contained in the base metal. 8;2 Opera tors: 8.2.1 Valves shall have operators as specified on the valv'e list.
-8.2.2 ' Manual ' actuators shall be capable of being positioned to meet all
_.- operating conditions. 8.2.3 _ Manual handwheel or lever actuators shall be provide ' with locking capability. This may be a 3/8" hole drilled through de lever or handwheel. and a structural member of the valve so ~a s to
.' ' accommodate a conventional type lock.
I? 18.2.4 Air operators shal.1 be the diaphragm type with removable bolted top-works. Operator shall have ample power capacity to position the valve under all operating conditions as specified on the valve
, lists. Dry compressed air at 70 ' to 80 psig will be ava 'Fle and air pressure reducing ' valves and fl1ters shalI be supplled by the Bidder where required,
.8.2.5 Where spect fled on the valve 1ists, four 1.imit switches shalI be
~
g'
'provided with manual or air operated valves for remote Indication Two limit switches shall be mounted at the top and two at the bottom of the valve travel ~ to indicate fully opened and fully closed positions.- The limit switches shall be Hanco, Cutler Hammer, or equal. TheLlimit switch ontrols shall be single-pole, double-
, throw type with a rating no less than 0 5 A Inductive 125 volts DC and 15 A,.120 vol ts AC , 60 liz. Limit switches shall be mounted-in f1EMA Type 4 enclosures with 1 inch conduit openings. Mounting shall be of sufficient co'nstruction to prevent misalignnent of 'the
! contacts and false Indicat' ion of the valve position when conduit
.ls later installed. ' Limit switches shall be adjustable for a range of up to 1/2 of the valve stroke.
;8.2.6 . Where'specified on valve lists air operated valves shall be supplied with solenold valves. Solenoid valves shall be ASCO model no.
. 8320 A11U.
(' e
^'1 t m -
p- 7 -. l" .. SPECIFICATION NO. CllS-1205.04-1 Februsry 10, 1975 p- , Page 7. h -8.2 7 Electric motor operators shall be Philadelphia Gear (Limitorque). All EHO's shall have sixteen travel limit switches ard double torque control . The li nit and torque switches shall have the following settings:
- a. Four limit switches indicating fully open.
- b. Four limit sw!tches indicating fully closed.
- c. One torque switch indicating fully open.
- d. 'One torque switch indicating fully closed.
. e. Four limit switches Indicating open and internediate.
- f. Four limit switches indicating intermediate and closed.
- All of the above limit and torque switches shall meet the following minimum requirements:
120 VAC - 15 amps 120 VDC - 0 5 amps 8.2.8 All EH0's_and air operators located outside the containment must becapgbleofwithstandinganintegratedradiationdoseof 1 x 10 rads without loss of function or integrity. All operators located inside the containment shall bg capable of withstanding an integrated radiation dose of 2 x 10 rads without loss of function or integrity. Operators located in the containment are Indicated by an asterisk adjacent to the valve item number on the valve list. 8.2 9 Electric valve operators applied inside the Containment (so identified on valve IIsts) must have successfully met and passed IEEE Standard 382-1972 (ANSI N41.6), IEEE Trial-Use Guide for Type Test of Class 1. Electric Valve Operators for fluclear Power Generating Stations. The seismic qualification aspects required by section 4.3 of IEEE Standaro 382 shall be those given in
~
, attachment 5 3.
. The following IEEE standards are invoked by lEEE Standard 382, and are applicable for Containment operators:
a) IEEE 112A-1964, Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. b) IEEE 117-1956, Test Procedure for Evaluation of Systems of insulating Materials for Randor-\/ound Electric Machinery, f - k'
, 4 t _____._m
w , l
" SPECIFICATl0!1 NO. CNS-1205 04-1 .
. February 10, 1975 Page 8 ,
c) ~ l EEE ' 323-1971, General Guide for Qualifying Class I , 1 . Electric Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations. l
\
d) IEEE 334-1971, Trial .use Guide for Type Tests of ' Continuous-Duty Class i Motors installed inside the Containment of . Nuclear Power Generating Stations. e) IEEE 344-1971, Trial use Guide for seismic qualification L of Class 'l Electric Equipment for Nuclear Power Generating Stations. t 8.2.10 Electric-Valva operators applied outside the Containment must meet . and pass the following standards referenced in 8.2.4: r a) lEEE'112A-1964 b) IEEE 117-1956 c) IEEE 344-1971 in addition, these motor operators must meet the seismic design requirements called out' in attachment 5.3 for A, B, and C valves. 8.2.11 Documented results are required for the qualification test (s) necessary to meet the -IEEE standards referenced in 8.2.9. The ( ( . performance test documentation shall demonstrate that the equipment meets the specified performance requirements. (See paragraph 10.4)' 8.2.12 All electric motor operators shall be rated 575 volt, three phase, 60 hertz.
- 8.2.13' All electric valve operators shall be tested against the valve de. sign opening and closing load (the load may be simulated).
8.2.14 - Operators and topworks within the Reactor Building shall be suitable for high ter'perature service. Normal ambient conditions-in the Reactor Dullding will be 110 F and 100% relative humidity; however, all valves and valve' operators designated on valve 11sts must be capable of operation for a period of at least 30 minutes during which the ambient conditions may reach 250 F and 100 percent steam ' saturation.
~8.2.15 Operators located within the Reactor Building will be subjected to and shall suffer no adverte effects from periodic application of external pressure during Reactor Building leak rate cesting. These tests will be conducted at pressures no greater than 19 psig and at a frequency of once per year.
8.3 Materials 8.3.1 Stainless Steel Valves
- ~
- w. _ . ,
n, ., .u '
. , ,m ,
- 7;.f ;
- T!'
~
L SPECIFICAT10fl NO. CNS-1205.04-1
,-
- c=:: Oc-
, :. 4
~
February 10,1975
~( -
Page 9 y , cc ; , f (7 .
, 8.3.1.1 With ~the ~ exception of <the diaphragm all materials in
. -m . . contact withithe working fluid.shall be. 304 or 316 f _
stainless steel. L8.3II.2' . Pressure boundary materials'of Duke Class B and C valves
-(body and bonnet): shall~ conform to materials allowed
. by ASME Boller an'd pressure Vessel Code (as outiined
.inj paragraph 4.5.1.1) .
~
f 4
~ ~ -c - _
3.3.1.3 BodyL to bonnet stu'ds and nuts -shall conform to ( ;- .SA-193 and:SA-194,z respectively, or Owner approved equal. j
't _ . . . . . .
-- ,8.3.2: Carbon Steet Valves-
[ 8.32.1' lFor Carbon: Steel Valves the pressures boundary material ,
, shall' conform to ASME- Boller and Pressure Vessel. Code
'Sectlon 111 (as outilned In paragraph 4.5.1.1). -
'8.3.2;2 lDody? to: bonnet-studs and~ nuts shall conform to SA-193 '
Land _ SA-194, respectIvelyl, or Owner approved eq~ual .
.:~
8.3.3 _. Thel"0!' ring seals 'and diaphragms shall be' EPT (nordel by du Pont)._ 3 Cast Lsteel .or ' ductile ~ Iron'shall' be used for the ~ air operated
~
8.3.4
' diaphragm motor cases and frames..
^
Nitriding treatment or plating on:any surface exposed to the. working
~
~'g li J 853.5 ~ ' '
fluidLis prohibited.
~
I 8.316'- Low melting point materials t(lead, zinc, cadmium, ~ tin,- antimony, mercury, bismuth,1 sulfur, -~etc.) thei r . compounds or materialicon-
, 'taining low melting point materials as a b'a sic constituent shall
, :not-be-used in direct contact with' these valves at _ any- time. This s shallLinclude tooling _ fixtures,_ lubricants, masking materials, fluxes, paints, temperature crayons, etc., which might be used
~during.the' fabrication 'of these valves.
18 3.7 Contaminations 'of Iron.or copper on I!he surfaces of austenitic base
. material used 'in these valves 'is prohibited.
~ ~
a ' ' I , ;x - 8.3.8 ' Any_ lubricants used for body-bonn'et -Joints, etc., shall not contain any of the ; materials and contaminants described in paragraphs 8.3.6 . jg . , and 8.3 7
.# J
- 8.4 : Noi parts', materials or equipment 'shall be of manufacture outside the United-States without- prior approval of the owner.
-,.u a
~
r_ [
. s
y; - ;v w '
~
x ~ .
'b~~
~
- SPECIFICATlatl NO.. CllS-1205.04-1 r;. ' ~ ' '
q,',. ,
- February 10, 1975; .
. X Page 10 w ,
[ (g g,';' y ~ 9. . ^$PECIAL REO.UIREMENTS-
- s , .-- ,
" ~~~'~ i '9 1" .:'Allrvalves shall be. tagged with metalLtags' showing 0wner's valve. Item
. [ number. ! Al l - tags Lstiall be permanently ' secured to~ the valve bonnet as-J ::shown'on L attachment 5.2,l'S tandard identification Tag and EHO Grientation."
9.2LjAll(internalwetted:surfacestsha'ilbefreeof'metalchips,weldspatter,-
' slag,[oll, grease,1dirt,'l scale and other. foreign materlal.
Demineralized 'l' water as defined 'by; paragraph: 3.2cof. ANS I-N45.2.1 -(1973)- shalI be used (for. final cleaning or- rinsing.. J9.3l 'Immediatelyjafter finalfcle'aning,Jthe end connections shall be sealed-wi thy plugs, caps : or ' covers .to preven t : entry .of contaminants and to - a prevent, damage,to facings.orl weld ends. ' These caps are to be secured so - f '. i ias not to' become- detached during shipment or, handling.
~
'9.4 A11(valves are.torbe suitable for loside; storage of up to 24 months prior
.~' ,
to_startup of the' plant.- Bidder shall. supply Owner information on care
' iduring' storage in accordance.with Attachment'5.10 " Packaging and Shipping r
1 Requirements".
?9.5 :The valves and~accessorles shalI be-packaged or crated-to prevent
~
Ld eterioration,,contaminatio'n and physical: damage during transit or storage.
.Ali' packaging material, e, specially the wooden crating'for the larger r j components, must'be flame treated 'or non'-combustible wherever possible.
(N An'y~ articles or material that'might otherwiselbe lost:shall be~ boxed or WE
. wired In bundles' and marked for identification with Owner's item number.
, 9.6 1. AII. . valves shal1 - be l prepared :for shipment so that handling and unloading
-may be facilitated. - At no time =are valves .to be shipped in a disorderly t
arrangement or ' situation of. disarray so as :to promote damage or. hamper
' inspection of,the equipment when received on the Jobsite.
~
~
g 9.7. ' Attachment'5.10, " Packaging and-Shipping Requirements",.shall be completed y tby the' Bidder and. submitted for approval with the. Bidder's proposali
, 19.8 All' valves 'shall 'have a National Board Registration Number affixed 'to the? valve, t
'F 19.9- One extra . diaphragm-and "0". ring for every ten valves of each size is requiredh A; minimum of one diaphragm per size.isfrequired.
e 9.10 ,Each valve and operator:shall be coated in accordance'with one of the 1 '
- Duke Power Nuclear Coating Specifications, attachments 5.11 to 5.14.-
> 'The;following criteria shall-be used to determine the appropriate
.g coating spec:
,e-4 , 6i ale 0
- ' ** E
ff f ' , eq 4[ - Xy ' 1;;mn *
~ ,
$pM ~
w : SPECI FI CATI ON :NO. CNS-1205.04-1
^
c . N'- . Februa ry 10,1975 ~ *
.Page 11
*Q',
y _e . , a
' NS ~ l ,
.n' l - .. ., ,. .
' ' yr , 19 10.1- jFor!allivalves with~ operating. temperatures -2000F or -below, use - (r .the following:
-a a
{ *
?a). "Nuslear ' Coating Specification KKK-l", attachment 5.11, w , , ~ -.for: valves in the containment. 1
- b)'
'! Nuclear Coating: Specification KKK-il", attachment 5.12
' for valves ~outside ' the containment.
[
~
9 10'.2 - For all. valves with operating temperatures greater than 200 0F " use:the following:
- p. '
c 1a)) ^" Nuclear Coating- Specification NNN-1", attachment' 5.13, i w+ for valves.In the: containment.
- b) " Nuclear . Coating - Specification NNN-l I",' at tachment 5.19,
~
, for valves outside the containment.
, s l o. , QUALITY ASSURANCE -
% ^ p L10;1_ !These specifications cover equipment, systems, structures and/or materials
~
~
n , important to nuclear safety;.and it is essential that they meet the
, : quality ' standards of- these specifications .and referenced codes,- standards
>1 jand guides;1 that this ' quality be proven by full documentation. With the 11 . proposal, each Bidder shall submit. a description of -the quality assurance.
4 . ~ procedures he proposes to use; Loutline his . quality assurance organization ishowing' lines of authority; a description of the documentation that will
'be developed:during' manufacture'and that.w'11 beishipped to the Owner-
~
w
, 'for retention ~for the life of the' Item. ' Evaluation of proposals will l
Linclude analysis f of information' submitted and rendering a . Judgment.with > 1 (respect:to each Bidder's 'qualificationito provide. and l document the - ,
^ . quality required by .theseL specifications. Af ter award; the Contractor >
0- shallisubmi.t complete written. quality assurance procedures forf 0wnerf s Lrevlewand. approval. Lin L 11eu of, the above,, the Owner will accept a statement from the' Bidder -
. .that his QA Program is in accordance with the' latest copy of the Bidder's~ 1 1 QA manual.on file with the Owner. The Owner will then make la determination .
~
on!the acceptability 'of the Bidder's QA Program based on the information
,- teontained thereini
~'
[ 110.2; The-Contractor shall submit to the Owner no 1ater than valve shipping date',
. :aiseparate.. documentation' package for each valve' consisting of one repro-n Dducible copy of-the following:
.' o. , ~10.2.1 ' Original mill test reports from material supplier for all pressure boundary or. pressure retaining' material, including
~
. j, .
J' ' valve stem'. material. y y r % i? 4 . , , ,j L -. _ _ - . = . -
- . ' . ' _'_J
r _ SPECIFICATION fl0. CliS-1205.04-1 ~ J February 10, 1975 Page 12 . [ 10.2.2 Documentation of performance tes ts, seat leakage tests, and hydro-static tests showing their results. 10.2.3 liea t treatment certification. 10.2.4 Certification of compliance that each non evident form of NDT (UT, PT, itT) has been done by specified requirements and ASNT qualified operators. Include a list of the equipment used. 10.2 5 On radiography, a complete history; i .e. , exposure diagram, reader sheet, record of defects, record of repairs, final cleared exposure diagram record. Final film to be sent to Duke Power Company. Film and reader sheets should note any conditions other than normal; i.e., surface conditions, Indi-cations within acceptance standards. 10.2.6 Completed Duke Power Company quality assurance certification (Forn 930.1) . 10.2 7 Required ASME Code data reports. 10.2.8 Records of all major repairs. The term " major repair" is to
'be-defined by Section 110-2539.4 of the AStiE Section 111 Code.
10.2.9 Certification of seismic design for valves and operators. A proposed certification for.a shall be submitted with the proposal which will be modified as required by Owner and agreed upon by Owner and Bidder prior to award of order. 10.2.10 Record of all deviations affecting the approved Contractor's drawings. 10.2.11 Record of wall thickness measurements in accordance with attachment 5.15. " Wall Thickness Verification". 10.3 The valve documentation package shall be sent to Q. A. Manager, Engineering and Services, Duke Power Company, P. O. Box 2178, Charlotte, North Ca olina 28242, Attention: ~q. Al Supervisor, Records. One copy of the Duke Power Company Quality Assurance certification (item 10.2.6) and a copy of form NPV-1 shall be shipped with each valve. 10.4 Documented results are required for the electric motor operator qualificatlun test (s) necessary to meet the IEEE Standards referenced in paragraph 4.5.2. The test documentation shall demonstrate that the equipment has met all specified performance requirements pertinent to the application and shall be organized in an auditable forn. The test data shall be submitted in a bound formal report for approval by the Owner before manufacture of the operators is started and shall include the following: L
_.n~ s- .
~~, . - SPECI FI CATl 0f t NO. CNS-1203.04-1 February 10, 1975 Page 13
. A. Identification of Equipment.
B. Equipment Specification. C. Test Specifications. LD. . Test Results.
< 'E. Supporting-data.
F. LCertification.
- The qualification test for motor operators and limit switches for safety related use.(Duke Classes A, B and C)-shall use the following values:
Location inside Containment Out s i de ' Con ta inrent Radiation, Rads 2 x 108 1 x 106 Pressure, psia 30 15 Temperature, F 250 110 Environment Saturated steam 100% relative humidity-with boric acid spray s The seismic load!ng-values ; hall' be as shown in attachment-5.6, ." Seismic Design Requirements." 10.5 .The Bidder's quality assurance program must be in accordance with ANSI N45.2 (1971) for his bid to'be considered. . Bidder shall ' state in his proposal whether or not his quality assurance program meets the require-ment of this standard.
- 11. DELIVERY Delivery of Unit 1 and Unit 2 valves ,ls required to be completed on a system basis. . Exact delivery dates are not available at this time, but will be supplied when the order is awarded. ' For bidding purposes, the valves will be required for delivery between July 1,.1976 and January 1,1978.
- 12. . DRAWINGS Drawings'shall be submitted in accordance with the attachment 51, " Drawing Requirements".
12.1 -In addition to this attachment, the drawings shall include the following
-Information:
12.1.1 Valve Item Number. 12.1.2 Valve List Number.
- k. Valve size i
12.1.3 >
SPECI FI CATI ON NO. CNS-1205.04-1 .
~ February 10, 1975 Page-14 9
12.1.'4 Valve type, i.e., diaphragm. t l12.1.5 Operator type, l.'e. , EHO, piston, solenold, handwheel, chain-wheel, etc. 12.1.6 Contractor's standard operator orientation note; i.e., right-
' hand, lefthand, etc. Duke's normal acceptance orientation is as. shown on attachment 5 2 " Standard Orientation EMO Valves".
12.1.7 ' Mounting position restrictions. 12.1.8 tiecessary-dimensions: end to end, centerline of valve to end of open stem, dismantling requirements for valve and operator, handwheel location, handwheel diameter, location of center of gravity, etc..
.12.1 9' Ends to agree with valve 1ist; i.e., socket weld, butt weld, flanged etc.
12.1.10 The words, " Nuclear Safety Related" shall be printed in a character size equal to or larger than the largest size used in the body of the document just above its title block. 12.1.11 Contractor's valve figure number.
~ 12.1 '.12 Complete bill of materials for every valve part.
12.1.13: Weight of valve, weight of operator and combined weight of valve and operator. 12.1.14 Pressure rating of valve. 12.2 l Each drawing submitted to Duke -Power Company shall clearly show or state the valve item numbers as given on Duke Pcwer valve list and the valve
~
list number. to which the drawing applies. 12.3, Only one valve list shall be assigned to one drawing; any number of valves may be shown on any one drawing as long as the list applies. Owner will outilne in detail before first valve list is issued a
" Procedure for. Shop Acknowledgments and Drawings" to further define
. requirements of this section.
12.4. Contractor shall also submit (per attachmen t 5.1, " Drawing Requiremen ts") motor operator outlines.and wiring diagrams covering the motor operators. Each motor operator outline and wiring diagrams shall have a complete certi-fication showing each applicable Duke Power valve list and valve tag number and giving all electric motor characteristics required for ordering motor starters by Duke Power, including motor horsepower, vol tage, service factor, full load current and locked rotor current. Each operator wiring (1 diagram shall show both opening and closing torque switches and indicate that these torque switches are supplied.
, n ..
m ,
,. SPECIFICATION NO. CNS-1205.04-1 February 10, 1975 Page 15
( .
.13 lilSTRUCTION MANUALS Fifteen copies of Ecomplete operating and maintenance instructions are to be submitted 'for approval to Mr S K Blackle", Jr, Chief Engineer, Mechanical & Nuclear Division, Duke Power Company,- P O Box 2178, Charlotte, N C 28242, Attn: Mr C H f= Myers, before the equipment is shipped.
- 14. TEST AND INSPECTIONS Tests,L reports and inspections shall be in accordance with attachment 5.9,
" General ' Requi rements Appi lcable to Speci fication." In addition to this attachment, the following also shall be followed:
14.1 Nondestructive and destructive testing of pressure boundary materials
-of valves shall be in accordance with the procedures and acceptance standards set forth in reference cooe 4.5.1.1. Required examinations, procedures, and acceptance standards for each class of valves are spelled out In the following sections of the above code.
' a)' Class 1 components - Articic NB-2000 for materials and parts; Article NB-5000 for welds.
b) Class 2 components - Article NC-2000 for materials and parts;
.f ~ Article NC-5000 for welds.
w( c) . Class 3 comp ~1ents - Article ND-2000 for materials and parts; Article ND-5000 for welds. 14.2 Hydrostatic testing of' valves shall be in accordance with reference code 4.5.1.1. Demineralized water as defined by paragraph 3.2 of ANSI N45.2.1 -(1973) shall be used as the hydrostatic test media. The hydro-
.statf c test shall be performed prior to the seat leakage test.
14.3 A seat leakage test shall be performed in accordance with MSS-SP-61 except the hold time shall be a minimum of 5 minutes. No seat leakage is permitted. I14.4 A bonnet. hydrostatic test shall be performed at 1 times the design
. pressure for a period of 10 minutes. No leakage is permitted through the "0" ring seal, the bonnet or the diaphragm gasket.
15 SPARE PARTS
.15.1 See attachment 5 9, " General Requirements Applicable to Specification".
15.2 'The Contract'or shall be r esponsible for the maintaining of tracability of-spare parts required for the specified equipment. k
SPECIFICATION NO. CNS-1205.04-1 . February 10, 1975 Page 16 ,
=16.- 1NFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED Bidder shall submit with quotation complete and detailed specifications i covering design, . construction, materials and workmanship of equipment proposed.
Information provided shall. include but should not'be limited to that outlined below. Bidder. should understand that his cooperation in supplying the infor-mation _ requested will be. considered in the evaluation of the proposals. 16.1 A valve outline and section drawing of each size and type of valve showing' design features. 16.2: -Weight of each valve. 16.3 Lists of ~1nsta11ations for similar valves (size and pressure IIstings) for ASME Code appilcations of this type. Indicate those already in service and date they went into service. 16.4 -Suggested-materials and description of trim materials of valve if
-different from that specified.
16.5 owner and Bidder will estabilsh a reasonable schedule for the completion
- of drawings and . analyses and manufacture of hardware. Schedule will recognize time required by 0wner and Bidder for -preparation and review /
- g. approval of drawings and analyses and for material procurement and T manufacture. Bidder will take initial step toward establishment of schedule by returning a copy of attachment 5.7, " Equipment Status Report",
with items 7,' 9, 10, 11, 12,13,15, 17, 19, 20, 22 and 24 completed.
.Following notification of award of order, Contractor and Owner will
. meet:to review and establish schedule.
16.6- Bidder shall submit with quotation a description of his testing facIIIties and procedures. 16.7 Bidder shall submit description of measures he will take to protect Owner's delivery schedule, for example, advance ordering of castings orLestablishment of an Inventory of castings. Bidder shall also discuss addltional flexibillty in terms of his abillty to respond to Owner's valve requirements on short notice. 16.8 Bidder.shall submit unit prices for each _ valve by type, size and pressure
' rating assuming manual operators, Adders shall be quoted as follows:
' 16. 8.1. "Hounting" charge for each type of electric motor operated valve. .This price shall include all hardware required to mount the operator on each valve and perform the required testing but shall not include the operator itself.
16.8.2 -Price addition, if any, for coating each valve, except materials such as stainless steel, aluminum, etc. , in accordance with attach-( ments 5.11 to 5.14. A unit price for each valve in accordance with each of the four coating specifications shall be included.
=
SPECIFICATION tl0. CilS-1205.04-1
,. February 10, 1975 Pagn 17 16.8.3 A complete price list for Limitorque operators.
16.8.4 Price addition for supplying valves with limit switches per paragraph 8.2.5.
-16.8.5 Price addition. for supplying air operated valves with solenoid valves per paragraph 8.2.6.
216.9 Completed copy of attachmesit 5.10, " Packaging and Shipping Requirements". 16.10 Proposed Seismic Design Certification. form referred to in paragraph 10.2.9
'16'.11 Bidder shall submit with his proposal, for Owner's approval, a description of the method and procedure he~will employ to measure and assure adequate
~ valve wall thickness.
16.12 Information as requested -In paragraphs 10.1 and 10.4.
-17. DISCREPANCIES AND-lHTERPRETATI0ll Sho'uld a ' Bidder find descrepancies in, or omission from drawings, attachments, or the specifications, or be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall notify the Owner who will issue a written interpretation. ,
- 18. CONFORiiANCE tilth SPECIFlCATIONS '
See attachment 5.9, " General' Requirements Applicable to Specification". 19.' -C0ilSTRUCTION SERVICES Not required.
- 20. ERECTION ENGINEER Not: required. ,
-21.- SUBMISSION OF PRICES AND PROPOSALS'
' All proposals, complete with prices fob hewport, York County, South Carolina
..(Southern Railroad) -and -information requested shall be submitted to liill Power
-Supply-Company, P O Box 1339, Charlotte, North Carolina.28232, by .
' Any late 'or . incomplete proposal wi thout prior approval by the Owner may not be considered in the award of'the order. Extension of the above date will be granted only for valid and sufficent reasons of the Bidder and provided such request does not delay or. interfere with the work of the Owner. The Owner reserves
'the right to reject any or all bids. The Owner also reserves the right to spilt
. the order and purchase selected valves from different Bidders. For; any technical Information required to prepare his proposal, the Bidder may contact by telephone A E Ilarms (704-373-8328) or C H Hyers (704-373-8273). { AEH/dhc1 z -, . . . . . - - - - . . --- -.. .- . . . - - - - -
+ .
'SPECIF ICATION: 5.1 %
Page 1 of 3 ATTACHMENT NO: 1205.04-1. 1" DRAWING REQUIREMENTS f. n^ The Contractor shall prepare and submit five prints each of alI drawings to
-Mr. S. .K.- Blackley, JJr. , Duke Power Company, P. 0. Box 2178, Charlotte, N. C. -
28242, Attention: C. M.'Myersy . -These prints are-to be full-size and
' legible with uniform -' background density suitable for micrcfilming and subsequent reproduction f rom microfi1m. These prints will be reviewed by the Owner and, if
. satisfactory, ~~will be approved and one 'so marked will be returned to the Contractor.
tif not satisfactory, the prints .will be appropriately marked and one returned to: Contractor for correction af ter which five (5) prints of the drawings as corrected shalliagain be submitted to the Owner for approval. Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Owner and appropriately note any changes by dated revis,lons on -the drawing. i ' Drawings will be microfilmed by the Owner and should adhere to the following
. Draf ting LLettering Standards:
~
1 Minimum character height (A, B, C size dwgs) - 0.125 in (1/8)
; Minimum character height (D & E size dwgs) - 0.156 in (5/32)
- Minimum: spacing between lines of characters - height of characters Machine & guide generated characters - 12 point size min.
' Density of characters and lines - Dense, sharp,~ uniform Background density of drawing ( - uniform If drawings are not acceptable to Owner-for' microfilming, Contractor shal1
;E' furnish '15 copies of all drawings for Owner's records within 14 days of 1
' receipt of drawing approval. Bidder to state draf ting lettering standards that'will apply.
' On all drawings and correspondence concerning this order, the Contractor shal'1 show the. following numbers:. Mill' Power Supply Company's Order Number. and Duke
' . Power Company's Item Number. Material is not to be fabricated until such drawings-have bee'n approved. All' drawings will be due six weeks after award of order. The following:Information shall be included on the certified prints of outline and cross-s'ection drawings: a) : Support anchor bolt hole : size -(h". larger diameter than required bolt size) and location. Indicate anchored end.~and slotted :end, if' applicable. + Ib) 10wner foundation requirements including bolt projection and grouting requirements. For safety related equipment, include:
. (1) ' Anchor bolt diameter and minimum . yield stress requirement.
(2) - Operating moments and shears at the base of the- equipment. (3) Seismic moments and shears at the base of the eq'uipment.
.. (4) Total dead load.
Jc): -Overall dimensions and center-of-gravity of equipment, including equipment
~
Lcenterline to face of'all piping connections requiring Owner connection
- and any disassembly clearances required, such as tube pulling clearances, etc.
.d)J All.. nozzle orientations with size and rating of all suction and discharge h: flanges, and 'ID/0D'if not nominal for weld end nozzles. If more than one nozzle orientation is allowable, so indicate.
> ;x .
a Paga 2 of 3
- g:
a-L Drawing Requirements
- (1 1\ _Page 2 .
- e) Nozzle list on tabulated in a ,dra, wing including all information on attached sheet similar format. - List should include all connections including vents, drains, and instrument connections.
f) -Each piece of equipment will-be modeled by Owner; consec,uently, detailed dimensional ~ information will be required, such as dimensional information on contractor supplied piping, location of manways, etc. g) Equipment weight, empty and full of water, and baseplate weight, if applicable. For valves, weight of valve and weight of operator should be shown, h) ~ Lif ting :1ugs shown for tanks as required by Duke Power specification and/or as normally furnished by the Contractor.
.I) . -in' formation- shown on equipment nameplate including design conditions.
fj) : Allowable nozzle loadings on equipment if applicable. k) Electrical drawings to.be furnished shall consist of complete elementary diagrams, wiring diagrams, interconnection wiring diagrams, outlines,
. bills of materials,~ full descriptions of operations and recommended trouble shooting procedures.
~
Contractor shall include in proposal or in supplemental data af ter order (not , l :; 1necessarily -to be-included on separate drawing): a) Sketch of weld end detail for each nozzle connection per Owner's weld end standard.
. b) List of all lif ting lugs or eyes, with ASME or ASTM. material specification,
- and sketch of handling method.
' c) _ List of all miscellaneous valves, plugs, etc included as part of Contractor's scope of sup,91y and sketch of diagram of any special piping, valves, controls, etc. required and to be furnished by Owner. All diagrammatic connections must be identifiable by nomenclature or connection number to the connection
- as shown on the equipment drawing, 11-9-72 Ref 7-11-73
' {- - -Rev I-31-74 Rev ~ 12-13 CMM/sf
pi /84) A INFORMATION REQUIRED ON CONTRACTOR'S DRAWINGS Listing of Nozzles for - (Name of Equipment) - Nozzle Use Nominal Type of A.For butt welds IIst pipe A. For butt and lotction (vent, drains, and spares, etc.) size in Connection- sch. for which weld end socket welds 1 inches Butt Weld, preps are designed
- list ASME or B. Note type of thread for ASTM specifica-
*"9" '
threaded connections ' tion and grade. Threaded. .
. C.For flanged connections * " " "
- B. For flanged note the pressure class and whether raised or flat face. ' connections note Also note standard to which Yh ether flange is S.S., C.S.,
flange is layed out or note as special layout ** C.I., etc. l For butt welds made to Contractor standard, (as approved by Owner) note the standard (drawing) to which the weld prep will be made. For butt welds made per Duke drawingsa' , sketch will be required for each different weld end preparation. For flanges made to a special layout, a sketch wl.11 be required for each different design noting the layout of the flange. DRAWING REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 3 ' ' '
' ~
- SPEclfIcation CNS-1205.04-1 AttachmenE5.2 7
t
- i
-l .. ._L. T b.
k8
...,.._.-l l ~C l
'. Q ....-.._...Q
. . - . -2 }4 '
[l T.en.n_ T- 6AtVU VALVE TAQ f a, C
! Il
.~'
s, g l. t re.7 O
-] . .- % 8 I s \% ,
/D Gh. '\fM 0.G F, '.A EE1, .
'*!( Y'aw.ao ,:..."c :mmro rs- .
~
cui u w.u A4.. w ro w w.
,, ., 'TU*-6 f. .~-. sf c . c . c FTiT*ENgtt,$
', ME W,1..a ' N ',
i- [ t F
,'.1 t-Flo %w . _ _ _ _ _ }_ . _' _ _. (. - ..2...._
%d
%d I
LeH Hand Uw".t t l
! D.XE PONER CcVGAN4 SIWRD
, .TEENTWGTicu TM AMD EN\b
[ ORtENTEDoN i-Yl 6b{h i/14/ 74 6 k j w
. . , . . . ~ . . , . . . . . , _ . . . _ , . . . - , . . _ . , . .-
. . h .. r ., . s,e .cr . g q;ny .py g .
/ ~~~ r, '
, - . n .-
_A=
>s > . ', , .s , r.
& . T(s[ .l d.d. y4 h k [ / ,M f f* ryr .sj F - 4g '
4o g.. /= / e r.
\.
.'I.-.- .c f,h*6 / i rr / L. ' .. A.
p 1 i . . ...g .m ,. , .= ,;- -"- : . ,a
.. - s y p: .'. ( p. !
(
!A
.. /. . r i d3 c jf.
=
.I e t f:
a i .t ' . . a
> t
. [ .! ;4! -
A
- f. / /j
~f: -
!.,l ;
. [
t r 4 , : r s : w/f . .Y -- ff. - e - - /
=g 1 w .
t .iew g;.s - 1 L
- a. l.
i.-
- 4- -p 9- ,
;o [
.~. > .
4 -
- .s a r .c - -' ;
I g t gy
. K 1 n. .
. i i
===,;==,,,n;;;;;. * -
e.
...?.'."."*:".."."*
- -e~-= ==". u . . ,;;i.m.~ .
~.. . -
~ - - -
.=~a'= s .u....
GC^.L L. .
.u ~ , ,- , ,, s ~ . .
,4 o a m. .
..4~. -.e ia j
.......u . . . . . . .
...m...........
.a...
i .. z . l .; >' ; / / L j j t-; W .. ,' .&
.-~n
, 2 j
. A.
p ]l
.-i. ~~- ,,,.
.n _ U. I
.o. .
j,. A
.; C I
, .. . s. I .e. se
, l_
. ,, . s .
' ' Ig. '" ".. ;. . , . . .,. . . . . . , .
d --- .
"F'
"''"b.
*S**'"'"*"""*~
2 I i 5 I
...- .C,_, .
_.c *\ . U , , nx . . ...u.._. i
.. .. .m p'~ >
//* hun t n u.a._t.t_
u mu *= c
. -% / - )Yi ..
s
** #./
g-g d .4 #-s4 .u.La..a_A
. r
* ?
ti. a. i L. 42.t_. % _n. t_
. .. 1 i! = == . =_ a.r i *.tio. ti.n._ m-
#; 2 N
?-
~ - 8
>l 3 f'y/ / . . .
/ /
.g I r[ , 4,.mm .' ,*; . -
__q 1.a n_a a.a._ e2.'a_.m Lasru.m s .rt.J.es _.a u.s .t .a._F.,2 .t 1 t_ _.t t.3,.ttn, wo J . lu. _ =_ _.i-.-i.1. .t.. ih.t n...
-in .
=_ t =...m.a im.J :r i ._L N.r 1 T.,'.*"
f- y
. y~ -l 3 h.. ' . 4s c%.-- -
l
},' =
.s tJ.ew n
. p u a.a u maa.x"a.pt_a.u.. s A. .a-ur.a m.i 1u
>&,. . ni im mau.a t1.. ca t.
ir
., . ; % :uurt_
o te.st. x.m.u..m i. w.u m
- y. l 3 [ .
C- . J i g .. i. _: u in .u =u. aa m
~ t .e l p. s. . a a( in g o ma r i s.u.tna a. n . . n. .. . l j
- g.l ., , a na U. t. nata.a a.w..ina._m.
i rs m n .r an . ,3.am m. i.
.um g s _ .ink. a a.u mm ag m.m
- a. m n. n mi3.a
.m3 a Lh
_a.um6 mm m.=
. , . gg 1
l ....i..
, p . : I >
M- ' ' '
.- , 8
'T .B or *I
, i
/ . .
i _ i 3 f~' C l' GC'L.f
- CQL.'I i j'~ .
p.- _ g,"
-~
i WEST *GOM . ,- b c.-- WELD END POEPARATIONS /, ,, e. [ h ,'
. . .,s .,
. a ou .ii. 6
~'.' .n.. . ....mn.. ,,,. ... . 4 ev . t . . . . . ..
, d.us.. ... .= . .
.a
. ... r...n . t ma r. .. i.... ..
; i.n.. : ; ,,
c---
==
w
....u..,.a.
....c.m.__
_ _ . . -q. , r / = = = =
.....~r........,....
i .,;,;.,; ;.,, . .<. = v _2 m,...................a..- . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . ; .. .;,;;g,;.g , . ..;,.;.,y,, g 2_ a...o
_ ........................e.._._.,,
.v....
. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . a..........,..,..,
e.e .. q -. . ....... . .. . . ... .. = ..
.~ .
. . . . . . e.e.
....e.e.
d .w. .n. u, ce m, . . . . . , p . . . . e+.
..ri*....--
.e..o . .= e. e
~
t .
....,u.e. . . . ., ... . e e. n .s
..e.,.em.......... ,
Z .
..e........e..'.U'..w. ~l e.........no.........=.en.....ucr..
. . .e.........e
. ........e.,...a.
.e ...4....
- t. nus .....
x on
.......e..r.
e.. o . . ., . ..
....r. .s..
i
...=.9.n.
.........w"....>.o. ... .........
.e.4..o.o.a.....co....e.,....ne.4e....r...cw...........
s a 4+. . ..e . . n .. ..s.o (--- #
.~- ..* .
specifleation CNs.1205.0l.-l Attachment 5.3 sheet I of 2 L: , .... ..... . a%Ana pdXt[M g y .....7AT U. l . ' l , ".6 wow M LCNG LNO MUpATCP.5 I
... r F
..e.
. k. L g.
ehe.bep .6. .MM_. 9
.L gd a. . ...==A.~ .
. . . . ." . . i. -. 2 It > -i
~
9" ..4 pt "".'~'- -], .
.g . g,C C 7'f,J .;
w
- w. ,;- ,-,,. r ;-~~- ---
W, m. .,m - - < ~e { .. /%.~,h , . m -~L ^ e
,f% .. $* *
*fu 4
f %/ ~* f. . t t / 4 ' f ( (S - c, ky{.< l- %" 3 x,,'N- h jyN ';' % M -
! W. - q. l
- - - , ~
/.o e ;.
/m ./-_#. /
4 ' i 1
)
(. -4R v n g. yP f ('
- .. a
'. (f f "u4 c.'
f, g.= 1 - p {fA Qjf-1 S [ s
, A j.,..,,,,
r-f* '
'l f(
-9 i
r,a : - , -. (;
< m b;. .- > s 3 -
-so :e I.1 - , .>
=
}
vg.=
,. .= .
. A,
-l I e.
hw , ' a-- .b. p I g. . -
..- 1
?
*ifI mI ,
I,Il. - ' j'I ,q6,p[.
- Il 5 .t
;i :' -*".1::T" - glj. d 3
- , *v J 3' 8 3
ggg, g *- ,,$
. Qualla -
e E u - a .
.. . . ..c...,
- .~ -
i
- u. .-
,... .c......
.,. ,, ...m....m. .
...m.-,.....-.~ ....-.. fg v,.)
.u ....,r..
= = ... m . e.
i
------.h- -
j
/ e/
= <. u
,/ s.
7_ .. I-
- g. - -- I EC r amn *
- o. - 1-
.........u ttw. c,cg
. - . . . , . . m
, , , , , r . . ...... . m - S em . .., , , , ,* { _, . ._ _ - _
se
-I.h 35 . . h,[".. (;.i= l *" t j, T.9 ...- . .'f,.Q..
;- F M C; ' Da
. . np__ hg W, ia: . s:
g;p .,
%, <.h.29: -dy ""
j @r :*.,
- @ -~
g,, r-gn . ~ p- _- c ..n-W- - m_u.i_
, - t- n--1, ,",J- -
m -3,"e;- .,, -g,, -+
,n.g__1,;g_
ig
;;;;_ , ;g- {
,, ,m- -
;.t.,. ,,,
. , , ,, . , _ - ,,,.c-- .
TCyyh. I .... ,
- ., T '_ ., .C, dt ,.,s -. .
e L.
,. -Nor- g on -
!Ib ..
e 3;;. 2 .m
- "18 O - [_-
-f.
r gaat u '- -i L8 ja uh -E g
~"ICE;Z
- 7,::- ag!rHih- ,;l3- r mux i - e .". ~l h,.omt m I!>;12 e ns-+ rm- d-w i s~ l'.
r ur- -itT
- +TM--f.- H- -
y(
.n w-+ 6vii,* .. g m,,, - ,de v m-r -- 3 *
-b. - ll!r v r- n..-i. y 1, - 1 i nm. -+yr,- ..- "> p 'w"-j w rwr--- ,,,,,- h.
... . I M.r - ,vm-q'-y P'- _
* ~ "= Zg
- ( a ** 3. n -
go m ~v. c c g w u,- b-4 a _p re gd
. .e. etns-!
J' 6 g ;;_p;
< m 1.=-$ 4. ..
an d
- r --
ve-
- . 7. C]b,l2
'.,. f } n l n..:
- S,I.m.;.;-
, - '--I.kl .-
t
*L1 j on_
d ,"
,,- .4 '" N.-
_ ;- -t - n- ::n.",
- g
- : g g r p
> I"d> .. ,- =%,- -M -;;;g *
. r
. a>
aa,_ :{ =.-- rg n i ri d4 ,;,gr -- -t .= "" .-' - 8
-tr-+ n,,. -. + 1.. -
J. a( sg
,, a, .-+-
,. P.
in -+ v.- s lg-t g.sp tur"f := q g:- - ppg 2 m-r E4.-+.!" r tg.- en ,
.., p"t.t s.. -- n w Z
"!,r-
- e ! ., .7 -
i ~t . -
- l'.E -i dl::
'" +. : 1,.;;2- ha '" r l mQi .ele=c '4
$,'*E _4 *
. $- :g r.u.r'_f[ ~ !l' H
. ~i . x
. a m q 4. .
= =1 m
; .E : :nr .A E .
. .m. 7.e .m. ; .ne d :gm- er r_ :1m,:: Ixm..-
.. ;u as m . ,. ...f.Tg m .u a. _r w=.
.. 1 4- . m.. g__.
_._'g. 2 cr - =_ _ .
. .'. -jlrdl;!i: ! ."l-1J* -
*J: :' ! ."I '
9 a- y ,r-
- w. =. 2 l
s .- e- tmq:;;g -
-g g_ q:_kn-q+,rJ-. :11.1 - !
4:,- i;;:- 1;;;- R-
,.,, ., g _- ,. , ,-} ,.
,.,,. ,., ,- ..._ -, . 4_;:
.. , -, , _p- .
, ,,r-
,,,., . .. .+ ,., _. , , , , , 4l",2 Tispll_21lmr u,.,,.-
ri iir--
- lrt;!-
., , " _- i l
fg "ar; y;;'I T;;;I r. c ..,,
"3.5, ,_II' h;% a -_. ~p~ .g; g;r w .-
t
-f= y4l n, - hpM i','E s- m" a
-fl';- m";-',
g- '.n g j; - 4:E
,,., - E, _- , . , . , ,-m.,-
. g ,m,, -
g -.--- ,,_- . F,, '_M' ' . llin - / .m. i e , c~e ,..--,,n,,- ,.-. . . .. , -- ,
.,,..,,.,7 ..
- w .
.- , ., s,.
. ..- v, .r-
. , , .,a- ,n r,., , +.
t,, c, , , . , - ,,.a-
._. t.e,1
. = . . -,, . g6 ., - .u --
y -
%. _ ~
7.79 n.,-
. h,., v,. , ,:a,-
,,- n
* ;. s._ w. . . . ... .
-+ !!JC3 :"ll- . c-+u. m m , . . .
-!!- 1E_+, i
. ".' .:I. :g-_: '.M21.n -
' ,I-r .! .i.r-w 4 ?" ="H +=
. m,.
= m 6.
1;;lr :',, +-
. l b.
.::-t:i;'t ._j
. I,;;; a+.'.; ' i;: - 'r Ill5,"--n = , di;',; _t.nt:
Q.'j -
.2: '* .! x
" , *,-- .,, 0.'.
.p _7
. . , . " . 1-. .. - [1,.-- -
. [ 3 - . ., .,,,
i"
..~ 4 ,l a,, j . .
,j l;.. ..Z-.----
c
- 5_+ l C._j.i.i ti;= - .
k.u.;; _
. p:1. . ;i .t. 't ;,;:[:::;.
+ :l-
- j t r.n.. r ::.;;:;q': C/] .. -..u. r- ...
- . = : I n g ;l:,.g. -a. tg -
>,,, y r ..,,, :;g ,g n ..
3 3,2* ;rt ,y . 3 m ;. . ,. j
. . .n. .. .-
,,.,y,,,.,- : . " . 2.A. .
yy : n.,c .
- . ,. ---{
. n .,
*,,m.-..
n n.
,, .,11 ; . ,,,, +. . , .., -) a
..r =U.
m, ,
- p. r;;-::,: -j 4,o s .;!--
- p:; _= ' .
.a . *n-1:*. np=. . : .= Mr1
= .- .p ,,..
.m.....
K, Ng.,- g ;;, -
..- 3 :n n p =.m - .....
- - . ,, y a
- i;;;p
,,m,.- a ,,,,,__ .. a .. . ; a J .tL_ =
[31 .. 4 : l.,...:;., . -l - - -
..r 7:
y,, : N.,.: . m. g.. . .g .-
. b.. ,s,. .. : .. p.. .n. -.
a .,,.....,,,.2 . u.- .. r n
- s
. m. - .. .
l
- ,= i ..
, , , , ;;f 'p:f .,; -'
r yI; m:,;;; ;
-- gw:2
. E n --
- m,2
. m_ _r. t; ,, ,
. . . .nr . . .e
-=.= -, . n- i . o. .m
, , ,,,, h .- .. -
t u. .- . m. .
,,4-.----..,
_. w_ a .n . . ,
..er a. e - e....,, ..
A -- - g _ , -. p .
.b e** 48e p' eb .
N e' 8i eft e \
. . es mes d e
s ee
'; ,.'s, ,/
4.**
.i.
to-.e e ty ese e.sen *
***=====
a eesanos4se an e "_' *
, [ ,
4; y '
- 4. .a p _o "
..M I _._
1. ems eiens a at a w s ve a 4-
- e
- i. % _,.., , me
_ e,e_n L. ,,. ,.,. ,
,,I e, .. .e.
.i L ',,y,,M e e-- e* *
' , , , , , se ete.s -e s ' * =
e,e .-e-. j .\, ' .v/ , g r/ 4'/,,, ,,
- - - .m st*tten reame.r m es to tsees a ceimie aime Tg r *g*
euuni saaaveteseescaet es m e e.e .w -
% e me gas e esem.mte vet es =
se e og m *
- s es' she mi e58 e 8.a*e*' # '
e * , ** = mareram ee ese.a'em ie. s censue f . m s is a e se se anwaame sem ma essemis Pi mis e 'e.s ' y
. I meeeeeee
- 1
&W-* Es Deum e s- e I
J .. . g ,,y- . .. . .e.e.e e ,,,
.ausseesee n
-.. .! , .Q, ~.
. -p. ; -.
6 so e..
} .,
ev e W Em esse sure e ses em l 5>9 M use use mieuw ascesse
. e esegmens aspi.e s'e asemat e e a e e ame e a e nese es emm.ui.me e
.g .ese e.a.e e enare
^
, ?
e dh g esa .. mast.e.ma..n.e.m.m e e. e e e. .m.is.e. eses L _w-
.M $j e
% e .e r
j, i
-ese se . e.s.e..asm .eassite s's .
s e eeseen _ , , , _ se e e** *e j
.,. !j e, seen.sco.e r's am'es assass er bg auf enneae - . . . . .
)
~
e.e. . se. - _-]. f./ p re.ee
$,'N ause e.e --
emmes ses et
- s** g_ '
e esp at etes ' f
- e to' S % anna r y g .O* ' $* \ t***"
g sus e same root ass ese,e, apre mis seem tes e g" ' meus es tesane e eieti \/.
-&- #g wacts te m te ete " **
ans een'eD.'4 ear ' em e s e g g g..has ,, petadt sie e og a g = gasess, F ( cum mens seiere se
- e temme e
M MAS s's senese e ease sie
~~
at eieusee as neo.no amese43 E i 6 ei w M.,t.,e.mm.e.em
.oe e .se pose.ce ee } -
t to- 'l ." e e eens em y ,, e,s,o ee
=!!
l '"' 8's g en eue am mes se essee
/ -NT X -
' " ~
,o m
4 . cNi a
- f. _
x'88% t"e8i,:
...e. .
?
e..._ m (
- 4,s,%ensam seg p. g ma o e sket up eau one e y.
q 4
- essum e
; e
\ czar .
J _ ,.. .
- aee.
anye sie saureee.e. nm 4 a, mies e e.ee ime..simmi
. .e v .. . - e . e ,.e - ,
- . gg.gg , g g- . 4 he eweie te4s she ga p e.se e.a s, ale .aus.ease.e e.e.ese.4
- y. ,, . .,e, .,. e e e ..- e 4l ta a o g, ,
e ess"e so- y.- see 3 ,,s,e,no im 3 e.ne . .e nse.e.. g,g,,,, e , me .ee.n as,st,,me,e,.e . e, e saa e sere
'
- T' 'e est-*
- em e' <ss se ses aims 7
e east as au e e
. Ig* * ,TDiat em' r* ese e'se' m =*oam tempees *e vem emus .4 a 3* f e5 1 We* e e'*
estees e et eu me 4 I M- <.4
. . . - - e g'S Me W 88"E e a
, N 4- 1 6 y 89 e- .4 m;.r
- f e,.e e.e - t . , se ee,.i.
.e e. .,
t em M e 'O'teettet.enepas h40 ene'ee sans , 6 l A mee e p e
+/s'v
( e. 2
, e . !*%
+> , e3
t.
- 5 4 .
- 4. ,
; ),i '
s l_ %
. / - .
_- ~ p . 7
, p. ., ,
t'a = = = =
.#.'r." ;l..T. . ,
i , ....
.-... . ==*=.=.= ,
. .ama amuma
~
was-
.r , , ,
, .t
/ .. . a ...
- - p, ,j ,
u . .- . f
==. -s. a g - .
K%L *L* 1' a In
. g- .
t . -e., gt- s. . i ( r, ~.1
. r ..- . - . -n-. .
f
-. y <
/
hm..%... .......%.A
~
~
~ . .s
%.',C /,'
C
..s.e.S................
. . . . . . . . ~. . . . .
.....,..e...
/ .
M.s.c .v.-...*' y . - e COL *W
+
j ..- - r... GC^C2' i M1l'r.'
,' - - . . . ' = "**
s
', .-~
I r i
. . . . . . .
- i w...-
mp m l ag . .% =. .* l ;, rj ( --{ s
;/,
. e. '/
y
-,~.e.
$/ y . f, ./s . / ;; <-
,e,
** 3
-----.g, l.
( / y r.~ 3 . , . . , - -
-g L
*W..... g.,:3.y9 s -
1 - -, - - 1r
-w-i i _ v. .
Q
- . L. p. _
i _ ~ w e. .w. i . % I.;
~ I
. e . . e1 se (
ruw=-. -
'. sw. ..
- r-
. .m9 e
s,.e...." f.1
.i w
I r,4 . .r. - .g- ..* j
. en g y.. .~ , . . - --g y.. 'I
- _ . f'...., g .fj r.e. - .'.I2. s.
'***8"*'*""
M. m .-tr'. 4 1 EM&m'.M, ...m.... m n OL *Y'
. ,. .. KT,Ls.,a *
! specification CNS-1205.0f.-l Attach.ent 5.3 Sheet 2 of 2 c .#4.b8h4 ff* L E S. 4 4 T I('M, P.P G LA@T WELDi G END PREPAAATCrv$
n-s-- e.m pB.am e- *
. .e% a.g
&h &&qaq >. -V.,f % W ~ @ W i U( 1o ' * * ' ' A S * $' ' $ I *.*>&Ff'*__,_,_,**** **"*****'We'r**. e
--. _- - --_ __-.. r -- .- . _ _ , , , _ . - - . , - , . ~ _ , , . . . ~ . . _ - . - , - . . - _
O O O O O O O O O O O O O~0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o
@'M
.* QE.L '
he 'c i 4:< fs.. t e I
)
4 :. g y ._ _.. . . _ . - _ _ _ _ . -. . - . . . .. _ . - . _ _ 2 4 ) s W D - I h A '
.t N
% I
- 8. A R ,
;; y . - _. _ .. .. . . . . - _ .. _ .. _ - -_ _ _ . _- - . _ = -
." N
. e9 .
w .c t
-- 0 3 1 V 9-
. ks ,-
i - j ** , , - ., . - . - .- . - -- - ,
\ '
N s
- t -
g - h I i e 1 i i g - -. - - _. . - . ..-. - - . . - . - - .
~ . - _. - - - - ,
1 a 3 4 . I
""* I 4 .
9 A L & I _ i t t
$ w w - I I 1 g - - _. - . . .
i e / i d s<. 9 I g e
$ t '
=
t _ f 1 g - .I. . - - - . - - , . . - . . .. . .. . - 1, W ' e I hAJ . 3
.J
,I y , i - e E. . -
L3 8 1 e .. . - - - - - - ... - - - . .- .. . . _ - .. ., . . . . ..
- a. '
t
<< l f a L
~%
O*
) %
t t % i t 3 g g e e . .4 I Hw al 7' t
> 1 g 1
l -. -. - 1 l
~ - _. - . - ., -.
l 1 d . D " . t ( i o a e g & OU $ 4 % % $ " E L
- W 3_ 1 e t - -
,.W.. -
L J .J
- I i - 34 4 1 1 I 1 3
.* i
* ... .. * <t t - - . - - .
9 g a I I y '~ t t
-- . / I e
* , t ,
s t
- - l l ; ,
i I o ., . . 2 I h*8 - " t
=-l,,6 . .- ,
w '> t t ' E l 0 I i . g 1 . . t = . - =* - _. - - s- e . . . _ , - . -
. - . . . . .,.5 - . .
l 1 L i l . t r * ' O
) e
- I N.
I t
'*
- O -
e i e l I l - a == == - - - - . . - . .-- - . * . . . . , , . . . . . - i - - i l l s I . e i > 6 I " I w - - . w I I e 0 ^ h
.s w a
. I s
ed g . - - - I 6 -- l I 7 ) 1 1 . & 4 A I ) 1 L 6 > 1 l . 6 1 4 1 l v
/
l .g ....e e. - . . .. ~ g 4 ..f . g g .. j ...,-. ,,,g 6 i i e ' aef L 'D . & 1 t 4 t a I e
. . - .e . ..e . . .
I l / t %
- f
,4 f
I I I t i 1
. .. ,.- . -. ~ .. . ,, . . . . _ , _ _ . .
- . 9 . .-. . . . .. . . . . . ., . . . . . = . ,
.. . . . . . e e o o o .o e .. . . . . - - .
ll l!
'I,; iI '
lfl! i + 1 l 11: 1 l , i l!! l
'l
# i!: !!
ll l
- !t!i';;! ! ;) .
!{ .
ll li i i
! i i il
- it i i i l i: ll {, l
!. r il t
t-l;' 1 l' ! l , 1 i! - i, l ! ! !' ii .i
,* l , i ,
i ! ;I .; i ! j ! ' : . j , I i
!,4 , .
I.i,f3) ;-
! ; !;i i
I l !!j l f li.;i i i . i
!,iil
. , , t
- l. t ij i i j 1
i i - i i t i
; Ii !
- --F ,;_-_6 _-____F-_i.____-__, I I 1g I
;3, .. . ,
.. , i
.e i 1
1
%. .. :b ,,
s i i l i , Il m '
.i-. ; m ei .C "
, 4 t 4
I I l.! $ T:, ; v'el . .-g ..: ., e- l , , i l
' 2. h.
~, i h ,
l j F. . h .e,' 0 (J ; '%
- k* '3 C *J '3 43 !
_-w
$E3 \.
r e l ."J mt.3-l i N .a . j.,l..'i *d
,9 .
; ',n w
;u ir r @
u u
'J y
t t - li , i i
.- o % I!,F ius le w e e"l.l._l_
it li ~l l ; l .. I
._ ,_!_ _; l l i
r i; l l l
- o1 I
l l i
.l
=
isveie.i '.'i je,iee. 6, d.pe
, I i r 6 ** 0.* .l 1 2 ed e l
- IJ l T! .' '
I l I e
' ,Wg < $.,
,; ge
.n .. ; ..Il et i e r 4. i4 e ., .4 e, a r. m. ! ps. l 4 e; i i .
I' *4 1li ij k! :i
,i i
, f!! l _ _
t i _l_l. _._i. Il i i I_l I, i _ .l.l
,j li . ! !
3
, l, , ,.
I' (I f i i i 8 lP 1 ..l I { 8 l l ! lt ! 1 i i i .- ,, - 1' 6! ii, i i( 4 t (i
; # 14 .? .o. i i ,
, i i + -
flTil ! '.-. l ' ,I l l.mL.-M i. .. i f ' $ ifls., . ' 4 f In, i, I, i ljl 4 i j f!i. 1,f, I h ! ,# , .a U .,".,e I ,! ' f[, l ' E -
, ll l i f ,fI t , i i
6 , 't _ . _. ! : i i . i
, . .i i
' ) i I *
[} ' l j 9 Jm i; f l I
' tal
+
l
'L a '
! g ! lI e
I 1i 5 . in 4 . I.u
. ; .s .+ * 'r a a a l'- ' I' w
,~ wi 7, .s .
r . 1
.. ; -I e.,
1 - .
! , .e ,
l f _.I. . ^ ,- l_!, . . , _ ., I , l I {g ! k,
. l i
;1 i , , .
l,_'f f 1, l .__, _ _ , , _ ,_ _ . ... , W
; h,l.
I( . .
. , $ i @ i f. I_;2,iI,- l , f*l ,
i i i #
!l !l
, !II I
. < ,e: -:,, ... ~ . , < , , . . , .
i . . . . .. ,
,.el. if 0./l i.*e
, .'m.
- li.
i ,s =cr 7 a*l -
-] '" { t 7' i
?! i l: 1,<, ! l., i
- ,. g!
l j ! i ,' j I i < < i . - i .
., , t
- i. . ,
"3 . !..
, . i s. _i _ . . , .s s , _
1 ,i., i , i
! , w' . ' ,.
< + i ,
f*
<t A 4 F e '!!s* #t!l i -
lI'l II j !' t I l I
!l je ' 1 '
I *
,~1 a Ij l 1 6 'T ' .'*.yl t j e 6 e-t
.e ! i9 l -o rs
}
.s 7 "e.
e ei
';* e a .
I e$ 1 < f .4 i ,
'I i ,
l-i i i e.6 - s ,e e
-f l ..l , F !,
i +i t I
, t l ,
43
! I I l
.; 4, . ..i l .l .*.L. .e....
- . e; !
, e ~/ g a
- 19 1 !
- l. ,
>l._l I l 2 t
. s a .r l i
i } j l i e .4 4 lI ,z;i: l tii. Ida t . ., . l l i l i e.4
>s a *s -- tl e
,4.
sie'rs l, As, t E! I t-Al lw i a r -t '.s.' t 1 lLs f ~.t.Ii 1.s =
'Ami=
* + .e. i
,, A;e l, f
J. 4 *M ii !J'B, 4 k i. &a ! l I e j t 4.Dl 4t 10 I I Ce > t, ,l 64 4 ' ; ' ' [ , ( t-? i ll g 3 . i 1 1.: i.s 6 t . -a l r>. , s a .e a! -
. I . _i j f:
i f . .$ l ; y ens s 4 'O 4 3I. j g g I j ! l J. l ' l a I . p~ 1, *. "3 ) l gi ll - l l p w
- i. ,
'll l
A
. l e
i e i j l, 2
=-
i lf g 6
; fJ a
)w lft.
i I 6 i 1.. f .,' ., 4. ...I i i i l ,, i 1
. i l,,
+ i e m ws .
j l I hee #, i g ; .: ,,e,, g ., ,a, , i [, .F
- t. 3%gd{l' l
, w > l l 4 . ,' < ! .
} }
( el: - $ 6 0 I e i j1 1 ( e
; le , :.~1 I i
.e..
(
),
,e-
., l i
3I , _% , 4 ii ; j I tet , t i j i i t i i 'i 1 tvi l' m . l/ l l l t3 I "*l 'l
*d 1 eu. .9 .O. l ~I** l- r J q ?34!e ' ,
i t> j ,.B f er i. !-. -7 =
- a. l l a.:o J' .3 i
e t i g iii % 9 e e l* * ** .e g e. e e e l' eg I : I' ,
', ** 0 J { t ,
*I6 u_ .i. ,.
4 i 1.-. l4 I' f 7- -i l i ai_
.i
_I iiq'i +! ii n_ e-t ' Nl _p ai'!'
-_a- ,- i e,l .at g..
1 {l: 6 t i 81 16 ,[, ++
. ! i .
j e
- i. i j- l 3 A as e N w( fq f
. ;
- es J. v/ '- ., f st l l
}
} '
.e [
3I _>.e, s< i l i r, i o
. >s eqpJ, lr' ii t i. .
N, is e i t
;I g
c.
!, t et i i
.s.
- s l l . .
i 4 t p< ,' w _ j .,, . e, .i
.e. .
; r .
letf t
- q. .
s.f.t_#
** j . l i
l' l..'i t., ? t 8 i i .,., i ei .e ' ; i >; le } i [ l 1i 8 i .l i
- v'e,.
2 i.
= i 3.- di ..- l s }., a sJ ii.
r ss !i.i.- 4 e i
., ,' l ,
I i I l e j ti
.l '.~.-.I.-.
1, -e i >i _i ,.. .. # is i . . ii _' - I e, is, I/.,i_i_
. ip!
f i t I i - I _.i w 1 o . 4 !_$ ,.* _ ?,.' i ; i l l }. t [ ! .- ti,L , 1,i .e i ( i.4 i ll llil l !O j l'; :.'; ;! Ii ! ll
$,!i. t d'
W. *.! !,,i a;, , J ;! '
! 1 i
i , , ,
.e , , i t
~ _. , , a. W. i .s.t
, . .e ,j !
>i- i
- i.. : :
. ;l9 . . i
, i > ! '!
I 's;
;j,; ,
te i j , e e
'. .o i l j e s o . i a i.e
- 6. t 7 $i b I l "
-[ f .a.
q f. $
; .4 ,
6 4 l >.'l1 -
! .s . .
,al
..(
5 .J 1 . ; l -.. .- i.... i* 4a.4 I: g.
.-d h.
;i e .- e . , . -
- i. ,;
I, ** I l ' =i
.t e l % 4 he e e' . i 1
g ( g.. %.. ..;-.. j .-.._ . . . . . . . oo Oe e e e'e e e * . . *e . e e o e e o e eT e e m
/ [ .) ..N, J,.
.[ y ,,. ..W [. *yjj ((k , . y . ;. }- [c . k >*,3.5. '., . ." ..; ,1 , j .. ..r- .
,'- ..;, O I y., , , , ; -
. , _ . . . , . , , g.,. . ' . / .. .
.r_). '. . , ,
,.-'x >
i $. ,* ,
,, p, , , 'y. ...- ,
g;., . ,-.' y: ,
,%Wr
*#(.
/ ' .} . -
e' .
- g. ' ..g ,
N, s,,.. ,;. s '- , g p .. l;. g n -/ X .
') ./ ', . ' . . -
- 4. - ..
,- MYS i, -
'e ;: _
- .'- .i ?
3
,' g4y.,.
- - . y r . . ,
., n e
?. ',,:.,
<_. t
, , i f __
- ,. ..4% F,$ m A 4.b.i ,; , ,
+ * ,
,[ $
E$&
.m.
y - . ,, oj _
- }. .'
y A. t,q, ? " N. w '+-
- i ,> *1.
#.g- >
, .,"- ig'g , -
! ',,,W t- :
_b ,,,
. . . ?-
1-
') s ,-
,- . . s . .-
, i
,.'t' .,' ,
- 3. - g. -
'. ., ',.'- .k .
V
;I g% -
p 's ; / f~ (?.e,..* f.'..
.(.. f. .. g,- ,.
,, . -y
)
G-
,. ~ . ,..'
.: r n-
~ *"
.S.. .
.g
-Ao .',y M. . "
-.g.
k ;-
- e. y,
. ,i r ,.
., f-s . '% ;
tp
.* y :. [ .h
-y- -
<.4 .'f k-
. . , ,. 4-.
. r A, 1, --: .sh -
4% Y1? ; l.' q; Y.T t - r. s R. s. s s> - , y Q* . .' , -' .,' , -
.,5- :
; t 9 .s .(vt.
,w . . - .
8
,.,,-y
'C'
.-f 9 d) tyyt ','
g- ,
.... .;,. r,." .
'. *kf
+ ,
;.+,
. .': . , 4-
- g \%' .
g.
' ).
4
^ ..
e
+'Q , j .3
- ., . l'
.t" *
./ > '.4 e..
4 ^ i 7g .. av
,,a
.<$- , s g
, , , .f-l.
5* p- --
. .i ,
7
- f l -
is', f 8 ', [
$R ' #
ifT q , 'T '- g, , _ 3[ ~# , " .'. ' '>J . " , { - [ . ,, , . -*{7 , ,'*. q, N, j . g '. . p <*'
=, . < . .* * -, $. 4- . N , A.
J. ,, - t , ' e,p, , - >o.. s .e,y 3 ,,.4,,'
.;..,-+, .,
- p. 6 .p .
. A , .,. %. n,,,9'",. Q, ,
"g.
. ' ,, e r
.'i. , . . , " -
j, r eL j, . 'N.(<
-..,[ - *i . '. - '- ,,. ) g. , g ' %, 5,f , , { i g 3 , . -
y ,-4y
, g. j4 ,y y. , , e, -
4 F.'a ., -
~
3 .' - l $. . lj p & 4 h.f ,
- [ I) . .'. * ^ '
'g' , ' Tf . 8
/' . ', -
.'8 ,' * '. qA b ' ~ .. Y ' 1 g ,,.: ,, -A61 .(.J:. . ,aF
"",.,.,,f,'d
-s.
y -
. ., e4d
, J<
- . t .g
.>* ' - ,y y g
'. u , . -
y
- . , E **
l .'e
,t. % f ' Gv.=,.. . , * ' s,y;'f r' - , af' 3 g
' ' fe.
Q**-- ,; - % S-4z ,.h r ' g ', ,. --R.M ,- ,yq
.k* f. , ,*.* *M I
'f,'; . J -
,y e ,. 9
.. g *ig
'g *4,,v-.r - " . ,' *
'd-
'4. $t y .g . . . " ., _
i -b"
?,- .y
=-
7_ . j .: s, 9.. , -( 3
. ' , ' r.
ve., ',4 , a ',.=#
,- . + ,, .
,_, y,. _
=
...M, -
.t- ;A -
/, -
1 Specification No. CNS-1205.04-1 Attschm:nt D:ta: Febru ry 4,1975
+ Attachment No: 5.6
( L) UKE POWER COMPANY SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS VALVES CATAW11A 1 & 2
. CLASS 2/3 DIAPHRAGM AND PLUG TYPE VALVES -
1.0 Scismic Design Manual The valve and appurtenances shall be quallfled to meet the seismic design requirements of this specification in accordance with the procedures and guide-lines of the Dut:e Power Company Seismic Design Manual. The Manual is intended to be utili7ed only as a reference to this section and not to be used alone. The < sections of the Manual pertaining to particular portions of this specification are noted below. However, those sections should not be used directly without the background information provided in the remainder of the Manual. 2.0 Operating Conditions 2.1 Modes of Operation . Two modes of operation shall be considered (Manual Section 4.1.3). The upset mode incitides the effects of the Operational Basis Earthquake (OI3E), and the faulted mode includes the effects of the Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE). The seismic loads shall be considered in combination with all other concurrent loadings on the valve (Manual Section 4.1.3). The criteria for these loads are specified below.
;. 2.2 Seismic luput Criteria For the SSE, a Scismic Load Factor (SLF) of 3. 0 g shall be applied in cach of two orthogonal horizontal directions in combination with an SLF of 2. 0 g in the vertical direction, all acting simultaneously (Manual Section 4.1.1.1). The SLF values for the OllE shall be taken as 8/15 of the respective values for the SSB.
U . I .
;r := .
.*,(
m Concurrent Loading Conditions _2.3 Other concurrent loadings to be' considered are described in Manual Section 4.1.3. Any additional considerations are spec'ified below.
' 4 3.0 L Seismle Qualification 3.1 Procedure
' One of the following procedures may be utilized for the seismic
- qualification:
^ -3.1.1 Equivalent Static Analysis An analysis shall be performed in accordance with Manual Section 4.2. The results shall be demonstrated to fulfill the acceptance criteria of Manual Section 6.0 for active valves.
( 3.1.2 Testing A testing program shall be performed in accordance with Manual Section 5.0. Test pro,cedures 5.2. I to 5.2.8 shall be performed, it is to be noted that a preliminary report shall be submitted prior to any tests (Manual Section 7.1). 3.1.3 Combined Testing and Analysis A testing program may be selected td satisfy only a .
': The remainder of the equip-I portion of the seismic requirements.
ment shall be quallfled by analysis. Complete documentation shall be presented demonstrating the correlation between the analysis
, and the test results (Manual Section 5.0).
3.2 Orientation The valve shall be considered in the worst possible orientation (highest stress / deformation level in each valve component) with respect to the total combined loading conditions. i O
' r. g
,e<
w e ~^ . y ;~ ,
- 3. 3 - Support Conditions
'The valve shall be considered to be supported only at the inlet and outlet ends. ,
3.4 Active Valves i For safety, relief, isolation, and all other active valves having extended operator struct ures:
- 3.4.1 Rigid Structure The valves shall be designed such that there are no natural frequencies less than 33 Hz. This shall be demonstrated ,
either via testing (Manual Section 5.2.4, Exploratory Scanning Test) or by analysis (Manual Section 4.2.1.2). 3.4.2 Static Deflection Test A static deflection test shall be performed in accordance
- with Manual Section 5.2.9 to verify operability under the specified static loading conditions.
3.5 Piping Loads { The following two criteria shall be met to verify the capability of the valve with respect to piping loads.
- 3.5.1 To ensure that the torsional and bending moment capa-bility of the valve body is greater than that of the adjacent piping, the ratio of the minimum section modulus of the valve body per-pendicular to the run of the valve to the yield strength of the valve body material shall be at least 1.2 times the same ratio for the ad, cent piping. Required data for the piping is as follows:.
.i Pipe Size:
Yield Strength: Sy = ps! in 3 Section Modulus: Z= 3.5.2 To ensure operability of the valve while subjected to maximum piping loads, valve operation shall not be impaired due to a bending moment, M = Z x Sy, or a torsional moment,T = 1.2 Z x Sy, each applied singly at the ends of the valve. L . p
' .g
I . _ ,, .
'4 .'0 - General Considerations
- ' 4.1 In addition to these seismic criteria,. the requirements of 1
ASME Section III shall be met. 5.0 Reporting Requirements
~ A fully documented report on the seismic qualification shall be submitted
, i Design h1anual. This
_in accordance with Sections 7.0 and 8.0 of the Seism c report must be approved by Duke Power Company prior to shipment of any items _.of equipment. 4 m e 9 e _g O 9 8 6 0 p .
~
O O i g ':
SPECIF ICATION: CNS-1205.04-1
-DUKE POWER COMPANY-Pags I of 4
.~ MECHANICAL EqulPMENT ATTACHMENT: 5.7 STATUS REPORT
' Equipment- quantity
- Manuf actu re r - Representative Mill Power Order Unit Unit Promise Date -Actual Date Promise Date Actual Date
'I. Spec Issue Date-
-- 2. Quality Control Survey
- 3. Mill Power Order Date ,
'4.
Engineering Meeting
'5. Motor Data Sheet to Duke
'6 Motor' information = Sheet to Duke 7.' ' Initial Outline Drawing to Duke
- 8. Motor Pring to Mfgr.
9.' Assembly Dwg to Duke t o l_0. - Assembly Dwg Approved 1( Mfgr Start Engineering 12 Mfgr Complete Engring
'l3. ' Mfgr Order Materials -
'14 Quality Assurance Visit-
- 15. Mfgr Start Production -
- 16.~-quality Assurance Visit
- 17. Mfgr Complete Production 718._ quality Assurance Visit.
19.~- Mfgr Start Testing
'20. _ Mfgr Submit instr Book 121. _ Mfgr Suomit Sepia ' 22 Mfgr' Submi t Complete Records-
- 23. '0wner Submit QA Release
- 24. -Mfgr Ship Equipment
.{
3 9 __
9 , Paga 2 of 4 EqulPMENT STATUS REPORT EXPLANATION & INSTRUCTIONS
+ The manufacturer is to complete. -to the best of his knowledge at the time
-of proposition, those items checked or applying to said manufacturer by noting the date required in the column. marked " promise".
- 1) Spec' Issue Date - Date noted on. specification - usually in upper right hand column.
~ 2) . qC Survey - Will be completed by Owner (not appilcable In-all cases).
- 3) Mill Power Order Date - Date of purchase order or letter of intent from Mill Power to manufacturer.
- 4) Engineering Meeting - Date of meeting shortly af ter order date to settle contractual-Items and discuss with the manufacturer problems or equipment in detall. This date usually set by Owner - Not appiIcable in many cases.
- 5) Motor Data Sheet- Date M-l, M-2, M-3, etc Duka Power motor data forms (If included in specification or later) are submitted (or will be submitted) to Duke Power. If motors are
.(.- to be supplied by manufacturer, data sheets will be necessary - and completed as soon after order date as possible.
- 6) Motor Info Sheet - Date Mechanical Motor Data Form is or will be sent to Duke Power. Similar to above but Duke Power will supply, motor for equipment based on information returned on this sheet.
- 7) Initial outline - Date formal print submittal will be sent to Duke
[ Power. (Proposal drawing not included). Drawing usually means first submittal and may or may not be certified depending on equipment. Manufacturer may desire to give two dates - one for preliminary drawing and one for certified drawings.
- 8) Motor Print to Mfr - Date (latest) that manufacturer needs outilne of motor and pertinent information to meet scheduled (his or ours) dates. There is no need for mfr to enter "with order" as motor information will generally not be available until at least 10 to 12 weeks after
, - order.
. 9) Assembly Dwg to Duke - Date all (or most)-drawings, including assembly, if applicable will be submitted for approval commensurate (- with owner's and Manufacturer's schedule.
,m
/' ' -
Paga 3 of 4
..~^
1 E 10) ~Assy Dwg Approved - Date that Duke' Power must return-approval of above (No 9) prints to manufacturer. This does - not mean Duke will hold prints until this date. Duke will use this date to estimate that point-In time when changes or requests cannot be made without -affecting equipment manufacturer or engineering. Manufacturer to use discretion when selecting this date as this may be part of the evaluation.
~
-11) Mfgr Start. Engineering - Date when manufacturer Intends to start engineering of purchased equipment.
- 12) Mfgr to complete engr -
Date when manufacturer must have completed all engineering In order to release to manufacturing or production.
- 13) Mfgr Order Material -
Date when manufacturer will start ordering materials to proceed with production of equipment in order to meet scheduled delivery.
- 14) . qA Visit - May not be applicable - Owner will select. ;
- 15) Mfg Start Production Date when manufacturer makes initial commitment to shops or production floor in order to have equipment delivered per schedule.
- 16) qA Visit -
Same as item 14.
- 17) Mfr Complete Production - Date when manufacturer will have components assembled and completed.
.18) QA Visit - Same as item 14.
- 19) 'Mfr Start Testing -
Date when manufacturer will start check out of panels, witness testing, performance testing, etc of assembled components (In part or in total) of purchased equipment per contractual agreenents.
- 20) Mfr Submit instruction - Date when mfgr will submit Instructions on Book' operating and maintenance to Owner per specification 21)' Mfr to Submit Sepia - Date permanent sepia sent to Owner - may not be appitcable. s
- 22) Mfr to submit Records - Date permanent records sent to Owner for QA on
. performance testing records - may not be applicable. ,
- 23) QA Release - 'Date of notification to Owner that all qA records
(.. are in order and have been completed. specifications for details - may not apply. See
r- .
-j .,
Paga 4 of 4
- 24) Date equipment to be -
As shown on purchase order or agreement with shipped to Jobsite Mill Power. i Notes: (1) Mfr should check ' specifications for applicable Items and further details.
~
(2) '0wner to use sheet for evaluation purposes, measure performance of manufacturer for future reference. (3) Report will not negate any contract agreements or specification requirements. No dates.given or expressed shall be taken by the manufacturer as being approved by Owner necessarily because of acceptance of report by Owner. (4) Column marked " actual" will be completed by owner.
- (5) Mfr to dist-dates; le, 1-2-71 in lieu of terms such as "after approval",
"10 weeks af ter drawing approval", "af ter order".
.e 6
TLO/cf 2-1-71
. (d.
D w.. --
=
SP:cification No.: CNS-1205.04-1
.. 'ForaNo.:0ll26-lLLRev.=8/73 Attachmsnt No.1 5.8 Page 1 of 7 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT LI . .
1 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS-Effective August 1, 1973
?.
l GENERAL CONDITIONS a) Thgse General Conditions of. Contract of the Owner shall prevall in the event conditions offered by the Contractor add to or are in conflict with these General Conditions, b) !Where these General Conditions of Contract are in conflict with the Owner's specification, including revisions and addenda thereto, the specification shall prevail.
- 2. GUARANTEE For a _ period of one calendar year after Initial operation, the
-Contractor gua rantees that the equipment -covered by the specifications shall be free from defects in workmanship and materials, and shall operate satisfactorily under all conditions described by _the specifications.
Any equipment or components thereof which fall to meet the above guarantee shall be repaired, replaced or upgraded by the Contractor to the full
. satisfaction of the Owner.and at no cost to the Owner. The initial
' (1i operation of this _ equipment is scheduled on or about January 1981 .
~ 3, FAILURE TO MEET GUARANTEE a) Any defects in material or workmanship or other failure to meet
. requirements of the specifications, including errors or omissions, which
-are : disclosed prior to final payment, or prior to acceptance by the Owner,
< Lwhichever occurs at the later date, shall, if so directed by the Owner, be corrected entirely at the expense of the Contractor, b) Any latent defects not disclosed before date of final-payment or date of acceptance, whichever is the later date, but disclosed within one year after the equipment and/or systems are placed in use, shall be
'E corrected promptly by and at the expense of the Contractor, c) Any ' variation from the materia s or design agreed upon with the Contractor'at the time of the award of the contract shall be approved
- by the Owner before any such changes are incorporated in the equipment or system to be furnished by Contractor. Approved variations must be fully documented and records thereof furnished to the Owner.
- 4. R'I GHT TO OPERATE UNSATISFACTORY EQUI PMENT The Owner shall have the right to operate any and all equipment
[ as soon and as long as~it is in operating condition whether or not such L-g- equipment has yet been accepted as complete and satisfactory. This shall not be construed, however,to require continued operation of equipment which may be materially damaged by such operation before the required repair has been made.
~ . y %. (4 For.t No. 01'126 R;v. 8/73 Paga 2 of 7 .,
. lf[the ~ operation or use of- the. equipment, after Installation,
* ' proves to be unsatisfactory to the'0wner,- the Owner shall have the right to operate and;use such equipment for such time as Owner deems necessary
- untillit can be taken out of service for repairs or replacement in whole or part by the Contractor. . Use or operation of equ-tpment, systems, or materials which do not meet the sforegoing guarantee shalI not waive '
0wn'er's' right .to require full compliance with the contract nor shall it walve' the Owner's , right .to recover damages f rom Contractor.
- 5. . PATENTS The Contractor shall defend any suit or proceeding brought against
. the- Owner so far as based on a claim that any equipment or any part ,thereof,
. c furnished under.this contract 1 constitutes an infringement of any. patent of .
the United States or 'any other country, and the Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all expenses, damages and costs awarded therein against the Ownerdor incurred by the Owner, in case said equipment.
-or any part thereof, is in such suit held to constitute infringement and
.the use of said equipment or part is enjoined, the Contractor shall, at its
. own expense and at ' its option, either procure for the Owner the right to
-. continue using said equipment or part; or replace same with non-infringing
' equipment; or modify. It so it becomes non-infringing; or remove said equipment and ' refund the purchase price and the transportation and install-ation costs thereof.
- 6. COMMENCEMENT, PROSECUTION AND DELIVERY -
[c- I
. The Contractor agrees that he will commence performance of work p' '
under:the contract within ten calendar days after receipt by him of notice of' award of the contract unless the consent of the Owner in writing-Is given to begin'at_a different date, and that he will prosecute the same m so that all work shall be entirely completed and performed in accordance with the specifications and the items delivered at destination on the dates' established by the Owner. 17.: SCHEDULE AND PROGRESS CHART
. The Contractor shall' submit to the Purchaser'within fifteen days af ter award of contract for approval four copies of an outline of his proposed ' methods and manner of executing the work Including sequences of operation and a brief' time schedule of performing it. Within fifteen days after approval thereof, the Contractor shall submit to the Purchaser, for approval, a practicable schedule showing the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry on the work, the dates on which he will start the.several salient features (including engineering, procurement of materials, fabrication, assembly, tests, shipments, etc.) and the contemplated dates for completing it. The schedule shall be in accord-
' ance with the outIIne 'and brief schedule previously approved and in the form of'a bar graph of suitable scale to Indicate appropriately the percentage of work scheduled for completion at any time on the salient
!((.
,., ..; F;rm No. 01126-3 Aev. 8/73 P g2 3 of 7 L( features as well as the total contract. The Contractor shall enter on the graph the actual progress at the end of each month and shall immediately deliver to the Purchaser six copies thereof.
- 8. MATERIAL.S AND WORKMANSHIP a) All materials used in the construction of the equipment shall
, be new and of highest standard commercial quality normally used for this type of equipment, considering strength, ductility, durability, best engineering practice, and the purpose for which the equipment is to be used (unless otherwise required by the specifications) . Liberal factors of safety shall be used throughout the design and especially in the design of all parts subject to alternating stresses or shock, b) All work shall be performed and completed in a thorough workman-like manner and shall follow the best modern practice in the manufacture of high quality equipment, notwithsatnding any omissions from the specifi-cations or drawings. All work shall be performed by workmen skilled in their various trades. All parts shall be made accurately to standard gauge, where possible, to facilitate replacement and repairs. Like parts shall be Interchangeable insofar as practicable. Incidental fittings,
. fixtures, accessories and supplies shall be new, of approved manufacture and of standard first-grade quality. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in storage for at least ten years, free of cost to the Owner, sufficient templates, gauges, patterns, or other recores to enable the Contractor to make repair and replacement parts. All special gauges
(( and templates necessary for field erection and installat lon shall become the property of the Owner. The patterns shall remain the property of the Cont ractor.
- 9. INSPECTION AND TESTS a) All materials furnished and all work performed will be subject to rigid inspection, and no materials shall be shipped until all required or specified tests, analyses, and inspections have been made, or certified copies of reports of tests and analyses or Contractor's guarantees shall have been accepted. The Contractor shall prepare specimens and perform tests and analyses in accordance with the specifications and as required to demonstrate conformance of the various materials with the applicable specifications. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with copies of certified test reports for all tests and analyses and/or certifications required by the specifications, b) The Contractor shall keep the Owner Informed in advance, of the time of starting and of the progress of the work in its various stages so that arrangements can be made for inspection.
c) All items shipped to the Owner at any location will be subject to the Owner's receiving inspection upon arrival at the shipping desti-nation and prior to unloading where possible. 1
(
~ C. ~ '
'
- Fcr:a No. On 126-4 Rev. 8/73 p39,4 of 7 .,
t ,e d). _ Acceptance of the equipment or the walving of the Inspection ! 4
.thereof shall in no way relleve the Contractor of the responsibility i
; .for furnishing equipment meeting the requirements of the specifications.
l 102qACCESSTOFACll.lTIES f
' a) . The'0wner and/or his agents shall at all times have access to all-places where materials or equipment are being prepared or manufactured i for use under the contract, snd shall have full facilities for unre-stricted Inspection of such materials or equipment and their manufacture.
i c b) 'The owner and/or his_ agents at all times have access to quality I assurance records concerning equipment and systems being prepared or :
-menufactured for use under the contract. !
- 11. COOPERATION WITH OTHER MANUFACTURERS
- y. _
l The Contractor shall cooperate with other manufacturers or suppliers furnishing associated equipment or equipment connecting directly thereto. [
.The Contractor shall exchange with other suppl!ers all necessary draw-Ings, dimensions, templates, gaugas and other information required to Insure a combined installation that is most suitable in every respect t within the intent of the specification, and to eliminate delays in l gL manufacture,- fabrication or installation. The Contractor shall keep the i
!% -- Owner Informed of all such coordination by copy of his letters to other ;
manufacturers. l
- 12. M [
,~ i Each complete-item, or component part of an item, if multiple units ;
J- 'are being furnished, shall be given an Identification nuder or letter, i' and each part of each Item which is not permanently connected in shop assedly shall be legibly marked and match-marked. Except on bol_ts and other small parts, all ~ such marks shall be made as required by the specifications or in a manner suitable for the expected service. Olegrams,
~
detall drawings or erection drawings showing all such merking shall be , supplied. Each piece or subassembly separately packaged for shipment , shall be labeled or tagged with the specification number and the mark [ number of such piece or the numbers of the parts grouped in such subassedly i or contained in the package. !
- 13. PREPARAT10N FOR SHIPMENT I The Contractor shall prepara all equipment and materials for i shipment in such menner to protect them from damage in transit. Any l articles or material that might otherwise be lost shall be sultably !
packaged and protected and clearly marked for identification. All parts !
. shall be. prepared for: shipment so that slings for handling may be . j gl attached readily while the parts are on the conveyance. Where It is ,
% unsafe to attach slings to a box, boxed parts shall be packed with i
Form No. 01126-5 Rev. 8/73
, f! P;go 5 cf 7 9
( slings attached to the part, and the slings shall project through the box or crate so that attachcent can be made readily. All finished surfaces shall be coated with rust-preventative compound, and all finished nonferrous metalwork and devices subject to damage shall be suitably wrapped or otherwise protected from damage during shipment unless otherwise specified in specification. All components requiring Indoor storage prior to crection shall be shipped in closed, weather-tight conveyances, and the package shall be clearly labeled in large letters with detailed instructions covering the proper protection of article or articles while in storage. 14 SHIPMENT a) The Contractor shall notify the Purchaser at least fifteen days in advance of expected shipping dates. When a shipment is made, the Contractor shall notify the Purchaser giving the type of carrier and name of transporting agent and also a description of the article or articles shipped, the packing list, and any other Information necessary for the identification, storage or assembly of the article or articles shipped. The shipping weight of such item shall also be given. b) Title to, risk of loss of, and damage to equipment, materials and articles shipped shall be and remain with the Contractor until delivered to and accepted at the destination designated by the Owner.
- 15. ERECTION
( , a) Erection of th e equipment will be performed by the Owner with the technical advice of the Contractor's erection engineers as required, b) The Contractor shall furnish, if and when and to the extent required by the Owner, one or more erection engineers who shall give technical direction for the crecting, Ins pect ing. Initial operation and testing until completed to the sat!sfaction of the Owner, and to Instruct the Owner (and/or his agent) in the operational and nelntenance features of the equipment. The work and operat ions of the erection engineer (s) shall be coordinated with the construction program at the erection site as directed by the Owner. c) In addition to other warranty requirements specified herein, if any portion of the equipment is damaged as a direct result of faulty or inadequate technical direction of Installation, inspecting or in-struction by the Contractor's erection engincor(s) within one year from the date of Initial operation, the Contractor shall correct such damage at his own expense.
Form No. 01126-6 Rev. 8/73 P;ge 6 cf 7 . ( 16. INDEMNITY The Contractor will Indemnify and save harmless the owner against all damages, claims for damages, sults, demands, attorney fees and costs, in whole or in part, growing out of or in any way connected with the performance of this contract by the Contractor and its employess or its subcontractors. If any, and their employees. In connection with the foregoing Indemnity, the Contractor, on demand by the Owner, shall take over and defend any suit against the Owner covered by the Indemnity. The Contractor shall nct, however, be liable in any event for any loss or injury to persons or property (incliding the apparatus Installed) caused solely by; a) The negligence or fault of the Owner, its employees, agents, and other contractors with owner; b) Failure to observe the erection engineer's Instructions; c) The failure or malfunctioning of tools, equipment, facilities, or devices not furnished by the Contractor, which is caused by defects thereln not observable by the erection engineer's visual Inspection.
~
- 17. SU0 CONTRACTORS AND ASSIGNMENT ,
a) Prior to award of contract the Contractor shall submit to the Owner for his approval, a list of all portions of the contract in the i engineering, r.atorial and fabrication areas that will be subcontracted to nondomestic suppliers. The following award of the contract, an up-to-date Inventory steall be submitted by the Contractor to the Owner on a monthly basis which provides information on the percentage of the total contract that will be provided by nondomestic subcontractors. Owner approval in writing is required prior to award by the Contractor of any subcontract to a nondomestic supplier, b) The Contractor shall submit to the Owner within thirty days af ter receipt of notice of award the name and address of all subcontractors, if any, of major parts, materials and fabrications. Any portion of fabrication to be subront racted must first be approved by the Owner prior to the award of the order tosuch subcontractor. No right or Interest in the contract or obligation under the contract may be assigned by Con-tractor without written permission of the Owner. ' IG. OCCt)pATIONAL SAFCTY AND HEALTH ACT (0$gA,), All work performed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor on the Owner's promises shall comply with the latest revision of Safety and Healt h Requlat ions for__ Const ruct inn (29 FR 1518). Designs of equipment or systems by the Contractor or subcontractor shall Incorporate the features required to insure that such equipment or systems comply with latest revillons of occupat innal Safety and Nealth $tandards (29 FR 1910). k
I j .. .
~
~ # " ' , F5rm N3. 01126-7 Rsv.'8/73- pag 3 7 of 7 ~ ' 19 PP.' ICE STABI LIZATION ' Contractor represents to the Owner that its prices and those of its' subcontractors, If any, are in accord with the Economic Stabilization Actlof,1970 and any Executive Orders and Rules and Regulations. Issued thereunder or any similar Act of Congress controlling prices or wages and
- 'any' orders, rules, or regulations issued thereunder.
- 20. . : PAYMENT SCHEDULE '
, Un'less specifically- provided elsewhere. in the contract to the contrary.
all' payments .for work done or materials furnished hereunder shall be made as follows: a) . Invoices received by the Owner at 'any time between the
~
26th day of a month and 10th. day of the next month shall be paid on the
~
25th day of said next month, provided the work has been' satisfactorily completed or materials received and accepted. b)L Invoices -received by' the Owner at any , time between the 11th
-and 25th' days of,any month shall.be paid on the 10th day of the next l ensuing month',provided the work has been satisfactorily completed or
. materials received and accepted.
,' . c) invoices on which payment.Is withheld due to an exception will be paid as provided above, such invoices to be considereid received by
- the Owner on the date on which such exception Is removed.
~ d) ~l'f any. payment date as provided above shall fall on a Saturday, 1a Sunday or ' legal holiday, payment shall be deferred to the next ensuing
~
business ' day of the Owner.2 e) Terms of . payment are to be as offered and accepted or as may be
' negotiated.
f) In addition to terms of payrnent, complete. final payment will
^
nest 'oe made unt il all _ dor.umentat ion requi red for appl icati on, installation
- ' or other utilization is received by the Owr.er from the Contractor. This includes, but is not-limited to, test reoarts, handling and storage -
recommendations,' quality assurance documentation, identification informa-tion,'etc. A maximum of five percent of the contract amount will be
. withheld until_ such requirements are met.
s b5 -
, ,. , , --. . ~ , - . - . . . - . -. - . -...u.-_.--..----
Sp:cification: CNS-1205.04-1 - Date: Februarv 10, 1975
Attachment:
5.9 . GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO SPECIFICATION
- 1. SPARE PARTS Immediately after the award of the order the Contractor shall submit a recommended spare parts list for each piece of equipment. The list shall include firm pricing of _each item for delivery with the first major piece of equipment. Af ter award of the order. a separate purchase order for spare parts will be issued by the Purchaser
'for those spare parts, if any, which he decides are necessary.
In shipping the parts the Contractor shall clearly identify spare parts as such. A tag shall be securely attached to each part and shall show the following inftrmation: a.. Equipment name (e.g. " Condensate Pump, Spare Parts").
'b. Part name (e.g. " Main Bearing").
- c. Applicable equipment outline drawing number (s).
- d. Part item number (as shown on the equipment outline drawing) and/or part number.
- e. Mill Power Supply Company purchase order and item numbers.
' Complete QA documentation as required by paragraph 10 of the equipment specification is required for.each spare part.
2. FOREIGN MANUFACTURE No parts, materials, or equipment shall be of manufacture outside of the United States without prior approval of Owner. Bidder shall identify in his proposal any parts, materials, or equipment contemplated for manufacture outside of the United States.
- 3. TESTS, REPORTS, AND INSPECTION The'0wner shall'have full access to the equipment during the process of its manufac-ture and shop testing. The Owner shall be' notified when manufacturing schedule is
' a r ra nged. .Should any work, fabrication or materials be supplied by a subcontractor or
- outside vendor, the Owner shall be notified prior to release to the vendor. _The
~ 0wner reserves the right of approval of any subcontractor and also the right to 1: Inspect work, fabrication or material being subcontracted at the subcontractor's
.l oca t ion. The Owner shall be kept informed during manufacture of any major problems or rework of. material and be~ informed of any major.' repair procedures. The Contractor shall obtain approval from Owner prior to proceeding with any major repair procedures or material rework.
Six copies of certified pump performance test curves for pumps covered by the speci-
'fication -are to be submitted to Mr. S. K. Blackley, Jr., Attention:
for approval prior to shipment of any pumps.
-Six copies'of' hydrotest resul ts, where applicable, are required for approval prior to shipment of equipment.
Page 1 of 2 h..
~G:nsrol R:quirem:nts Applicable to Specification 4 CARE DURING STORAGE.
j' .The Contractor must submit to Owner, within four to six months prior to the time
~
at which equipment is shipped, instructions for care of equipment during the periods listed below.- These instructions should include requirements, if any, for periodic operation, rotation, or engergizing, for application or removal of protective coatings or lubricants, for disassembly or assembly during storage, and other instructions as-necessary.
- a. On-site storage prior to installation.
- b. 'Af ter Installation,- prior to startup, during construction.
c'._1 Af ter startup, during a lay up due to extended unit outage (this information
- required only. If such information is not included in the instruction manual).
This . information should be mailed to Mr. S. K. Blackley, Jr., at the address given'in-the specification.
- 5. CONFORMANCE WITH SPECIF iCATIONS LThe Contractor must submit with his proposal a list of all major and minor exceptions to these specifications and obtain written approval f rom Owner prior to award of the orde r. If there are no exceptions, It must be so stated in writing. It is particularly emphasized that any unapproved non-conformity with the specification must be changed to couplete conformity at the Contractor's expense and this expense will include the cost of all labor and materials' and all other related expenses by the Owner or Contractor..
e Page 2 of 2
. AEH/sf ,
1- ' ?ot-70 Revisinn 7-
Spacification CNS-1205.04-1 . Attachmsnt 5.10
.: PACKAGING' AND SHIPPING REQUIREMENTS Specification No. . Date
- 1. ITEM CLASSIFICATION (ANSI.N45'.2.2 - 1972)
'Leve l A. B C D Special
-Special
- 2. PACKAGING (ANSI-N45.2.2 - 1972, Section 3.and Appendix A3)
Level A B. :C. D Special Special Instructions 3.-SHIPPING'(ANSI.N45.2.21-1972, Section 4.2)- Carrier 'Cpen Closed Special Special Instructions-Shipment via Train Truck Plane Barge Ship Other
. Description of oth'er means '
- . 4. LOADING & TRANSIT (ANSI N45.2.2 - 1972, Section 4.3)
Special -instructions for loading,- rigging, handling, preservative - coatings, seals, stacking and vandalism precautions-l- 5 IDENTIFICATION AND-HARKING (ANSI N45.2.2.- 1972, Appendix A3.9) l < L . Item Markings l-Container Mark'ings [. I' f Form 301.4
'-T'
' ATTACHMENT--
5=II Pa90 1 of 28
.'. SPECIF ICATIONi CNS-1205.04-1 KKit-I SPECIFICATION NO.
DATE 5-26-72 DUKE POWER COMPANY McGuire Nuclear STATION I-2 UNIT
Title:
Nuclear Coating Specification No. KKK-I Class I Coatings RLVISION LOG i
}
C)- I ty. j g .
'2^-- 2 Ils 3 1 - 7's w 11-18-74 5
' Rev i
VERIFICATION OF SPECIFICATION Paga 2 of 28 Station and Unit Number: McGuire 1-2 Title of Specification: Nuclear Coating Specification No. KKK-I Class I Coatings File Nunber: MC-Il67.02 Revision: 4 This document specifics i tems related to nuclear safety. In accordance with established procedurer., its quality has been assured. Signatures certify that the above specification was originated, checked, approved and inspected (or
~
waived) as noted below: Prepared By: C/ A Date: [u. 7f Checked By: jy u/m
?w f Date: /2 - 4'- 7 f-Approved By:_ -
h, a ,ft / Date: ,/42 - d - 7 , inspection Waived By: -_
- fi. M , U .
Date: /N-d-7 Inspection Vaived For: ELECTRICAL MECilANICAL civil. Inspected By: . d. Datd: (2.-C V inspected By: Date: DIVISION 0,UALITY ASSURt.NCE / [ Date: /2 - //- 7[
*****ine******** eta 303*aatene3*eceeenecer s ec oe ce nac o rn eco n e* **cw e** *e nen ese e f.
(FOR ASME CODE ITEMS) Division Date: Design Engineering Department This is to certify that the above specification has been reviewed b'/ me, the undersigned, and is correct, complete, and in compliance with 1971 Edition of ASME Code, Section iIi, Parag.aph tJA-3250. (SEAL) SIGNATURE: NAML: Registered Professional Engineer Ltate f, N o . Forn 301.2 Rev. 1
Page 3 of 28 DUKE POWER COMPANY I DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT _ NUCLEAR COATING SPECIFICATION NO. KKK-1 By: Design Engineering Date. 5-26-77 Revised. 11-18-74
- 1. SCOPE 1.1 This specification defines the method of surface preparation, materials, application, inspection, and record requirements for coating carbon steel surfaces cleaned to meet'a minimum DP-SP10-Immersion (Near White Metal Biast Cleaning) rated as Class I Surface Areas of a nuclear power plant.
1.2 ' Class I surfaces are exposed areas in the Containment and Reactor Buildings and the interior of tank linings of the reactor coolant system, that mest wi thstand a DBA and LOCA.
1.3 Examples
As a shop or pre-installation field prime coat for pumps, motors, equipment, structural steel, stairways, tank exteriors, etc. where normal operating surface temperatures do not exceed 200*F.
- 2. ATTACHMENTS 2.1 The following Duke Power Company attachments are attached to and made a part of this specification:
2.l.I' Approved Materials 2.1.2- Surface Preparations 2.l.3 Application Procedures 2.1.4 Workmanship Standards 2.1.5 Inspection Standards 2.1.6 Record Requirements 2.1.7 Duke Power Company Field Data Sheets Vil A
, 3 C0ATING MATERIALS 3 .'l Coating materials shall be in strict accordance with Duke Power Company
. Standard Approved Materials for System KKK, dated 1-1-74 as specified in Section 3.3.1.
- 4. C0ATING SYSTEM 4.1 Surface Preparation DP-SP10-Immersion Hear White Metal Blast Cleaning 4.2 Prine Coat DP#17 Catalyzed Polyamide Epoxy Primer @ 2.5 DFT Finimum 2.5 DFT :
I l ('t 1' i S-6-7-1
, --r - - r-,.r .
r . , +-w, --- - me - - . - - - , - g
Page 4 of 28 DUKE POWER COMPANY
- k. DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT I*
NUCLEAR COATING SPECIFICATION NO. KKK-I 5-26-72 Revised: 11-18-74 By: Design Engineering Date: , 5 SURFACE PREPARATION 5.1- Surface preparation shall be in strict accordance with Duke Power Company Standard Su.' face Preparation DP-SP10-Immersion, dated 1-1-74.
- 6. APPLICATION 6.1 Application shall be in strict accordance with Duke Power Company Application Procedures for DP#17, dated 1-1-74.
7 MIXING AND THINNING 7.1 Mixing and thinning shall be in strict accordance with Duke Power Company Date Sheets Vil A. manufacturer's recommendations and SSPC-PA-1-64 Paint Application Specifications No. 1, Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting. l[ 8. EQUIPMENT ) 8.1 Equipment shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommenda-tions and SSPC-PA-1-64 Paint Application Specifications No. 1, Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting. 9 WORKMANSHIP 9.1 Worknanship shall be in strict accordance with Duke Power Company Workmanship _ Standards for Nuclear Exposures, dated 6-1-74
- 10. INSPECTION 10.'l inspection shall be in strict accordance with Duke Power Company inspection Standards for Nuclear Exposures, dated 6-1-74,
- 11. RECORD REQUIREMENTS 11.1 Records for all Class' I Level Vende;r coating work shall be in strict accordance with Duke Power Company Nuclear Coating Certi fication Specitication MMM-1, dated 6-1-74 11.2 The-vendor-is to co.nplete the Duke Power Company Design Engineering Department Vendor Cesa t ing Information Form #1 and return it with his bid proposal to Duke h x4e r Lo npany .
II.j Rec ord . for all L t . c. . I Level field Applied coating work . hall be in strict acco dan <. weth Duke Pouc e Corag,any Cons t ruct i on Pi ocedure M-20. 5-6-7-2
E <.' DUKE POWER COMPANY Pegn 5 of 28 DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT STANDARD APPROVED MATERIALS By: Durwood Peach DATE 3-I-74 REVISED SYSTEM KKK
- 3. MATERIALS 3.1- The selection of materiais for use in this specification by the applicator or Tendor shall be those products listed in Section 3.3 unless specifically defined in Section 3.2. All materials selected shall be from one coating manufacturer.
3.2 3.3 Approved Materials 3.3.1 Coatings manufactured by Mobil Chemical Company
*DP#17 89-R-10 Val-Chem fli-Build Epoxy Base
*DP#10 1
13-R-56 Zinc Chromate Epoxy Primer (Class II only) DP#16. 13-R-60 Red Lead Epoxy Metal Primer (Class II only) DP#
~h 3.3.2 Coatings manufactured by
-DP#
DP#
~
DP# DP# 3.3.3 . Coatings manufactured by DP#. DPh. DP#- DP#
-3.3.4 Coatings manufactured by DP#
DP# DP# DP# 3.4 -Produc t s ar e a . .hrun on Duke Power Company Field Coatings Data Sheet VilA and Manufacturer, Product Techrsical Bullet ins. 1:May be subst i tuted f' e,r DPN17 in Class 11 areas. I
. api RO'!LO BY QA
. ? .f 4._w r . , , 7-
,, ...u a s.. a .. e . . om .
9? . y Paga 6 ef 28 ,. DUKE POWER COMPANY DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTHENT-
..o, By; huru6o.1 Peach.
DATE I-I-7b' ItEVI St.D -
- 5. SURIACE PREPARATION DP-SPIO - lHMERSION 5;l-p.e t a l . : o r f ace < +. hall be prepared by dry nand .andbl.. sting r.r out. malic blast cleaning infstrict accordance with Structural teel Pai n t ing
.Councii SSPC-Si'10-63 (Near White'Metol Blast Lleaning).
8, . 2 Minimun cleaning is as defined in Section 2.2 of SSPC-SP!0-63. If Visual
- Standards are ne. e. sary, they shalI be establisiffd by preparing actual panels.for'approvil by Duke Power Com,)any or f ro. i con t: o! panel . des i.p..#.ed by Duke P<nier Company. SSPC-VIS-i-63T Visual Standards :, hall not b'e used to. es t ab l i sh . mi niou.a s tandards .
5.3 lla surf ace preparat ic.n shal l' bc allowed when the temperat ur . is within 5'r 01l the dew point or obovef90'4 relative humidity. Surface areas exoosed tofcundensation er moisture prior to topcoating shall be reblasted. 5.4 Blastin:: <. hall not be. performed in the same area ribere coating or curing of coated surfaces are en process.
- 5. 5 ~- The c.urface ..iall be freeLof excessive grear.c or oil prior to blast c l e .,o -
' i n'9
~
Organic. . olvents. , al kal ine solut ions , s teara, hat w ter wit h .fetin gent s os ot her syy.tems t ha t cor.,pl e tel y .. remove d i r t , oi 1 greas:e, e tc. , raay be used. e.6 s
'Blai. ting equipn.ent shall be in good operatin ; co'.dit i ,ns as required by the inanuf a.n t urer . Traps and filters in air lines shall be frequently cleaned
.and checked.
5.7 The Mr;it shall be sharp ..ilica sand, steel slag grit, sind lar or equal to 16- 3'> mesh f lint s i l i ta .to give o . l .2 to 2.5 mi l s anchor pat tern. No pol.1shed surface 3 shal1 be allowed.
' ;5.8j The compressed air used for nozzle blasting shcIl be free of detrimental wnounts of. conden:.ed water and oil. . Adequate separators and traps shall be
- used. Nozzle pressure shall not b'e less than 80 ps).
5.9 Con tcrainated sand or gri t shall not be used for finished work. 5.10 Remove. weld splatt'er'and visible welding \ contamination. Grind sharp edges i to 1/bt' radius and grind welds. Skip welds should be welded solid or l' c au l k..d . 5.11; All vie,ible horis, slivers, scabs, and wcld splatter shall be removed after blast cleaning. 5.12 The pyine toat , ball t e applied ui thin S hour . af ter blast ing and/or bef ore any sost b l o.w s Inqin to form. cond i t i ons .be fiere applying primeReblast coat. al l surf ar.es that exceed these
~
'7 ,. 6 3 i67w ve al l t . m e.s i,t' grit. du . t , 9 case, and fe, reign raat t t r af ter blast
- t. l . an i n?, and prior appii. a i <.f t*. -r, each coat r,f natorial by solvent r.leaniny, high pr.- sur -Ir o
. t, n r f.
' , ' ' - 0. 9 l 't Qf 28 DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTHENT
- (r g
By: -Duruood Peach DATE l-I REVISED
-6.10 All areas with DFT readings less than specified in section 6.9 shall receive an additional cuat of DP//17 prior to topcoating.
'6.11 Prfor to topcoating each coat shall be allowed to dry in strict
~
accordance with the--following minimum guidelines un! css covered by a written project variation procedure. Spray Brush 6.11.1 Below 60*F Until dry until dry 6.1 1 ~. 2 . 60*F - 70*F 10 hr. - 8 hr. 48 hr. - 16 hr. 6.11.3 70*F - 80'F 8 hr. - 4 hr. 16 hr. - 12 hr.
'6.11.4- 80*F - 90"F 4 hr. - 3 hr. 12 hr. - 8 hr.
6.11.5 90*F - 100*F- 2 hr. 8 hr. 6.12 Drying time for shipment or stacking together of finish coated work shall be in accordance with the minimum guidelines unless covered by a written
. project variation ~ procedura.
I (. 6.12.1 Below 60*F Until dry 6.12.2 ~60"F.- 70*F 12 hr. 6.12.3 70*F - 80*F 8 hr. 6.12.4 '80*F - 90"F 4 hr. 6.12.5 Abovs 90*F 3 hr.
. 6.13 Touch up procedures .; 6.13.1 Surface preparation of damaged or bare areas shalI be in accordance with section 5 of this specification.
6'.13.2 Application shall be in accordance with section 6.1 through 6.10. 6.13.3 Touch up for holidays and dosqage to small areas does not require
-minimum drying iime.for previous coat.
6.13.4 Stocking and loatting af ter touch up shall be in accordance with section 6.12 unless areas touched up do not make contact with other 36rfaces during stacking and loading. . f!P.-.T.:D !Ii QA ks i o. w ., n - n
^\' , . _ : :_-- = / wr
*-!U-t/-/
Paga 9 of 28 f. DUKE POWER COMPANY-(' DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT WORKMANSHIP STANDARDS NUCLEAR CXPOSURES BY: Design Engineering DATE 6-1-74 REVISED _
- 9. WORKMANSHIP 9.1 All work shall meet the minimum requirements of the Duke Power Company Coating Specifications and referenced standards or previously agreed upon variations of these standards.
9.2 All work shall be supervised by qualified persons who have read and understand the Duke Power Company Standard Coating Specifications for the specific work he is responsible for supervising.
'9.3 All work will be done by persons experienced with the specific materials being applied or used unless accompanied by someone who is experienced in the work being performed.
9.4 Any completed work not meeting the minimum requirements of the Duke Power Company Coating Specification shall be corrected prior to _al topcoating or completion of advanced stages of the operation. 9.5 The following standards of wor kmanship are considered necessary to accomplish good workmanship and shall be adhered to unless covered by a written project variation procedure. 9.5.1 Coating Materials 9.5.1.1 All paint materials and accessories shall be delivered to the jobsite in original, unopened containers with the manufacturcr's labels and tags intact. Containers shall remain unopened until required for mixing and thinning. 9.5.1.2 All paint shall be stored under cover and off the ground for no longer than the shelf life specified, and at the minimum-maximum temperatures specified
- on Duke Power Company Field Coatings Product Data Sheet vil A.
9 5.2 Coating System 9.S.2.1 only point inat er ial s approved in section 3 of this specification shall be allowed. ( 9.5.2.2 1 ;ie DiT of em.h coat orid of the entire system shall rrec t the re.iuirements of set. tion 4 of this spes.ifica-tion ior both number of coots and minimum DFT. APPROVED BY QA
...,a s-12-1
~'
- Psg3 10 cf 28 DUKE POWER COMPANY DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
)
WORKMANSHIP STANDARDS NUCLEAR EXPOSURES BY: Design Engineering DATE 6-1-/4 REVISED 9.5.3 Surface Preparation 9.5.3.1 Cleaning and Painting shall be scheduled so that the dust and other contaminants from the cleaning
-process will not fall on newly painted surfaces.
9.5.3.2 Where required, imperfections, holes, stictwelds in the surface shall be filled with approved fillers or caulking, f 9.5.3.3 Hardware, trim, underwriters labels, manufacturer's serial numbers, dials, gauges, and other items shall be removed or masked to allow proper application of the coatings and prevent damage. 9 5.3.4 All concrete hardners, curing agents and form release agents shall be compatible with the recommended 'N ( coating system or be removed prior to any coating work.
)
9.5.4 Masking of Friction Joints and Weld Joints 9.5.4.1 Steel surfaces which are primed with an inorganic zinc primer shall not be masked if the following conditions are specified:
- a. Areas to be welded shall be primed with a fully weldabic inorganic zinc primer,
- b. Areas to be joined with High Tension (Friction Type) bolts such as ASTM Type A325 or A490 shall be pr imed wi t h an inorganic zinc _ primer - either weldable or ncn-weldable.
Steel surf aces which are prin>cd with an inorganic linc primer shall be masked back two inches from
< dges s o be welded if they are to become part of a vessel which must conform to the ASME Pressure Vessel Code.
, 9.5.4.2 steel .urfaces whi:.h are primed in the shop shall be ciasked as noted below if an inorganic primer is used.
;.. .a.: , ., o I: *P
- f. Y_.'[I.
. Paga 11 of 28 F '. ,. DUKE POWER COMPANY
( - DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT WORKMANSHIP STANDARDS NUCLEAR EXPOSURES BY: Design Engineering DATE 6-1-74 REVISED _J
- a. Areas to be welded shall be masked so that no organic coating is within six (6) inches of the weld prior to the welding operation.
, b. Areas to be joined with the High Tension (Friction Type) bolts such as ASTM Type A325 or A490 shall be masked so that no organic coating is beneath the bolts prior to joining.
- c. These requirements shall also apply to organic topcoats when shop applied or when applied prior to assembly or erection.
9.5.5 Application
, 9.5.5.1 All applied coatings shall be free of runs, sags,
(( drops, ridges, waves, laps, bubbles, embedded foreign matter, and other indications of improper application procedures. 9.5.5.2 Drying tine between coats shall be in accordance with sect ion 6 of t his speci fication, Duke Power Company Field Coatings Product Data Sheet Vil A, and the Manufacturer's Product Data Sheets on the specific products in that order of priority. 9.5.6 Mixing and Thinning 9.5.6.1 Mixing and thinning shall be in accordance with section 6 of this specificat ion and Duke Power Company Field Product Data Sheet Vil A. 9.5.7 Equipment 9.5.7.1 All equipment shall meet the requirements of section 8 of this specification. 9.5.7.2 AII equipment shall be maintained in good working order. It shall be thoroughly cleaned and inspected Jaily. Worn tips, spray nozzles, hoses, blast not/les. . ni! ot her par t s necessary to meet good work standards shall be replaced regularly, 9.5.7.3 Fricclive oil and water separators shall be used and API'IOVi3 iU QI serviu d on all air lines.
'$$r
, .A~cC./fg ~'
l Page 12 of 28
. . l l
l DUKE POWER COMPANY DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT INSPECTION STANDARDS NUCLEAR EXPOSURES 1 BY: Design Engineering DATE 6-1-74 REVISED ; 1
- 10. INSPECTION 1
10.1 Duke Power Company, the coating manufacturer and their responsible
, representatives shall have access to shop or field at all times during the surface preparation, and application of coating work or to inspect work previously finished.
10.2 The Owner reserves the right to reject all work that does not meet the Duke _ Power Company Coating Specification. This may be done either at the vendor's shop or at the jobsite. 10.3 All or any portion of finished work not n,ceting the minimum standards of this specification and referenced standards shall be corrected by the applicator or vendor, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Duke Power Company. 10.4 Inspection by Duke Power Company or their responsible representatives, _( or failure to provide inspection shall not relieve the applicator of his responsibilities to provide materials and perform the work in accordance with the Duke Power Company coating specifications. The applicator shall be required to furnish proper inspection equipment as necessary to check the minimum or maximum conditions of this specification. 10.5 Duke Power Company inspection Procedures for nuclear exposures will be made available to the applicator upon written request or presented in detail at the pre-start up meeting for each project. C f ...~,PYQA
,//,.'? w.7 4 $,. 5-II-
3y. #
~
Pass 13 of 28 MMM-I 7l SPECIFICATION 'NO.
.f -
U DATE 6-8-72 i DUKE POWER COMPANY McGuire Nuclear STATION UNIT 2 Nuclear Coating Certification T i t l'e : Specification No. MMM-I Class I Coatings REVISION LOG-j- 6-1-74 2 3 4 5-
,(;
Rev 1
VERIFICATION OF SPECIFICATION Pege 14 of 28 Station and Unit Number: McGuire 1-2
~
Title of Specification: Nuclear Coating Certiflcation Specification No. MMM-I Class I Coatings File Nunter: MC-Il67.02 4 Revision: 1 This document specifies i tems related to nuclear safety. In accordance with established procedurer., its quality has been assured. Signatures certify that the above specification was originated, checked, approved and inspected (or waived) as noted belcw: Prepared By: b/ fp2hw Date: 4 ,fl u. 7 /s. ff
~
Checked By: Mo /> Date: / 2 - g ~1 % Approved By: -_ Rh Date: /j . d - 7 , inspection Waived By: -- . M #~</A__/ Da t e : /j- -2 ( inspect ion k'aived f or : ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL civil inspected By: . d. Date: / 2 7 f-V Inspected By: Date: DIVISION QUALITY ASSURANCE /T Date: /2- #- 7/
*********j.**********.va*******ee.***********************************************
(FOR ASME CODE ITEMS) Division Date: Design Engineering Departnient. t . This is to certify that the above specification has been revicA 3 by me, the undersigned, and is correct, complete, and in compliance wi th 1971 Edition of ASME Code, Section i I I , Pa ragraph NA-3250. (SEAL) SIGNATURE: a NAME: Regis tered Professional Engineer State (, No. Form 301.2 Rev. 1
Page 15 of 28 DUKE POWER COMPANY DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT l I NUCLEAR COATING CERTIFICATION SPECIFICATION MMM-I 6-8-72 Revised: 6-1-74 By: Design Engineering Date:
'l. PURPOSE AND SCOPE 1.1 The purpose of this specification is to implement planned and systematic actions necessary to provide Duke Power Company with adequate confidence that a coating material has been properly manuf actured and applied in a shop to Class 1 Service level substrates of' nuclear facilities.
1.2 This specification establishes minimum records required for coating materials, surface preparation, application of materials and inspection. 1.3 -The procedure conforms to Section 1.2.4 ANSI N101.4-1972 (American National Standard Institute - Quality Assurance for Protective Coatings Applied to Nuclear Facilities).
- 2. ATTACHMENTS k
2.1 The following Duke Power Co. attachments are attached to and made a
'l part of this specification.
2.1.1 Duke Power Company quality Assurance Department Supplier ' Quality Assurance Certification - Form 930.1. 2.1.2 Coating Materials - Manufacturer's Product identity - Certification Record - DPNC Form 2.
'2 1.3 Ouke Power Company Supplier quality Assurance Record -
DPNC Form 3. 3 GENERAL REQUIREMENT 3.1 The Duke Power Company QA Department Supplier Quality Assurance Cert i f icat ion Form 930.1 shall be completed by the supplier for all Class I coating work. 3.1.1 One copy of Form 930.1 shall accompany each shipment to the jobsite, 3.1.2 Two copics of Form 930.1 per shipment shall be sent to Duke Power Company Quality Assurance Manager, Engineering. 3.1.3 Form 930.I, when t.npleted as specified, shall be authorization for Duke Power L.m 3 * , oc e ion to a cept delivery cf components and Absente of properly L.ompleted QA Certification ( r.1a t e r i a l s . form shall s esult e r. t,uarant i ne or return of the component or materiait to the supplier.
. 5-13-3-1
Page 16 of 28 DUKE POWER COMPANY
.)
'( DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT NUCLEAR COATING CERTIFICATION SPECIFICATION MMM-I
,By: Design Engineering Date: 6-8-72 Revised: 6-1-74 3.2 A coating Material - Manufacturer's Product identity Certification Record (DPNC Form #2) shall be obtained from the coating manufacturer for each batch of paint and thinner used by the vendor on Class I components.
3.2.1 Two copies of each DPNC Form #2 shall be sent to Duke Power Company quality Assurance Manager, Engineering. 3.2.2 DPNC Form #2 shall be enclosed to cover each batch of material used on any or all components or materials shipped as listed on Duke Power Company QA Department Supplier quality Assurance Certification.
.3.3 A Duke Power Company Supplier quality Assurance Record (DPNC Form 3) shall be filled out for all Class I coating work.
3.3.1 A separate form may be used to cover the following combinations of materials and components. , 3.3.1.1 All work ir. cach shipment. 3 .*3 .1. 2 Different types of components in each shipment. 3.3.1.3 Series of similar types of components in each shipment. 3.3.2 Two copies of DPNC Form 3 shall be sent to Duke' Power Company Quality Assurance Manager, Engineering. 3.3.3 Failure of the vendor to meet all requirements of the bid specification or incomplete und inaccurate QA Documentation shall result in rejection by the owner of any or all components covered by that DPNC Form 3. 4 DOCUMENTATION This section contains additional explanations and examples to aid the vendor in properly completing the forms listed in sections 2.1.1, 2.1.2, and 2.1.3 4A. DPNC Form 3 (Sample Form attached) . 5-13-1-2
- Page 2 of Il paqct
... ~
Peg:r 17 of 28
. DUKE POWER COMPANY DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTHENT NUCl. EAR C0ATING CERTIFICAT10,N SPECIFICATION MMM-I 6-8-72 Revised: 6-1-74 By: Design Engineering Date:
4.1 Identify components or equipment so that separate items are traceable, and can be matched up with a specific Report No.
4.2 Example
Carbon steel, cast iron, stainless, aluminum, etc. 4.3 This information is for items covered by each DPNC Form 3 4.4 Information should be reported in even gallons for- iter..s covered by each DPNC Form 3 4.5 List all information required for each batch of material used on components covered by this DPNC Form 3 and attach a DPNC Form 2 for each batch of material listed on this DPNC Form 3. 4.6 Duke Power Company Design Specification used.
4.7 Examples
Steel grit, silica sand, glass beads, garnet.
4.8 Examples
8/20, 8/35, 16/35, 30/50, etc. 4.9 _ Example: Xylol, methyl ethyl ketone, etc. 4.10 Read pressure at nozzle with ANG air needic gauge or equal. (Do not use pressure at compressor.) 4.11 Was moisture trap used effectively (yes) (no)? 4.12 Temperatures are to be taken in actual work areas and shall cover all conditions during surface preparation and exposure of components cleaned prior to priming. 4.13 Indoors - In a closed building kept at ambient temperatures. 4.14 Outdoors - Exposed to weather (even if under a roof). 4.15 Example - Brush, roller, spray, flow coated, etc. 4.16 Example - Graco airless, Devilbiss conventional 4.17 Example - E Fluid Tip 4.18 Example - //704 Ai r Cap 4.19 Example - Yes (motor driven), yes (manual), (no) 4.20 Was oil wparator uscif et f cct ively? (yes) (no) l 5-13-3-3 Page ),of II,pages 1
Paga 18 of 28 DUKE POWER COMPANY DESIGN ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT NUCLEAR C0ATING CERTIFICATION SPECIFICATION MMM-I By: Design Engineering Date: 6-8-72 Hevised: 6-1-74 4.21 Report actual total dry film thickness af ter primer, intermediate and finish coat. 4.22 Report nunber to be sarac on both f ront and back page. Report numbers shall be logged and numbered in sequence from I to to cover all reports of a given Duke Power Company Bid Specification.
- 48. DPNC Form 2
'4.23 The vendor shall fill out the General Data Section and attach a DPNC Form 2 to the purchase oracr sent to the coating manufacture.
4.24 The coating manufacturer shall complete the Component, Data Section, Mixed Component Data Section and Signature and Title section and return to the vendar. 4C. Form 930.1 4.25 'In space I write " Components inspected and are in coripliance with Nuclear Coating Certification Specification MMM-I, dated 6-1-74". 4.26 List Report Nos. for all DPNC Form //3 under QA Documentation Required, on the Form 930.1 for each shipment. # s 5-13-3-4
. Paue 4 of I I nane.s m.
\
Page 19 of 28 DPNC FORM 3 DUKE POWER COMPANY SUPPLIER COATINGS QUALITY ASSURANCE RECORDS L. -1 CLASS I l Project : Date:
~
D.P. Co. Shipping Spec..No. l.D. No. - Mill Power Order No.' Release No. Vendor: Equipment Name and No. (4 I) GENERAL INFORMATION Substrate Material: (4. 2) Estimated-Surface Area Coated
-Sq. Ft./ item (4.3) No. Items (4.3) Total Sq. Ft. (4.3)
Estimated Coating Primer intermediate Finish quantities -(4 4) Gal. (4.4) Gal . (4.4) Gal. Date Work Began (4.3) Date Work Canpleted (4.3) Duke Power Finish Color No. Coating System Dated and Name Duke Power Primer intermediate Topcoat Product No. DP#- DP# DP# Manufacturer
- 1. MATERIALS IDENTIFICATION DP PRODUCT PRODUCT BATCH EXPIRATION GALLONS NO. No. NAME NO. DATE USED (4.5) ~(4.5) (4.5) (4.5) (4.5) (4. 5)
'2. MATERIAL WAREHOUSING Storage Temocrat ure Material Stored Maximon Minimum i n.f oo r s Outdoors Other
*F "F l Date 6-1-74; Revi,a!
L-J5-3-5 Report No. (4. 22)
- .._ .. _ . _ . _ _ . . _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . . . - . _ _ . _ . _ . - ~ . - . . _ _ . _ . . _ . . _ _ , . _ _ . _ . .
Paga 20 of 28 - OPNC FORM 3
)
3 SURFACE PREPARATION Surface Preparation.No. (4.6) Abrasive: ' Type (4.7) Solvent: Type (4.9)
~
S I'ze (4.8) Product No. . Mfg. Mfg. Nozzio Pressure (4110) ~ Moisture Trap (4.11) Temperature Ambient = Surface Dew Point Max.:
~
-(4.12).*F (4.12) *F (4.12) *F i Min.: (4.12) *F (4.12 ) *F (4.12) *F Maximum Time Between Cleaning and Coating Hrs.
Work Done: Indoors (4.i3) Outdoors (4.14) Night Day a.
- inspecte'd By: __ Approved By:
- 4. APPLICATION Method of~ Application. (4.15)
Spray: (4.19) 3 r, Type Spray Gun (4.16) Agi tator Pot Fluid Tip (N I7) Moisture Trap (4 II) Air Cap _ (4.18) Oil Separator. (4.20) r Temperature: ' Ambient' Surface Dew Point Max.: ,4.12) ( "F (4.12)
- F (4.12) *F Mi n . : (4.12)
- F (4.12)
- F (4.12 ) *F Minimum- Maximum Average Recoat. Time Primer: Hr. Hr. Hr.
t Hr. Hr. Hr. Intermediate: Finish: Hr. Hr. Hr. Minimum Maximum Average
. Measured DFT
_(mils) (4.21) DFT (4.21) DFT (4.21) DFT !}}